• 84000
  • The Collection
  • The Kangyur
  • Discourses
  • Perfection of Wisdom
  • Toh 11

This rendering does not include the entire published text

The full text is available to download as pdf at:
/translation/toh11.pdf

ཤེས་ཕྱིན་ཁྲི་པ།

The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines
Full Attainment

Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā
འཕགས་པ་ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་ཁྲི་པ་ཤེས་བྱ་བ་ཐེག་པ་ཆེན་པོའི་མདོ།
’phags pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri pa zhes bya ba theg pa chen po’i mdo
The Noble Mahāyāna Sūtra “The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines”
Ārya­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­nāma­mahā­yāna­sūtra

Toh 11

Degé Kangyur, vol. 31 (shes phyin, khri pa, ga), folios 1.b–91.a, and vol. 32 (shes phyin, khri pa, nga), folios 92.b–397.a

ᴛʀᴀɴsʟᴀᴛᴇᴅ ɪɴᴛᴏ ᴛɪʙᴇᴛᴀɴ ʙʏ
  • Jinamitra
  • Prajñāvarman
  • Yeshé Dé

Imprint

84000 logo

Translated by the Padmakara Translation Group
under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha

First published 2018

Current version v 1.40.28 (2025)

Generated by 84000 Reading Room v2.26.1

84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha is a global non-profit initiative to translate all the Buddha’s words into modern languages, and to make them available to everyone.

Logo for the license

This work is provided under the protection of a Creative Commons CC BY-NC-ND (Attribution - Non-commercial - No-derivatives) 3.0 copyright. It may be copied or printed for fair use, but only with full attribution, and not for commercial advantage or personal compensation. For full details, see the Creative Commons license.

Options for downloading this publication

This print version was generated at 12.52pm on Tuesday, 21st January 2025 from the online version of the text available on that date. If some time has elapsed since then, this version may have been superseded, as most of 84000’s published translations undergo significant updates from time to time. For the latest online version, with bilingual display, interactive glossary entries and notes, and a variety of further download options, please see
https://84000.co/translation/toh11.


co.

Table of Contents

ti. Title
im. Imprint
co. Contents
s. Summary
ac. Acknowledgements
i. Introduction
+ 4 sections- 4 sections
· The Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā
· Structure of the Text
· Summary of the Text
· Notes on this publication
tr. The Translation
+ 33 chapters- 33 chapters
1. The Context
2. All Phenomena
3. Non-fixation
4. Union
5. Designation of a Bodhisattva
6. Training
7. Non-apprehension
8. Maturity
9. Teaching
10. Extrasensory Powers
11. Non-abiding
12. Meditative Stability
13. Like Space
14. Neither Coming nor Going
15. The Transcendent Perfection of Tolerance
16. Conceptual Notions
17. Advantages
18. Purity
19. Agents and Non-agents
20. Enlightened Attributes
21. Early Indications
22. Cultivation
23. Non-acceptance and Non-rejection
24. Initial Engagement
25. Skill in Means
26. Rejoicing
27. Full Attainment
28. Dissimilar Defining Characteristics
29. The Gift of the Sacred Doctrine
30. Inherent Existence
31. Irreversibility
32. The Attainment of Manifest Enlightenment
33. The Conclusion
c. Colophon
ab. Abbreviations
n. Notes
b. Bibliography
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· Primary Sources
· Secondary References
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· Sūtras
· Indic Commentaries
· Indigenous Tibetan Works
· Secondary Literature
g. Glossary

s.

Summary

s.­1

While dwelling at Vulture Peak near Rāja­gṛha, the Buddha sets in motion the sūtras that are the most extensive of all‍—the sūtras on the Prajñā­pāramitā, or “Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom.” Committed to writing around the start of the first millennium, these sūtras were expanded and contracted in the centuries that followed, eventually amounting to twenty-three volumes in the Tibetan Kangyur. Among them, The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines is a compact and coherent restatement of the longer versions, uniquely extant in Tibetan translation, without specific commentaries, and rarely studied. While the structure generally follows that of the longer versions, chapters 1–2 conveniently summarize all three hundred and sixty-seven categories of phenomena, causal and fruitional attributes which the sūtra examines in the light of wisdom or discriminative awareness. Chapter 31 and the final chapter 33 conclude with an appraisal of irreversible bodhisattvas, the pitfalls of rejecting this teaching, and the blessings that accrue from committing it to writing.


ac.

Acknowledgements

ac.­1

Translated by the Padmakara Translation Group under the direction of Jigme Khyentse Rinpoche and Pema Wangyal Rinpoche. The text was translated, introduced, and annotated by Dr. Gyurme Dorje, and edited by Charles Hastings and John Canti with contributions from Greg Seton.

This translation has been completed under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.


ac.­2

Work on this text was made possible thanks to generous donations made by Dzongsar Jamyang Khyentse Rinpoche; respectfully and humbly offered by Judy Cole, William Tai, Jie Chi Tai and families; by Shi Jing and family; by Wang Kang Wei and Zhao Yun Qi and family; and by Matthew, Vivian, Ye Kong and family. They are all most gratefully acknowledged.


i.

Introduction

i.­1

The Tibetan Buddhist tradition classifies the discourses delivered by Buddha Śākyamuni in terms of the three turnings of the doctrinal wheel, promulgated at different places and times in the course of his life. Among them, the sūtras of the first turning expound the four noble truths, those of the second turning explain emptiness and the essenceless nature of all phenomena, while those of the third turning elaborate further distinctions between the three essenceless natures.1 The sūtras of the transcendent perfection of wisdom (prajñāpāramitā),2 to which the text translated here belongs, are firmly placed by their own assertion3 within the second turning, promulgated at Vulture Peak near Rāja­gṛha.

The Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā

Structure of the Text

Summary of the Text

Notes on this publication


Text Body

The Translation
The Noble Mahāyāna Sūtra
The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines

1.
Chapter 1

The Context

[V31] [F.1.b] [B1]


1.­1

Homage to all the buddhas and bodhisattvas!


1.­2

Thus did I hear at one time. The Blessed One19 was residing at Vulture Peak near Rāja­gṛha with a large monastic gathering comprising many thousands of fully ordained monks. All of them were arhats who had attained the cessation of contaminants and were without afflicted mental states, fully controlled, their minds thoroughly liberated, their wisdom well liberated, thoroughbreds, mighty nāgas, their tasks accomplished, their work completed, their burdens relinquished, their own objectives already fulfilled, the fetters binding them to the rebirth process completely severed, their minds thoroughly liberated through their genuine understanding, having perfected the highest of all mental faculties, with the exception of one person‍—the venerable Ānanda, a disciple who had merely entered the stream. Also present were some five hundred fully ordained nuns, laymen, and laywomen, all of whom had seen the truth. 20


2.
Chapter 2

All Phenomena

2.­1

Then, once again, the Blessed One addressed the venerable Śāradvatī­putra in the following words, “Śāradvatī­putra, if you ask what are the ‘ten powers of the tathāgatas,’ they are as follows: [F.12.a] (1) definitive knowledge that things which are possible are indeed possible;54 (2) definitive knowledge that things which are impossible are indeed impossible; (3) definitive knowledge, through possibilities and causes, of the maturation of past, future, and present actions, and of those who undertake such actions; (4) definitive knowledge of multiple world systems and diverse dispositions; (5) definitive knowledge of the diversity of inclinations and the multiplicity of inclinations that other sentient beings and other individuals have; (6) definitive knowledge of whether the acumen of other sentient beings and other individuals is supreme or not; (7) definitive knowledge of the paths that lead anywhere; (8) definitive knowledge of all the afflicted and purified mental states and their emergence, with respect to the faculties, powers, branches of enlightenment, aspects of liberation, meditative concentrations, meditative stabilities, and formless absorptions; (9) definitive knowledge of the recollection of multiple past abodes, and of the transference of consciousness at the death and birth of all sentient beings; and (10) definitive knowledge that through one’s own extrasensory powers one has actualized, achieved, and maintained in this very lifetime the liberation of mind and the liberation of wisdom in the state that is free from contaminants because all contaminants have ceased, and so one can say, ‘My rebirths have come to an end. I have practiced chastity. I have fulfilled my duties. I will experience no other rebirths apart from this one.’55 Śāradvatī­putra, these are called the ten powers of the tathāgatas.


3.
Chapter 3

Non-fixation

3.­1

Then, the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord, what is the fixation of a bodhisattva?”

The Blessed One replied, “Śāradvatī­putra, [F.19.b] fixation denotes the views that bodhisattvas might adopt with regard to all things, and the deluded mindsets which they might have.”

3.­2

Then he asked, “Lord, what views might great bodhisattva beings adopt with respect to all things?”


4.
Chapter 4

Union

4.­1

Then, the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord, how do great bodhisattva beings engage in union with the transcendent perfection of wisdom without fixation?”

The Blessed One replied to the venerable Śāradvatī­putra as follows: “Śāradvatī­putra, when great bodhisattva beings engage in union with the emptiness of physical forms they are said to engage in union with the transcendent perfection of wisdom; and likewise, when they engage in union with the emptiness of feelings, the emptiness of perceptions, the emptiness of formative predispositions, and the emptiness of consciousness, they are said to engage in union with the transcendent perfection of wisdom.


5.
Chapter 5

Designation of a Bodhisattva

5.­1

Then, the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! When you say that great bodhisattva beings who continue to engage in union with the transcendent perfection of wisdom deserve respect, then, Reverend Lord, what constitutes that phenomenon designated by the term ‘bodhisattva,’ that is to say, the one who at all times continues to engage inseparably in union with the transcendent perfection of wisdom? If one were to ask why, it is because I do not consider any phenomenon that may be designated by the term ‘bodhisattva.’”151


6.
Chapter 6

Training

6.­1

“Śāradvatī­putra, you said that you do not consider any phenomenon which may be designated by the term ‘bodhisattva.’ Indeed, Śāradvatī­putra, phenomena do not consider phenomena. Nor, Śāradvatī­putra, do phenomena consider the expanse of reality. The sensory element of sights does not consider the expanse of reality. Nor does the expanse of reality consider the sensory element of sights, and in the same way, the expanse of reality does not consider [any other sensory elements] up to and including the sensory element of consciousness. Nor does the sensory element of consciousness and so forth consider the expanse of reality.


7.
Chapter 7

Non-apprehension

7.­1

Then the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! Who are the spiritual mentors who would enable great bodhisattva beings upon being accepted by a spiritual mentor to hear this teaching on the transcendent perfection of wisdom and not be afraid or terrified, and swiftly attain emancipation in omniscience, without ever descending to the levels of the śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas?”


8.
Chapter 8

Maturity

8.­1

Then, the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How do unskilled great bodhisattva beings descend to the level of the śrāvakas and the level of the pratyekabuddhas, and how do they not enter into the maturity of a bodhisattva? What is the immaturity of a bodhisattva? What is the maturity of a bodhisattva?”172

The Blessed One then addressed the venerable Śāradvatī­putra as follows: “Śāradvatī­putra, the immaturity of a bodhisattva manifests when great bodhisattva beings who have previously regressed descend to the level of the śrāvakas or the level of the pratyekabuddhas, and fail to enter into the maturity of the bodhisattvas.” [F.76.a]


9.
Chapter 9

Teaching

9.­1

Then, the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! In what circumstances do great bodhisattva beings enter into the maturity of the bodhisattvas, and what is this vehicle of the bodhisattvas wherein emancipation is not attained through limited vehicles?”

The Blessed One then addressed the venerable Śāradvatī­putra as follows: “Śāradvatī­putra, whenever great bodhisattva beings practice the transcendent perfection of generosity, they do not practice their generosity for the sake of a limited number of sentient beings. When they practice the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, they do not maintain their ethical discipline for the sake of a limited number of sentient beings. It is the same when they practice the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, and the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration; and when they practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom, they do not cultivate wisdom for the sake of a limited number of sentient beings. Rather, when they practice the transcendent perfection of generosity, they practice their generosity for the sake of all sentient beings, [F.86.a] and so on in the same vein. When they practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom, they cultivate wisdom for the sake of all sentient beings.177


10.
Chapter 10

Extrasensory Powers

10.­1

Then, the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! When it is said that they should don the great armor, what is the extent of the great armor that they should don?”

The Blessed One then addressed the venerable Su­bhūti as follows: “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings should don the armor of the transcendent perfection of generosity, and similarly, they should don the armor of the other transcendent perfections, up to and including the transcendent perfection of wisdom. They should don the armor of the applications of mindfulness, and don the armor of [the other causal attributes], up to and including the noble eightfold path. They should don the armor of the emptiness of internal phenomena, and don the armor of the other aspects of emptiness, up to and including the emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities. Similarly, they should don the armor of the ten powers of the tathāgatas, [F.98.a] and they should don the armor of the [other fruitional attributes], up to and including the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas. They should don the armor of [the attainments], up to and including omniscience. They should don the armor of the buddha body. Then they will illuminate the world system of the great trichiliocosm.


11.
Chapter 11

Non-abiding

11.­1

“Moreover, Su­bhūti, the great armor of great bodhisattva beings consists of the five refined eyes. What are these five, you may ask? They comprise (1) the eye of flesh, (2) the eye of divine clairvoyance, (3) the eye of wisdom, (4) the eye of the sacred doctrine, and (5) the eye of the buddhas. These are called the five eyes.”

11.­2

The venerable Su­bhūti then asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! What is the refined eye of flesh, possessed by great bodhisattva beings?”


12.
Chapter 12

Meditative Stability

12.­1

[F.121.a] The venerable Su­bhūti then said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! If, when great bodhisattva beings practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom, they engage unskillfully with physical forms, then they are merely engaging with mental images, and if they engage in the same manner with feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness, then they are merely engaging with mental images. Also, if they engage with the notion that physical forms are permanent, or the notion that these are impermanent, then they are merely engaging with mental images. Similarly, if they engage with the notion that feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness are permanent, or that these are impermanent, then they are merely engaging with mental images. Similarly, if they engage with the notion that physical forms are imbued with happiness, or that these are imbued with suffering, then they are merely engaging with mental images. Similarly, if they engage with the notion that feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness are imbued with happiness, or that these are imbued with suffering, then they are merely engaging with mental images.


13.
Chapter 13

Like Space

13.­1

The Blessed One addressed the venerable Su­bhūti as follows: “Su­bhūti, you asked where this vehicle will come to rest. In this regard, Su­bhūti, [F.134.b] the vehicle will not come to rest anywhere. If you ask why, it is because resting is non-apprehensible, and so all things do not come to rest. On the other hand, the vehicle will come to rest by way of its non-resting. Su­bhūti, just as the expanse of reality neither comes to rest, nor does it not come to rest, similarly, Su­bhūti, the vehicle does not come to rest, nor does it not come to rest. The same refrain should be extensively applied here, just as has been indicated in the context of the previous chapter.


14.
Chapter 14

Neither Coming nor Going

14.­1

The Blessed One then addressed the venerable Su­bhūti as follows: “Su­bhūti, you have said that this Great Vehicle neither comes nor goes, and nor does it stay. Su­bhūti, that is so! You have spoken correctly. Su­bhūti, in this supreme vehicle, the Great Vehicle, no coming is indeed discernible, nor are going and abiding discernible. If you ask why, Su­bhūti, it is because all things are unmoving; for that reason, they do not come from anywhere, they do not go anywhere, and they do not even abide anywhere. If you ask why, Su­bhūti, it is because physical forms do not come from anywhere, they do not go anywhere, and they do not abide anywhere. Similarly, feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness also do not come from anywhere, they do not go anywhere, and they do not abide anywhere.


15.
Chapter 15

The Transcendent Perfection of Tolerance

15.­1

Then Śakra, mighty lord of the gods [of Trayas­triṃśa], and as many gods of the Catur­mahā­rāja­kāyika realm as there are throughout the world systems of the great trichiliocosm, all congregated there, in that same assembly, along with their divine princes‍—ten million, one hundred billion, many hundred thousands in number. The divine princes of the Yāma realm, the divine princes of the Tuṣita realm, the divine princes of the Nirmāṇa­rata realm, and the divine princes of the Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin realm throughout the world systems of the great trichiliocosm also congregated there, in that same assembly, as did all the gods presiding over the twelve Brahmā realms, as many as there are in the world systems of the great trichiliocosm, along with the [lesser gods of] the Brahmā realms‍—ten million, one hundred billion, many hundred thousands in number. All the gods presiding over the Pure Abodes, as many as there are throughout the world systems of the great trichiliocosm also congregated there, in that same assembly, along with the [lesser] gods of the Pure Abodes‍—ten million, one hundred billion, many hundred thousands in number.291 Yet the radiance of their bodies, originating through the ripening of the past actions of the gods of the Catur­mahā­rāja­kāyika realm, and similarly, the radiance of their bodies originating through the ripening of the past actions of the gods of the Trayas­triṃśa, Yāma, Tuṣita, Nirmāṇa­rata, and Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin realms, and likewise that of the [other] gods, from those of the Brahmākāyika realm up to the Pure Abodes, did not approach even one hundredth part of the natural radiance of the Tathā­gata. They did not approach even a thousandth part of it. They did not approach one hundred thousandth part, nor one thousand billionth part of it. Nor did they approach it in any number, fraction, synonym, comparison, or quality. [F.156.b] The effulgence of the Tathā­gata’s body was manifestly supreme alongside those radiances. It was manifestly perfect, supreme, abundant, unsurpassed, and unexcelled. Just as a burning tree stump neither shines, nor gleams, nor sparkles alongside the gold of the Jambu River, so the radiance of all the gods, originating through the ripening of their past actions, neither shone, nor gleamed, nor sparkled alongside the natural effulgence of the Tathā­gata’s body. Indeed, alongside those radiances, the natural effulgence of the Tathā­gata’s body was best. It was perfect, supreme, abundant, unsurpassed, and unexcelled.


16.
Chapter 16

Conceptual Notions

16.­1

Then the divine princes thought, “How should we uphold the doctrine revealed by the Elder Su­bhūti?”

The venerable Su­bhūti, knowing the thoughts of those divine princes in his own mind, then addressed those divine princes as follows: “Divine princes! You should uphold [the view] that those who teach my sacred doctrine resemble a magical display, and that those who listen to my sacred doctrine also resemble a magical display. They will neither hear the sacred doctrine which I have taught, nor will they actualize it.”


17.
Chapter 17

Advantages

17.­1

Then the venerable Śāradvatī­putra said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom sheds light owing to its utter purity. Reverend Lord! I pay homage to the transcendent perfection of wisdom. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is unsullied by the three world systems. [F.174.b] Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom dispels the blindness of afflicted mental states and all false views. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom has precedence over all branches of enlightenment. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom secures happiness, distinct from all fears, enmity, and harmful [thoughts or deeds]. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom brings light to all sentient beings so that they might acquire the [five] eyes. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom demonstrates the path to those who are going astray so that they might abandon the two extremes. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is omniscience, so that all afflicted mental states and involuntary reincarnation through propensities might be abandoned. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is the mother of the bodhisattvas because it generates all the attributes of the buddhas. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is neither produced, nor does it disintegrate, because it is empty of intrinsic defining characteristics. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom abandons cyclic existences because it is neither an enduring state, nor is it perishable. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom offers protection to those who lack protection because it bestows all that is precious. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is endowed with the completely perfect [ten] powers305 because it cannot be crushed by any antagonists. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom turns the wheel of the sacred doctrine, repeating it in the three times and in its twelve aspects,306 because it is neither subject to promulgation nor reversal. [F.175.a] Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom genuinely displays the essential nature of all things because it is the emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities. Reverend Lord! How can bodhisattvas, those who are on the vehicle of the bodhisattvas, those who are on the vehicle of the śrāvakas, or those who are on the vehicle of the pratyekabuddhas abide in the transcendent perfection of wisdom?”


18.
Chapter 18

Purity

18.­1

Then the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! Where did those great bodhisattva beings who aspire to this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom pass away before coming into this [world]? For how long have they embarked on unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment? How many tathāgatas have they honored? How long have they practiced the transcendent perfection of generosity, and similarly, how long have they practiced the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, [F.188.a] the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, and the transcendent perfection of wisdom? Do they genuinely and methodically313 aspire to this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom?”


19.
Chapter 19

Agents and Non-agents

19.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is an agent that has no actions.”

The Blessed One replied, “This is because it is non-apprehensible as an agent, because it is non-apprehensible in terms of all phenomena, and so forth.”

19.­2

“Reverend Lord! How then should great bodhisattva beings practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom?”


20.
Chapter 20

Enlightened Attributes

20.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! This transcendent perfection of wisdom is the infinite transcendent perfection.”330

The Blessed One replied, “This is owing to the infinity of space!”

“Reverend Lord, this transcendent perfection is sameness.”

The Blessed One replied, “This is owing to the sameness of all things!”

20.­2

“Reverend Lord, this transcendent perfection is void.”


21.
Chapter 21

Early Indications

21.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! This transcendent perfection of wisdom is profound. Reverend Lord! This transcendent perfection of wisdom is established by means of great deeds. Accordingly, Reverend Lord, this transcendent perfection of wisdom is established by means of unappraisable deeds, innumerable deeds, and deeds that are equal to the unequaled.”


22.
Chapter 22

Cultivation

22.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! Since beginner bodhisattvas wish to train in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, and similarly, since they wish to train in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, and the transcendent perfection of generosity, why should they rely on and venerate spiritual mentors who genuinely offer instruction in this transcendent perfection of wisdom, and who similarly offer instruction in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, and the transcendent perfection of generosity, saying, [F.235.a] ‘Come, son of enlightened heritage or daughter of enlightened heritage! You should dedicate whatever gifts you have offered to all sentient beings, making common cause with all sentient beings and without apprehending anything, toward the attainment of unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment. You should not misconstrue this unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment as the transcendent perfection of generosity! You should not misconstrue this unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment as the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, or the transcendent perfection of wisdom! Similarly, you should not misconstrue this unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment as the emptiness of internal phenomena, as the emptiness of external phenomena, as the emptiness of both external and internal phenomena, and [as the other aspects of emptiness], up to and including the emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities! Similarly, you should not misconstrue this unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment as the applications of mindfulness, the correct exertions, the supports for miraculous ability, the faculties, the powers, the branches of enlightenment, and the paths! In the same vein as before, you should not misconstrue this unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment as [the fruitional attributes and attainments], up to and including omniscience.’?”


23.
Chapter 23

Non-acceptance and Non-rejection

23.­1

Then all the gods inhabiting the world system of desire and all the gods inhabiting the world system of form scattered divine sandalwood powders, incense, palm leaf powders, divine blue lotuses, night lotuses, and white lotuses toward the Lord Buddha. Coming into the presence of the Blessed One, they prostrated with their heads at his feet, and took their place to one side. Having taken their place to one side, those gods then said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! This profound transcendent perfection of wisdom is hard to realize, it cannot be scrutinized, it is not within the range of sophistry, and it may be known by the wise and by those who are skilled in investigating subtle quiescence. Reverend Lord, the enlightenment of the lord buddhas revealed in this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom is incompatible with all mundane [phenomena].


24.
Chapter 24

Initial Engagement

24.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! In what should great bodhisattva beings who seek emancipation in unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment abide?”

The Blessed One replied to the venerable Su­bhūti, “Great bodhisattva beings who wish to attain emancipation in unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment should abide in a state of equanimity with respect to all sentient beings. They should cultivate a state of equanimity with respect to all sentient beings, and having established this even-mindedness, they should offer benedictions and greetings to all sentient beings with a benevolent attitude. They should cultivate loving kindness with respect to all sentient beings. They should minimize pride with respect to all sentient beings. They should cultivate the notion that they are teaching all sentient beings. They should offer benedictions and greetings to all sentient beings with sweet and gentle words. They should cultivate an attitude that is free from enmity with respect to all sentient beings. They should cultivate an attitude that is free from harming with respect to all sentient beings. They should cultivate an attitude that regards all sentient beings as their parents, brothers, and sisters. They should cultivate an attitude that regards all sentient beings as their friends, peers, and kinsmen. They should offer benedictions and greetings with an attitude that regards all sentient beings as their parents, brothers, sisters, friends, peers, and kinsmen. They should also abstain from killing living creatures and they should encourage others to adhere to the genuine path by abstaining from killing living creatures. They should always praise abstention from the killing of living creatures. They should praise and rejoice in others who abstain from the killing of living creatures. [F.263.b] In the same vein as before, they themselves should abstain from wrong views, and so forth, and they should encourage others also to adhere to the genuine path by abstaining from wrong views. They should praise abstention from wrong views and they should praise and rejoice in others who abstain from wrong views. It is in this way, Su­bhūti, that great bodhisattva beings who seek to attain emancipation in unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment should maintain these doctrines, and do so without apprehending anything.


25.
Chapter 25

Skill in Means

25.­1

Then [F.276.a] the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How should great bodhisattva beings who practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom investigate385 the meditative stability of emptiness? How should they become absorbed in the meditative stability of emptiness? How should they investigate the meditative stability of signlessness? How should they become absorbed in the meditative stability of signlessness? How should they investigate the meditative stability of aspirationlessness? How should they become absorbed in the meditative stability of aspirationlessness? How should they investigate the four applications of mindfulness? How should they cultivate the four applications of mindfulness? In the same vein, how should they investigate [the other causal attributes], up to and including the noble eightfold path? How should they cultivate [the other causal attributes], up to and including the noble eightfold path? How should they investigate the ten powers of the tathāgatas, the four assurances, the four kinds of exact knowledge, great loving kindness, great compassion, and the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas? How should they cultivate [those fruitional attributes], up to and including the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas?”


26.
Chapter 26

Rejoicing

26.­1

Then Śakra, mighty lord of the gods, thought, “If great bodhisattva beings surpass sentient beings while just practicing this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom, [F.287.b] what need one say when they have attained manifestly perfect buddhahood, the genuinely perfect enlightenment! If even those sentient beings whose minds are just introduced to omniscience find wealth, and if even those sentient beings sustain themselves through noble livelihoods, what need one say about those who have set their minds on the aspiration toward unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment! Those sentient beings who have set their minds on the aspiration toward unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment, and even those who have not yet done so, are to be envied when they always listen to this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom.”


27.
Chapter 27

Full Attainment

27.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of generosity, acquire the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline?”399

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, when great bodhisattva beings dispense their gifts, acquisitiveness does not arise. When they dispense their gifts, miserliness does not arise. Indeed, they dedicate those gifts toward omniscience, and they serve all sentient beings with physical acts of loving kindness. Similarly, they serve them with verbal acts of loving kindness, and with mental acts of loving kindness. At that time, great bodhisattva beings acquire the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline.”

27.­2

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of generosity, then acquire the transcendent perfection of tolerance?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, when great bodhisattva beings dispense their gifts, even though recipients may revile them with disingenuous reprimands [F.300.a] and false words, they will not be discouraged, and indeed they will not hate those ill-intentioned, quarrelsome recipients. Rather, they will cultivate an attitude of loving kindness and an attitude of compassion toward them, and continue to speak gently. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of generosity, acquire the transcendent perfection of tolerance.”

27.­3

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of generosity, acquire the transcendent perfection of perseverance?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, when great bodhisattva beings dispense their gifts, even though recipients may revile them with disingenuous reprimands and false words, they absolutely persist in their generosity. They resort to an attitude of exclusive generosity, and to an attitude of renunciation,400 because they understand the nature of their own deeds whereby fruits are attained according to their past actions. Thinking, ‘I should exclusively dispense generosity on a large scale toward all sentient beings!’ they cultivate physical and mental perseverance, and exclusively dispense generosity at all times. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of generosity, acquire the transcendent perfection of perseverance.”

27.­4

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of generosity, acquire the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, when great bodhisattva beings dispense their gifts to recipients with an attitude free from hostility, they do not dedicate the merit to places, [F.300.b] they do not dedicate it to the world system of desire, they do not dedicate it to the world systems of form and formlessness, they do not dedicate it to the level of the śrāvakas, and they do not dedicate it to the level of the pratyekabuddhas, but, making common cause with all sentient beings, they do dedicate it exclusively to unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of generosity, acquire the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration.”

27.­5

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of generosity, acquire the transcendent perfection of wisdom?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, when great bodhisattva beings dispense their gifts to recipients, they exclusively maintain an illusion-like attitude toward them at all times. Owing to the emptiness of ultimate reality, they do not consider that any sentient beings are benefitted or harmed. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of generosity, acquire the transcendent perfection of wisdom.”

27.­6

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, acquire the transcendent perfection of generosity, and similarly the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, and the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, and how do they acquire the transcendent perfection of wisdom?”

27.­7

The Blessed One replied to the venerable Su­bhūti as follows: “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings who abide in the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline do not, owing to the conditioning of their physical, verbal, and mental merits, [F.301.a] maintain the supremacy of the level of the śrāvakas or the level of the pratyekabuddhas. Even for the sake of their own lives, they do not deprive sentient beings of life, they do not steal that which is not given, they do not commit acts of sexual misconduct, they do not tell lies, they do not slander, they do not speak harshly, they do not resort to nonsensical speech, they do not become covetous, they do not become vindictive, and they do not resort to wrong views. Abiding in the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, they dispense their generosity as follows: They give food to those who need food, drink to those who need drink, vehicles to those who need vehicles, clothing to those who need clothing, garlands to those who need garlands, unguents to those who need unguents, bedding to those who need bedding, asylum to those who need asylum, lamps to those who need lamps, and in the same vein, all resources to those who need them. Similarly, they give all sorts of things that are useful for human beings to those who need them, and they also dedicate those gifts, making common cause with all sentient beings, toward unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment, and whatever they do, they make these dedications without regressing to the level of the śrāvakas or the level of the pratyekabuddhas. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, acquire the transcendent perfection of generosity.

27.­8

“Moreover, Su­bhūti, while great bodhisattva beings abide in the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, even if all sentient beings were to approach them and cut off the limbs and appendages of those great bodhisattva beings who abide in the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, and discard them in the cardinal and intermediate directions, owing to the setting of their mind solely [on enlightenment], which those great bodhisattva beings have, they would not even resort to anger and would not even resort to malice. They would think, ‘All sentient beings [F.301.b] have cut off my limbs and appendages and discarded them to the cardinal and intermediate directions, but I have obtained an excellent benefit! Through my renunciation of this purulent body, I shall attain the excellent buddha body which is of the nature of indestructible reality!’ In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, acquire the transcendent perfection of tolerance.

27.­9

“Moreover, Su­bhūti, when great bodhisattva beings abide in the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, they don the armor of great compassion. Thinking, ‘I shall liberate all sentient beings from the unbearable fears of the ocean of cyclic existence! I shall establish them in the deathless expanse!’ they will never abandon their physical and mental perseverance. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, acquire the transcendent perfection of perseverance.

27.­10

“Moreover, Su­bhūti, when great bodhisattva beings abide in the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, they become absorbed in the first meditative concentration. Similarly, they become absorbed in the second, and likewise the third and likewise the fourth meditative concentrations. Similarly, they become absorbed in the meditative absorption of the sense field of infinite space, and [in the other formless absorptions], up to and including the meditative absorption of cessation. Yet, because they remember their former aspirations, they will not regress to the level of the śrāvakas or the level of the pratyekabuddhas, and they will, provisionally, not actualize the finality of existence. Rather, they think, ‘O, abiding in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, I shall liberate all sentient beings from the unbearable fears of the ocean of cyclic existence! I shall establish them in the deathless expanse!’ In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, acquire the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration.” [F.302.a]

27.­11

“Moreover, Su­bhūti, when great bodhisattva beings abide in the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, they do not transgress the real nature of all things, and apart from that, they do not consider anything at all to be virtuous or non-virtuous, specified or unspecified, contaminated or uncontaminated, mundane or supramundane, and conditioned or unconditioned. They do not consider anything to be classified as an entity or classified as a non-entity. They do not consider anything to be existent or non-existent. Through this transcendent perfection of wisdom and skill in means, they do not regress to the level of the śrāvakas or the level of the pratyekabuddhas. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, acquire the transcendent perfection of wisdom.” [B27]

27.­12

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of tolerance, acquire the transcendent perfection of generosity?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, if all sentient beings were to approach those great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfections of tolerance, and reprimand them with disingenuous, negative words, and even cut off their limbs and appendages, they would think, ‘Alas! These sentient beings are imbued with suffering, smitten by disease, and unprotected. I shall exclusively dispense generosity toward all sentient beings at all times!’ Then they would give food to those who need food, [F.302.b] they would give drinks to those who need drink, and, in the same vein, they would dispense [all other resources], up to and including all manner of things that are useful to human beings to those who need those things that are useful to human beings, [and so forth].401 Having mastered all the roots of virtue, making common cause with all sentient beings, they would then dedicate [these gifts] toward unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment, without apprehending anything. If you ask how this dedication is made, the dedication is made without engaging in the dualistic attitude that differentiates the subject who makes the dedication and the object to whom the dedication is made. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of tolerance, acquire the transcendent perfection of generosity.”

27.­13

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of tolerance, acquire the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of tolerance, from the time when they first begin to set their mind on enlightenment until they are seated at the Focal Point of Enlightenment, even for the sake of their own lives, do not deprive any sentient being of life, and so on. They do not resort to wrong views. Their minds never engage with the level of the śrāvakas or the level of the pratyekabuddhas. They also dedicate these roots of virtue, making common cause with all sentient beings, toward unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment. These dedications are also made without engaging in the dualistic attitude that differentiates the subject who makes the dedication and the object to whom the dedication is made. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of tolerance, acquire the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline.”

27.­14

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of tolerance, acquire the transcendent perfection of perseverance?” [F.303.a]

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of tolerance, [think], ‘I will travel for a while, for one yojana, a hundred yojana, or a thousand yojana, or similarly through anything from a single world system to a hundred thousand world systems, just to establish even a few sentient beings in the ground of training and the eighth-lowest stage. Similarly, having established them in the attributes of the level of buddha nature, the attributes of the eighth-lowest stage, the fruit of entering the stream, and so on, up to arhatship, up to individual enlightenment, and up to unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment, mastering all those roots of virtue, making common cause with all sentient beings, I will dedicate these merits to unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment.’ These dedications are made without engaging at all in the dualistic attitude that differentiates the subject who makes the dedication and the object to whom the dedication is made. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of tolerance, acquire the transcendent perfection of perseverance.”

27.­15

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of tolerance, acquire the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of tolerance, achieve and then maintain the first meditative concentration, which is free from the desires [of the senses], free from negative and non-virtuous attributes, and endowed with ideation and scrutiny, alongside the joy and bliss that arise from that freedom. In the same vein, they achieve and maintain the other meditative concentrations, up to and including the fourth meditative concentration. Similarly, they become absorbed in the [formless absorptions], up to the sense field of infinite space, and up to the cessation of feelings and perceptions, and they bring forth the roots of the virtuous attributes of mind and mental states. All these they dedicate, [F.303.b] making common cause with all sentient beings, toward unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment. By any means, these dedications are made without engaging in the dualistic attitude that differentiates the subject who makes the dedication and the object to whom the dedication is made. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of tolerance, acquire the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration.”

27.­16

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of tolerance, acquire the transcendent perfection of wisdom?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, when, with respect to all things, great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of tolerance, survey and abide in the modality of voidness, the modality of quiescence, the modality of the ending [of contaminants], and the modality of cessation, they do not realize the quiescence of all things until they have attained omniscience, seated at the Focal Point of Enlightenment. Then arising from their seat at the Focal Point of Enlightenment, in order to benefit all sentient beings and in order to make all sentient beings happy, they turn the wheel of the sacred doctrine. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of tolerance, acquire the transcendent perfection of wisdom.”

27.­17

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of perseverance, acquire the transcendent perfection of generosity?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of perseverance, think, ‘I shall certainly attain manifestly perfect buddhahood in unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment!’ [F.304.a] They never desist from the perseverance that seeks out virtuous attributes, and they never stop seeking the gnosis that is omniscience. For the sake of sentient beings, they would travel a hundred yojana, a thousand yojana, a hundred thousand yojana, or a trillion yojana, and similarly, they would travel through anything from a single world system to one hundred billion trillion world systems, so as to establish only a single sentient being in whichever vehicle is appropriate among the three vehicles. Mastering all these roots of virtue, making common cause with all sentient beings, they dedicate them to unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment. These dedications are made without engaging at all in the dualistic attitude that differentiates the subject who makes the dedication and the object to whom the dedication is made. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of perseverance, acquire the transcendent perfection of generosity.”

27.­18

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of perseverance, acquire the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of perseverance, [think], ‘From the time when I first begin to set my mind on enlightenment until I am seated at the Focal Point of Enlightenment, I shall indeed abstain from killing living creatures, and I shall encourage others to keep abstaining from killing living creatures. I shall also praise the abstention from killing living creatures, and I shall praise and rejoice in others who abstain from killing living creatures. In the same vein, I shall abstain from all other non-virtuous actions, up to and including the holding of wrong views, and I shall encourage others to keep abstaining from wrong views [and the other non-virtuous actions]. I shall also praise the abstention from wrong views [and so forth], and I shall praise and rejoice in others who abstain from wrong views [and the other non-virtuous actions]!’ [F.304.b] Through this transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, they do not strive for the world system of desire, they do not strive for the world system of form and the world system of formlessness, they do not strive for the level of the śrāvakas, and they do not strive for the level of the pratyekabuddhas, but, mastering all these roots of virtue and making common cause with all sentient beings, they dedicate them to unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment. These dedications are made without engaging at all in the dualistic attitude that differentiates the subject who makes the dedication and the object to whom the dedication is made. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of perseverance, acquire the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline.”

27.­19

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of perseverance, acquire the transcendent perfection of tolerance?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of perseverance, from the time when they first begin to set their mind on enlightenment until they are seated at the Focal Point of Enlightenment, even if humans or non-humans should arrive and cut off all their limbs and appendages, and discard them in the cardinal and intermediate directions, would not think, ‘There is someone cutting off or piercing my402 limbs and appendages!’ Rather, they exclusively think, ‘While I hold on to this body for their sake, they have approached me, cutting off my limbs and appendages and discarding them, so I will obtain an excellent benefit!’ If you ask why, it is because in this way they will excellently remain attentive to the nature of reality. They do not dedicate these roots of virtue to the level of the śrāvakas or to the level of the pratyekabuddhas, but making common cause with all sentient beings, they dedicate these roots of virtue exclusively to unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment. [F.305.a] These dedications are made without engaging at all in the dualistic attitude that differentiates the subject who makes the dedication and the object to whom the dedication is made. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of perseverance, acquire the transcendent perfection of tolerance.”

27.­20

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of perseverance, acquire the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of perseverance, achieve and then maintain the first meditative concentration, which is free from desires, free from negative and non-virtuous attributes, and endowed with ideation and scrutiny, alongside the joy and bliss that arise from that freedom. Similarly, they achieve and maintain the other meditative concentrations, up to and including the fourth meditative concentration, and they also achieve and maintain the four immeasurable aspirations and so forth, up to and including absorption in the cessation of perceptions and feelings. However, they do not grasp the maturation of those meditative concentrations, immeasurable aspirations, and formless absorptions. For the sake of sentient beings, they will be reborn in other realms where they will train sentient beings. Gathering these sentient beings through the four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva, they will establish them in the six transcendent perfections. In order to venerate the lord buddhas and cultivate the roots of virtue, they will move from buddhafield to buddhafield, experiencing the roots of virtue dependent on meditative concentration, and mastering all these until buddhahood is cultivated. Making common cause with all sentient beings, they dedicate them to unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment. These dedications are made without engaging at all in the dualistic attitude that differentiates the subject who makes the dedication and the object to whom the dedication is made. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, [F.305.b] abiding in the transcendent perfection of perseverance, acquire the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration.”

27.­21

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of perseverance, acquire the transcendent perfection of wisdom?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of perseverance, do not consider the transcendent perfection of generosity as a designation, and similarly, they do not consider the transcendent perfection of generosity as an entity or as a sign. Likewise, they do not consider the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, or the transcendent perfection of wisdom as a designation, and similarly they do not consider the transcendent perfection of wisdom and so forth as an entity or as a sign. Similarly, they do not consider the applications of mindfulness and [the other causal attributes], up to and including the noble eightfold path, as a designation, and likewise, they do not consider these as an entity or as a sign. In the same vein as before, they do not consider [all the fruitional attributes and attainments], up to and including omniscience, as an entity or as a sign. Likewise, they do not consider anything as a designation, and they do not consider anything as an entity or as a sign; they do not abide in anything at all. They do as they say. Mastering all these roots of virtue, making common cause with all sentient beings, they dedicate them to unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment. These dedications are made without engaging at all in the dualistic attitude that differentiates the subject who makes the dedication and the object to whom the dedication is made. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, [F.306.a] abiding in the transcendent perfection of perseverance, acquire the transcendent perfection of wisdom.”

27.­22

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, acquire the transcendent perfection of generosity?”

The Blessed One replied to the venerable Su­bhūti as follows: “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings achieve and maintain the first meditative concentration, which is free from the desires [of the senses], free from negative and non-virtuous attributes, and endowed with ideation and scrutiny, alongside the joy and bliss that arise from that freedom. Similarly, they achieve and maintain the other meditative concentrations, up to and including the fourth meditative concentration, in which even that sense of bliss is abandoned and suffering is abandoned, and in which neither suffering nor bliss is present because blissful and unhappy states of mind have both previously subsided, while equanimity and mindfulness are utterly pure. Similarly, they achieve and maintain the four immeasurable aspirations and the formless absorptions, up to and including the absorption of the cessation of feelings and perceptions. Abiding in this transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, they teach the sacred doctrine to sentient beings with an undistracted mind. They dispense the gift of the sacred doctrine, and also worldly gifts. They themselves at all times dispense the gift of the sacred doctrine and worldly gifts, and they encourage others to keep dispensing the gift of the sacred doctrine and worldly gifts. They at all times praise the gift of the sacred doctrine and worldly gifts, and they praise and rejoice in others who dispense the gift of the sacred doctrine and worldly gifts. They do not dedicate these roots of virtue to the level of the śrāvakas or to the level of the pratyekabuddhas, but mastering all these roots of virtue, and making common cause with all sentient beings, they dedicate them exclusively to unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment. [F.306.b] These dedications are made without engaging at all in the dualistic attitude that differentiates the subject who makes the dedication and the object to whom the dedication is made. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, acquire the transcendent perfection of generosity.”

27.­23

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, acquire the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline?”

The Blessed One replied to the venerable Su­bhūti as follows: “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, never develop thoughts of desire. They never develop thoughts of hatred or thoughts of delusion. They never develop thoughts of violence, miserliness, or degenerate morality, and apart from that they are continuously in synergy with the modes of attention associated with omniscience. Without dedicating these roots of virtue to the level of the śrāvakas or to the level of the pratyekabuddhas, they master all these roots of virtue, and making common cause with all sentient beings, dedicate them to unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment. These dedications are made without engaging at all in the dualistic attitude that differentiates the subject who makes the dedication and the object to whom the dedication is made. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, acquire the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline.”

27.­24

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, acquire the transcendent perfection of tolerance?”

The Blessed One replied to the venerable Su­bhūti as follows: “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings, [F.307.a] abiding in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, discern physical forms as resembling a mass of foam. Similarly, they discern feelings as resembling a water bubble, perceptions as resembling a mirage, formative predispositions as resembling a hollow plantain, and consciousness as resembling a magical display. When making such discernments, they always maintain the perception that the five psycho-physical aggregates are essenceless, thinking, ‘All formative predispositions [and so forth] are empty. What is this [body] that is being harmed, cut, or split? Who is piercing or cutting it? Whose are these physical forms? Whose are these feelings? Whose are these perceptions? Whose are these formative predispositions? Whose is this consciousness? Who is being reprimanded, rebuked, or targeted with malice? Who is this who reprimands, rebukes, or targets with malice?’ They do not dedicate these roots of virtue to the level of the śrāvakas or to the level of the pratyekabuddhas, and, apart from that, making common cause with all sentient beings, they dedicate them to unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment. These dedications are made without engaging at all in the dualistic attitude that differentiates the subject who makes the dedication and the object to whom the dedication is made. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, acquire the transcendent perfection of tolerance.”

27.­25

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, acquire the transcendent perfection of perseverance?”

The Blessed One replied to the venerable Su­bhūti as follows: “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, grasp the indications of all the meditative concentrations, aspects of liberation, and meditative stabilities, and then experience the many aspects of miraculous abilities, and so on, as has [already] been extensively indicated. [F.307.b] Through clairaudience that surpasses the range of human hearing, they hear many aspects of divine and human sound. Similarly, their minds precisely know the minds of other beings and the minds of other realized individuals, up to and including the minds of unsurpassed beings. Similarly, they recollect many different past abodes, as has [already] been extensively indicated. Similarly, through pure clairvoyance that surpasses the range of human sight, they perceive [all beings] who move in accordance with their past actions. Maintaining these five extrasensory powers, in order to behold and venerate the lord buddhas, to develop the roots of virtue, and also to bring sentient beings to maturation, they move from buddhafield to buddhafield, and even refine the buddhafields. Making common cause with all sentient beings, they dedicate these roots of virtue exclusively to unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment. These dedications are made without engaging at all in the dualistic attitude that differentiates the subject who makes the dedication and the object to whom the dedication is made. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, acquire the transcendent perfection of perseverance.”

27.­26

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, acquire the transcendent perfection of wisdom?”

The Blessed One replied to the venerable Su­bhūti as follows: “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, do not apprehend physical forms. Similarly, they do not apprehend [all the other phenomena], up to and including the applications of mindfulness. Similarly, they do not apprehend [all the other causal attributes], up to and including the noble eightfold path. They do not apprehend [all the fruitional attributes and attainments], up to and including omniscience. They do not apprehend conditioned elements. They do not apprehend unconditioned elements. [F.308.a] Since all things are unconditioned, they do not condition anything at all. Since they do not condition anything at all, they neither adopt nor do they not adopt anything at all. They neither cause anything to arise, nor do they cause anything to cease. If you ask why, Su­bhūti, whether the tathāgatas have appeared or not, the abiding nature of all things and the expanse of reality continue to abide, and these neither arise nor cease. Great bodhisattva beings always achieve and maintain this [reality] through undistracted attention, endowed with omniscience. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, acquire the transcendent perfection of wisdom.”

27.­27

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, acquire the transcendent perfection of generosity?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, do not apprehend the emptiness of internal phenomena as the emptiness of internal phenomena. They do not apprehend the emptiness of external phenomena as the emptiness of external phenomena. They do not apprehend the emptiness of both external and internal phenomena as the emptiness of both external and internal phenomena. They do not apprehend the emptiness of emptiness as the emptiness of emptiness. They do not apprehend the emptiness of great extent as the emptiness of great extent. They do not apprehend the emptiness of ultimate reality as the emptiness of ultimate reality. They do not apprehend the emptiness of conditioned phenomena as the emptiness of conditioned phenomena. They do not apprehend the emptiness of unconditioned phenomena as the emptiness of unconditioned phenomena. They do not apprehend the emptiness of the unlimited as the emptiness of the unlimited. They do not apprehend the emptiness of that which has neither beginning nor end as the emptiness of that which has neither beginning nor end. They do not apprehend the emptiness of non-dispersal as the emptiness of non-dispersal. [F.308.b] They do not apprehend the emptiness of all things as the emptiness of all things. They do not apprehend the emptiness of inherent existence as the emptiness of inherent existence. They do not apprehend the emptiness of all intrinsic defining characteristics as the emptiness of all intrinsic defining characteristics. They do not apprehend the emptiness of non-apprehension as the emptiness of non-apprehension. Similarly, they do not apprehend the emptiness of non-entities as the emptiness of non-entities. They do not apprehend the emptiness of essential nature as the emptiness of essential nature. They do not apprehend the emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities as the emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities.

27.­28

“Abiding in these aspects of emptiness, they do not apprehend the notion that physical forms are empty, or the notion that they are not empty. Similarly, they do not apprehend the notion that feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness are empty, or the notion that they are not empty. Similarly, they do not apprehend the notion that the applications of mindfulness are empty, or the notion that they are not empty. Similarly, they do not apprehend the notion that [the other causal attributes], up to and including the noble eightfold path, are empty, or the notion that they are not empty. In the same vein, they do not apprehend the notion that [the fruitional attributes], up to and including omniscience, are empty, or the notion that they are not empty. They do not apprehend the notion that conditioned elements are empty, or the notion that they are not empty. They do not apprehend the notion that unconditioned elements are empty, or the notion that they are not empty.

27.­29

“Practicing this transcendent perfection of wisdom accordingly, they dispense their gifts, whatever they may be, from food or drink up to those things that are useful to humankind, to those who need them, but they do not consider the notion that their gifts are empty, or that they are not empty. Nor do they consider at all the one who dispenses these gifts, the one to whom they are dispensed, and the gifts that are dispensed. Nor do they consider all these three aspects as emptiness. For those who abide in this manner, there is never any occasion for miserliness or acquisitiveness to arise. If you ask why, it is because for those who thus practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom, all such notions will not arise, from the time when they first begin to set their mind on enlightenment until they are seated at the Focal Point of Enlightenment. [F.309.a] Just as for tathāgatas, arhats, genuinely perfect buddhas miserliness and acquisitiveness never arise, so it is also for those great bodhisattva beings who practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom. Su­bhūti, this transcendent perfection of wisdom is the teacher of great bodhisattva beings. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, acquire the transcendent perfection of generosity.”

27.­30

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, acquire the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, do not let the mindsets of all the śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas even arise. If you ask why, it is because they do not apprehend those levels of the śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas, and they do not apprehend any thought that they should dedicate their physical, verbal, and mental ethical discipline to the level of the śrāvakas or to the level of the pratyekabuddhas. From the time when they first begin to set their mind on enlightenment until they are seated at the Focal Point of Enlightenment, they abstain from killing living creatures, and oppose the killing of living creatures. They also praise the abstention from killing living creatures, and encourage others to keep abstaining from killing living creatures. They praise and rejoice in others who abstain from killing living creatures. In the same vein, they themselves abstain from all other non-virtuous actions, up to and including the holding of wrong views, and also praise the abstention from wrong views [and the other non-virtuous actions]. They encourage others to keep abstaining from wrong views [and the other non-virtuous actions], and they praise and rejoice in others who abstain from wrong views [and the other non-virtuous actions]. [F.309.b] Furthermore, through this ethical discipline they do not strive for conduct associated with the world system of desire, or for conduct associated with the world system of form and the world system of formlessness, or for the attributes of the śrāvakas, or the attributes of the pratyekabuddhas, but, unlike them, they exclusively strive for and maintain unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, acquire the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline.”

27.­31

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, acquire the transcendent perfection of tolerance?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, when great bodhisattva beings abide in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, a corresponding [sense of] tolerance arises. When they obtain this tolerance, they think, ‘O! There is nothing at all that is subject to cessation, or birth, aging, death, reprimand, rebuke, cutting, piercing, injury, killing, or bondage.’ If all sentient beings were to approach those great bodhisattva beings who have obtained such tolerance, and reprimand or rebuke them, striking them with clods of earth, clubs, or weapons, or cutting off all their limbs and appendages, their attitude would not change, and they would think, ‘This is the reality of all things. In this [reality], there is nothing at all that would reprimand, rebuke, cut, pierce, injure, kill, or bind anything at all.’ In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, acquire the transcendent perfection of tolerance.”

27.­32

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, [F.310.a] acquire the transcendent perfection of perseverance?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, teach the sacred doctrine to sentient beings with unrelenting perseverance. They teach the sacred doctrine in all ways, establishing those sentient beings in the transcendent perfection of generosity, and likewise establishing them in the other transcendent perfections, up to and including the transcendent perfection of wisdom. But in doing so, they do not at all establish them in conditioned elements and they do not at all establish them in unconditioned elements. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, acquire the transcendent perfection of perseverance.”

27.­33

“Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, acquire the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, may become absorbed in the meditative stabilities of the śrāvakas, or the meditative stabilities of the pratyekabuddhas, or in the meditative stabilities of the bodhisattvas‍—in all of them except the meditative stabilities of the tathāgatas. Abiding in those meditative stabilities of the bodhisattvas [and so forth], they may become absorbed in and arise from the eight aspects of liberation, either sequentially or in reverse order. If you ask what these eight are, they are as follows: The first aspect of liberation ensues when corporeal beings observe physical forms. The second aspect of liberation ensues when formless beings endowed with internal perception observe external physical forms. The third aspect of liberation ensues when beings are inclined toward pleasant states. [F.310.b] The fourth aspect of liberation ensues when the perceptions of physical forms have been completely transcended in all respects, when the perceptions of obstructed phenomena have subsided, and the mind does not engage with diverse perceptions, so that one achieves and abides in the sense field of infinite space, thinking, ‘Space is infinite.’ The fifth aspect of liberation ensues when the sense field of infinite space has been completely transcended in all respects, and when one achieves and abides in the sense field of infinite consciousness, thinking, ‘Consciousness is infinite.’ The sixth aspect of liberation ensues when the sense field of infinite consciousness has been completely transcended in all respects, and one achieves and abides in the sense field of nothing-at-all, thinking, ‘There is nothing at all.’ The seventh aspect of liberation ensues when the sense field of nothing-at-all has been completely transcended in all respects, and one achieves and abides in the sense field of neither perception nor non-perception. The eighth aspect of liberation ensues when the sense field of neither perception nor non-perception has been completely transcended in all respects, and one achieves and abides in the cessation of all perceptions and feelings. They may become absorbed in and arise from these eight aspects of liberation, both sequentially and in the reverse order.

27.­34

“Similarly, they may become absorbed in and arise from the nine serial steps of meditative absorption, either sequentially or in reverse order. If you ask what these nine are, they comprise the four meditative concentrations, the four formless absorptions, and the cessation of all perceptions and feelings.

27.­35

“After differentiating these eight aspects of liberation and the nine serial steps of meditative absorption, they may become absorbed in the meditative stability known as the yawning lion. Su­bhūti, if you ask what is the meditative stability known as the yawning lion, which great bodhisattva beings may experience, at this point, Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings [F.311.a] will have achieved and maintained the first meditative concentration, where there is freedom from desires, and freedom from negative and non-virtuous attributes, while ideation and scrutiny are present, alongside the joy and bliss that arise from that freedom. Similarly, they will have achieved and maintained all the other meditative concentrations, up to and including the fourth meditative concentration, where both bliss and suffering have been abandoned, and neither suffering nor bliss is present because blissful and unhappy states of mind have both previously subsided, while equanimity and mindfulness are utterly pure. Similarly, they will have become absorbed in the formless absorptions, up to and including the sense field of neither perception nor non-perception. Then they will have become absorbed in the cessation of perceptions and feelings.

27.­36

“Arising from that meditative stability which is the absorption in cessation, [then in reverse order], they become absorbed in the sense field of neither perception nor non-perception; in the same vein, arising from that absorption in the sense field of neither perception nor non-perception, they abide, absorbed in the [other formless absorptions and meditative concentrations], down to and including the first meditative concentration. Su­bhūti, this is the meditative stability known as the yawning lion. Abiding in that meditative stability, they attain the sameness of all things. In this way, Su­bhūti, do great bodhisattva beings, abiding in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, acquire the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration.”

27.­37

This completes the twenty-seventh chapter from “The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines,” entitled “Full Attainment.”403


28.
Chapter 28

Dissimilar Defining Characteristics

28.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! When all things are indivisible, signless, and empty of their own defining characteristics, how could the cultivation of the six transcendent perfections be fulfilled? How could they be differently designated? How could they be differentiated? Reverend Lord! When all things are gathered in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, how could the transcendent perfection of generosity exist? [F.311.b] Similarly, how could the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, and the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration exist; in the same vein, how could [all other causal and fruitional attributes], up to and including the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas, exist? Reverend Lord! When all things are without defining characteristics, how could a single defining characteristic be designated?”404


29.
Chapter 29

The Gift of the Sacred Doctrine

29.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings who practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom attract sentient beings with the gift of the sacred doctrine?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, there are two ways in which great bodhisattva beings who practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom attract sentient beings with the gift of the sacred doctrine. Su­bhūti, these comprise the mundane and supramundane gifts of the sacred doctrine. If you ask what constitutes the mundane gift of the sacred doctrine, that which describes, explains, demonstrates, and analyzes mundane phenomena‍—describing, explaining, demonstrating, and analyzing the [earlier] chapters on repulsive phenomena, along with the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable aspirations, the four formless absorptions, and the five extrasensory powers‍—is designated as the ‘mundane gift of the sacred doctrine.’ If you ask why this is mundane, it is called ‘mundane’ because it does not transcend the world.


30.
Chapter 30

Inherent Existence

30.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings who practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom observe and study production and disintegration with respect to the five psycho-physical aggregates, while training in these three gateways to liberation?”

30.­2

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings who train in the transcendent perfection of wisdom correctly perceive physical forms. They correctly perceive the real nature of physical forms‍—that physical forms neither arise from anywhere, nor do they cease anywhere. If you ask how they correctly perceive physical forms, they see that physical forms are utterly porous or utterly fallacious,423 just as a mass of foam is insubstantial. If you ask how they perceive the arising of physical forms, inasmuch as physical forms neither arise from anywhere, nor do they go anywhere, they correctly perceive the non-arising of physical forms from anywhere and their non-going to anywhere. So it is that they perceive the arising of physical forms.


31.
Chapter 31

Irreversibility

31.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! Are great bodhisattva beings, who properly realize the defining characteristics of phenomena in this way, irreversible?”428

“Yes, they are, Su­bhūti!”

31.­2

“Reverend Lord! What are the attributes of the irreversible great bodhisattva beings? What are their indications? What are their signs? How should we properly understand the irreversible great bodhisattva beings?”


32.
Chapter 32

The Attainment of Manifest Enlightenment

32.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! If irreversible great bodhisattva beings are endowed with such enlightened attributes, what are the aspects of the path on which they abide and through which they then swiftly attain manifestly perfect buddhahood in unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment? What is the enlightenment of the lord buddhas?”436


33.
Chapter 33

The Conclusion

33.­1

Then the venerable Ānanda asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! Are there not some among the classes of sentient beings who do not develop faith in this exegesis of the profound transcendent perfection of wisdom, who are not motivated by joy, confidence, and higher aspiration, who do not make offerings to the assembly with body and mind, who even depart from this assembly, and, in addition, who have abandoned it and are abandoning it?”449


c.

Colophon

c.­1

This translation was edited and redacted by the Indian preceptors Jinamitra and Prajñāvarman, along with the editor-in-chief and translator Bandé Yeshé Dé.

ye dharmā hetuprabhavā hetun teṣāṃ tathāgato bhavat āha teṣāṃ ca yo nirodho evaṃ vādī mahāśramaṇaḥ [ye svāhā]

“Whatever events arise from a cause, the Tathā­gata has told the cause thereof, and the great virtuous ascetic has also taught their cessation.”


ab.

Abbreviations

ARIRIAB Annual Report of the International Research Institute of Advanced Buddhology. Tokyo: SOKA University.
ISMEO Rome: Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Orient
KPD bka’ ’gyur dpe bsdur ma [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 2006–2009.
LTWA Library of Tibetan Works and Archives, Dharamsala, H.P., India
SOR Serie Orientale Roma
TOK ’jam mgon kong sprul, The Treasury of Knowledge. English translations of shes bya kun khyab mdzod by the Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group in The Treasury of Knowledge series (TOK, Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion, 1995 to 2012); mentioned here are Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group 1995 (Book 1) and 1998 (Book 5); Ngawang Zangpo 2010 (Books 2, 3, and 4); Callahan 2007 (Book 6, Part 3); and Dorje 2012 (Book 6 Parts 1–2).
TPD bstan ’gyur dpe bsdur ma [Comparative edition of the Tengyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 120 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 1994–2008.

n.

Notes

n.­1
On the distinctions between the three promulgations, see Jamgon Kongtrul’s concise explanation in TOK Book 5, pp. 145–156. The three essenceless natures, comprising the imaginary, dependent, and consummate natures, which are not discussed in the present sūtra, are analyzed in A­saṅga’s Yoga­cāra­bhūmi, F.162. See also Jamgon Kongtrul’s presentation from the Indo-Tibetan perspective in TOK, Book 6, Pt. 2, pp. 563–574.
n.­2
See glossary entry “wisdom” regarding the translation of prajñā (shes rab) as “wisdom.”
n.­3
See 32.­59.
n.­4
The setting of the mind on enlightenment (bodhi­cittotpāda, byang chub sems bskyed pa) for the sake of all sentient beings, which marks the onset of the bodhisattva path and culminates in the actual attainment of buddhahood, distinguishes the compassionate bodhisattva path from that of the śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas who are both preoccupied with their own emancipation from cyclic existence. See Dayal (1932): 50–79, Williams (1989): 197–204, and Padmakara Translation Group (1994): 218–234. The śrāvakas are pious attendants who listen to the teachings that the buddhas taught by word of mouth, and place great emphasis on destroying the mistaken belief in personal identity by overcoming all afflicted mental states. In the course of determining their own emancipation from cyclic existence, they may achieve in succession the fruit of entering the stream to nirvāṇa, the fruit of being tied to only one more rebirth, the fruit of being no longer subject to rebirth, and the fruit of arhatship. By contrast, the pratyekabuddhas are hermit buddhas who pursue their path to individual enlightenment in solitude or in small groups, without relying on a teacher and without communicating their understanding to others. Following a natural predisposition for meditation through which they comprehend the twelve links of dependent origination in forward and reverse order, they are said to surpass the śrāvakas in the sense that they realize the emptiness of external phenomena, composed of atomic particles, in addition to realising the emptiness of personal identity. However, unlike bodhisattvas, they fail to realize that the internal phenomena of consciousness are also without inherent existence. Only the bodhisattvas resolve to attain manifestly perfect buddhahood or omniscience, in order to benefit all sentient beings.
n.­5
The sūtras themselves frequently allude to proponents of the Vinaya and to upholders of the lesser vehicles (śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas) who would have balked at their unrelenting deconstruction of phenomena and buddha attributes, and sought to oppose them. See, for example, 33.­13.
n.­6
References to the veneration and importance of the written word, embodied in these sūtras which are said to have primacy over all the twelve branches of scripture, may be found below. See 17.­1, 21.­2–21.­3, and 33.­69.
n.­7
This evidence is presented in Falk (2011): 13–23, and in Falk and Karashima (2012): 19–61. Earlier significant contributions to research on birch-bark Kharoṣṭhī manuscripts include Saloman (2000), Nasim Khan, M. and M. Sohail Khan, 2004 (2006): 9–15, and Strauch (2007–08).
n.­8
See glossary entry “Pāli Canon.”
n.­19
In this text, we have opted to translate the epithet bhagavat (bcom ldan ’das) as “the Blessed One” when it stands alone in the narrative, and as “Lord” when found in the terms “Reverend Lord” (bhadanta­bhagavat, btsun pa bcom ldan ’das) and “Lord Buddha” (bhagavanbuddha, sangs rgyas bcom ldan ’das).
n.­20
A clear interpretation of the corresponding introductory paragraph in The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines (Aṣṭa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) can be found in Hari­bhadra’s Mirror Commentary on the Ornament of Clear Realization (Abhi­samayālaṃkārālokā). See Sparham (2006): I, 171–181.
n.­54
For various interpretations of this term, see Dayal (1932): 324, note 64.
n.­55
The listing of the ten powers of the tathāgatas is analyzed in Konow (1941), pp. 37–39, with reconstructed Sanskrit on pp. 105–106. The full explanation of these powers derives from the passage at 2.257–2.386 in The Teaching on the Great Compassion of the Tathāgata (Tathāgata­mahā­karuṇā­nirdeśa, Toh 147, also known as The Sūtra of Dhāraṇīśvara­rāja, Dhāraṇīśvara­rāja­sūtra), in which the ten powers are described as the first ten of thirty-two actions of a tathāgata. Cf. also Dayal (1932): 20; and Sparham (2012 IV): 80.
n.­151
This passage occurs in Dutt (1934): 99; also Conze (1975): 90, where the interlocutor is Su­bhūti rather than Śāradvatī­putra.
n.­172
Cf. Dutt (1934): 119, and also Conze (1975): 95 and Sparham (2006 I): 56, where the ensuing dialogue takes place between Su­bhūti and Śāradvatī­putra.
n.­177
Cf. Dutt (1934): 175: also Conze (1975): 128; where this comment is attributed to Pūrṇa.
n.­291
See glossary entry “Pure Abodes.”
n.­305
See Kimura II–III: 143.
n.­306
The twelve aspects pertain to the four noble truths‍—suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering and the path that lead to the cessation of suffering. The twelve aspects are specifically identified as follows: suffering is this, it can be diagnosed, it has been diagnosed; the origin of suffering is this, it can be abandoned, it has been abandoned; the cessation of suffering is this, it can be verified, it has been verified; the path leading to the cessation of suffering is this, it can be cultivated, and it has been cultivated. The three times at which the wheel of the sacred doctrine is turned denote the past, present, and future.
n.­313
The phrase “genuinely and methodically” renders don dang tshul las or artha­taś ca naya­taś ca, as found in Kimura II–III: 149.
n.­330
This marks the start of the fourth section of the sūtra, concerning the training in clear realization of all the aforementioned phenomena, meditative experiences, and attributes. While the Tibetan text reads mtha’ yas pa (“infinite”), Kimura IV: 1 reads asat (“non-existent”). Cf. Conze (1975): 312.
n.­385
Kimura IV: 192 reads pari­jaya kartavyaḥ, which Conze (1975): 424, renders as “make a complete conquest of.”
n.­399
In the paragraphs that follow there are considerable discrepancies between our text and the readings in Kimura V: 83ff.
n.­400
Kimura V: 84 reads dāna­buddhir eva bhavati pari­tyāga­buddhir eva bhavati.
n.­401
See the extensive list of such services and offerings in Kimura V: 87, lines 5–9.
n.­402
F. 204b, line 5, reads bdag gis, as does the dpe bsdur ma edition, vol, 32, p. 506, line 15, whereas the genitive bdag gi would be preferable.
n.­403
Ch. 27: sam­udāgama­pari­varta, yongs su bsdu ba’i le’u.
n.­404
This chapter marks the start of the sixth section of the sūtra, concerning training in serial clear realization with respect to the six transcendent perfections and the six recollections.
n.­423
See Kimura VI–VIII: 80, line 13. The Tibetan shin tu gsong ldong could also be interpreted to mean “utterly perforated.” Cf. Conze (1975): 594, “full of holes.”
n.­428
At this point our text reverts to a passage, which the recast Sanskrit manuscript (edited in Kimura) would place in the fourth section of the sūtra, concerning the training in clear realization. The reason for its inclusion here is that it elaborates on the nature of irreversible bodhisattvas.
n.­436
This chapter marks the final section of the sūtra, concerning the fruitional attributes of buddha body.
n.­449
The conclusion to the sūtra highlights the admonishments concerning its future transmission and the respect it should be awarded. The corresponding text in the recast Sanskrit manuscript is found in Kimura II–III, but for this initial linking paragraph which is missing in Kimura II–III: 150 and in Conze (1975): 288.

b.

Bibliography

Primary Sources

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri pa zhes bya ba theg pa chen po’i mdo, Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­nāma­mahāyāna­sūtra. Toh 11, Degé Kangyur, vols. 31–32 (shes phyin, ga), ff. 1b–91a; and nga, ff. 92b–397a.

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri pa zhes bya ba theg pa chen po’i mdo, Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­nāma­mahā­yāna­sūtra. bka’ ’gyur (dpe bsdur ma) [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 2006–2009, vol. 31, pp. 530–763 and vol. 32, pp. 3–763.

Dutt, Nalinaksha. Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā Prajñā­pāramitā, edition of the recast Sanskrit manuscript (Part One). Calcutta Oriental Series, No. 28. London: Luzac & Co., 1934.

Kimura, Takayasu. Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā Prajñā­pāramitā, edition of the recast Sanskrit manuscript (Parts One–Eight). Part One (2007), Parts Two–Three (1986), Part Four (1990), Part Five (1992), and Parts Six–Eight (2006). Tokyo: Sankibo Busshorin Publishing Co. Ltd., 1986–2007.

Secondary References

Sūtras

klu’i rgyal po rgya mtshos zhus pa’i mdo (Sāgara­nāga­rāja­paripṛcchā­sūtra) [The Questions of Nāga King Sāgara (1)]. Toh 153. Degé Kangyur vol. 58 (mdo sde, pha, fol. 116a–198a); also KPD 58: 303–491. English translation in Dharmachakra Translation Committee (2021).

dkon mchog sprin gyi mdo (Ratna­megha­sūtra) [The Jewel Cloud]. Toh 231. Degé Kangyur vol. 64 (mdo sde, va, fol. 1b–112b); also KPD 64: 3–313. English translation in Dharmachakra Translation Committee (2019).

dkon brtsegs/ dkon mchog brtsegs pa’i mdo (Ratna­kūṭa). The “Heap of Jewels” section of the Kangyur comprising Toh 45–93, Degé Kangyur vols. 39–44. Also KPD: 39–44.

rgya cher rol pa (Lalita­vistara­sūtra) [The Play in Full]. Toh 95, Degé Kangyur vol. 46 (mdo sde, kha, fol. 1b–216b); also KPD 46: 3–527. English translation in Dharmachakra Translation Committee (2013).

chos yang dag par sdud pa’i mdo (Dharma­saṃgīti­sūtra). Toh 238, Degé Kangyur vol. 65 (mdo sde, zha, fol. 1b–99b); also KPD 65: 3–250. English translation in Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York (2024).

de bzhin gshegs pa’i snying rje chen po nges par bstan pa’i mdo (Tathā­gata­mahā­karuṇā­nirdeśa­sūtra) [The Teaching on the Great Compassion of the Tathāgata]. Toh 147, Degé Kangyur, vol. 57 (mdo sde, pa, fol. 142a–242b); also KPD 57: 377–636. English translation in Burchardi (2020).

phal po che’i mdo (sangs rgyas phal po che shin tu rgyas pa chen po’i mdo) (Ava­taṃsaka­sūtra Buddhāva­taṃsaka­mahā­vaipulya­sūtra) [The Ornaments of the Buddhas]. Toh 44, Degé Kangyur vols. 35–38 (phal chen, vols. ka– a); also KPD 35–38. Translated Cleary (1984).

tshangs pa’i dra ba’i mdo (Brahma­jāla­sūtra) [Sūtra of the Net of Brahmā]. Toh 352, Degé Kangyur vol. 76 (mdo sde, aḥ), fol. 70b–86a; also KPD76: 205–249. Translated from the Pali version in Bodhi (1978).

gzungs kyi dbang phyug rgyal po’i mdo (Dhāraṇīśvara­rāje­sūtra) [Sūtra of Dhāraṇīśvararāja]. An alternative title for Tathā­gata­mahā­karuṇā­nirdeśa­sūtra. Toh 147, q.v. English translation in Burchardi (2020).

theg pa chen po’i man ngag gi mdo (Mahā­yānopadeśa). Toh 169, Degé Kangyur vol. 59 (mdo sde, ba), fol. 259–307.

yul ’khor skyong gi zhus pa’i mdo (Rāṣṭra­pāla­paripṛcchā) [The Questions of Rāṣṭrapāla]. Toh 62, Degé Kangyur, vol. 42 (dkon brtsegs, nga), folios 227.a–257.a. English translation in Vienna Buddhist Translation Studies Group (2021).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri brgyad stong pa (Aṣṭa­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [Sūtra of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Eighteen Thousand Lines]. Toh 10, Degé Kangyur vols. 29–31 (shes phyin, khri brgyad, ka), f. 1b–ga, f. 206a; also KPD 29: p. 3–31: 495. Translated and edited in Conze (1975) and in Sparham (2022).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa brgyad stong pa (Aṣṭa­sāhasarikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [Sūtra of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines]. Toh 12, Degé Kangyur vol. 33 (shes phyin, brgyad stong, ka), fol. 1b–286a; also KPD 33. Translated in Conze (1973).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag brgya pa (Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [Sūtra of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand Lines]. Toh 8. Degé Kangyur vols. 14–25 (shes phyin, ’bum, ka), f. 1b–a, f. 395a; also KPD 14–25. English translation in Sparham 2024.

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag nyi shu lnga pa (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [Sūtra of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-five Thousand Lines]. Toh 9, Degé Kangyur vols. 26–28 (shes phyin, nyi khri, ka), f. 1b–ga, f. 381a; also KPD 26–28. Annotated Sanskrit edition of the recast manuscript in Dutt (1934) and Kimura (1971–2009). Partially translated in Conze (1975) and fully translated in Padmakara Translation Group (2023).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa rdo rje gcod pa’i mdo (Vajracchedikā­prajñā­pāramitā­sūtra) [Sūtra of the Adamantine Cutter [in Three Hundred Lines]. Toh 16, Degé Kangyur vol. 34 (shes phyin, ka), f. 121a–132b; also KPD 34: 327–357. Translated in Red Pine (2001).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa sdud pa tshigs su bcad pa (Prajñā­pāramitā­sañcaya­gāthā) [Verse Summation of the Transcendental Perfection of Wisdom]. Toh 13, Degé Kangyur vol. 34 (shes phyin, ka), f. 1b–19b; also KPD 34: 3–44. Translated in Conze (1973).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i snying po (Prajñā­pāramitā­hṛdaya­sūtra) [Heart Sūtra of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom]. Toh 21, Degé Kangyur vol. 34 (shes phyin, ka), f. 144b–146a; also KPD 34, pp. 402–405. Translated in Red Pine (2004) and in Dharmachakra Translation Committee (2022).

Indic Commentaries

A­saṅga. chos mngon pa kun las btus pa (Abhi­dharma­samuccaya) [The Compendium of Abhidharma]. Toh 4049. Degé Tengyur vol. 236 (sems tsam, ri), fol. 44b–120a; also TPD 76: 116–313. Translated from French in Boin-Webb (2001).

rnal ’byor spyod pa’i sa’i dngos gzhi (Yoga­caryā­bhūmi­vastu). Toh 4035–4037, Degé Tengyur vols. 229–231 (sems tsam, tshi–vi). This is the first of the five parts of the Yogacaryā Level, comprising three texts: Yogacaryā­bhūmi (Toh 4035) and its sub-sections: Śrāvaka­bhūmi (Toh 4036) and Bodhi­sattva­bhūmi (Toh 4037).

Hari­bhadra. mngon rtogs rgyan gyi snang ba (Abhi­samayalaṃkārāloka) [Light for the Ornament of Emergent Realization]. Toh 3791, Degé Tengyur vol. 85 (shes phyin, cha), f. 1b–341a; also TPD 51: 891–1728. Translated in Sparham (2006–2012).

Kalyāṇamitra. ’dul bag zhi rgya cher ’grel pa (Vinaya­vastu­ṭīkā) [Great Commentary on the Chapters on Monastic Discipline]. Toh 4113, Degé Tengyur vol. 258 (’dul ba, tsu), f. 177a–326a; also TPD 87: 481–883.

Maitreya. [shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i man ngag gi bstan bcos] mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan (Abhi­samayālaṃkāra-[nāma-prajñā­pāramitopadeśa­śāstra­kārikā]) [Ornament of Clear Realization]. Toh 3786, Degé Tengyur vol. 80 (shes phyin, ka), fol. 1b–13a; also TPD 49: 3–30. Translated in Conze (1954) and Thrangu (2004).

[theg pa chen po] mdo sde’i rgyan zhes bya ba’i tshig le’ur byas pa ([Mahā­yāna]­sūtrālaṃkāra­kārikā) [Ornament of the Sūtras of the Great Vehicle]. Toh 4020, Degé Tengyur vol. 225 (sems tsam, phi), f. 1b–39a; also TPD 70: 805–890 Translated in Jamspal et al. (2004).

theg pa chen po rgyud bla ma’i bstan bcos (Mahā­yānottara­tantra­śāstra) [Ultimate Continuum of the Great Vehicle]. Toh 4024, Degé Tengyur vol. 225 (sems tsam, phi), f. 54b–73a; also TPD 70: 935–979. Translated in Holmes, Kenneth and Katia Holmes. The Changeless Nature. Eskdalemuir: Karma Drubgyud Drajay Ling, 1985. See also Takasaki, Jikido. A Study on the Ratna­gotra­vibhāga (Uttara­tantra). SOR XXXIII. Roma: ISMEO, 1966.

Ratnākāra­śānti. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa brgyad stong pa’i dka’ ’grel snying po mchog (Aṣṭa­sāhasarikā­prajñā­pāramitā­pañjikā­sārottama). Toh 3803, Degé Tengyur, vol. 89 (shes phyin, tha), f. 1b–230a; also TPD 53: 711–1317.

Vasubandhu. chos mngon pa’i mdzod kyi bshad pa (Abhi­dharma­kośa­bhāṣya). Toh 4090, Degé Tengyur vol. 242 (mngon pa, ku), fol. 26b–258a; also TPD 79: 65–630. Translated from the French in Pruden (1988–1990).

chos mngon pa’i mdzod kyi tshig le’ur byas pa (Abhi­dharma­kośa­kārikā). Toh 4089, Degé Tengyur vol. 242 (mngon pa, ku), fol. 1b–25a; also TPD 79: 3–59. Translated from the French in Pruden (1988–1990).

Vasubandhu/Dāṃṣṭrasena. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ’bum pa dang nyi khri lnga stong pa dang khri brgyad stong pa’i rgya cher bshad pa (Śata­sahāsrikā­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikāṣṭā­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajnā-pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā) [The Long Explanation of the Noble Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand, and Eighteen Thousand Lines]. Toh 3808, Degé Tengyur vol. 93 (shes phyin, pha), fol. 1b–292b; also TPD 55: 645–1376. English translation in Sparham (2022).

Vi­mukti­sena. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag nyi shu lnga pa’i man ngag gi bstan bcos mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan gyi ’grel pa (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitopdeśa­śāstrābhi­samayālaṃkāra­vṛtti) [Commentary on the Ornament of Clear Realization: A Treatise of Instruction on the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-Five Thousand Lines]. Toh 3787, Degé Tengyur, vol. 80 (shes phyin, ka), f. 14b–212a); also TPD 49: 33–530. Translated in Sparham (2006–2012).

Indigenous Tibetan Works

Jamgön Kongtrül (’jam mgon kong sprul). shes bya kun khyab mdzod [The Treasury of Knowledge]. Root verses contained in three-volume publication. Beijing: Mi rigs dpe skrun khang, 1982; Boudhnath: Padma Karpo Translation Committee edition, 2000 (photographic reproduction of the original four-volume Palpung xylograph, 1844). Translated, along with the auto-commentary, by the Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group in The Treasury of Knowledge series (TOK). Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications, 1995 to 2012. Mentioned here are Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group 1995 (Book 1) and 1998 (Book 5); Ngawang Zangpo 2010 (Books 2, 3, and 4); Callahan 2007 (Book 6, Part 3); and Dorje 2012 (Book 6 Parts 1-2).

Kawa Paltsek (ka ba dpal brtsegs) and Namkhai Nyingpo (nam mkha’i snying po). ldan dkar ma (pho brang stod thang ldan dkar gyi chos ’gyur ro cog gi dkar chag). Toh 4364, Degé Tengyur vol. 308 (sna tshogs, jo), f. 294b–310a; also TPD 116: 786–827.

Nordrang Orgyan (nor brang o rgyan). chos rnam kun btus. 3 vols. Beijing: Krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang, 2008.

Situ Paṇchen (si tu paṇ chen) or Situ Chökyi Jungné (si tu chos kyi ’byung gnas). sde dge’i bka’ ’gyur dkar chags. Degé Kangyur, vol. 103 (dkar chags, lak+S+mI and shrI), Toh 4568; also Chengdu: Sichuan Mi rigs dpe skrun khang, 1989.

Various, bye brag tu rtogs par byed pa (Mahāvyutpatti). Toh 4346, Degé Tengyur vol. 306 (sna tshogs, co), f. 1b–131a; also TPD 115: 3–254. Sakaki, Ryozaburo, ed. (1916–25); reprint, 1965.

Zhang Yisun et al. bod rgya tshig mdzod chen mo. 3 vols. Subsequently reprinted in 2 vols. and 1 vol. Beijing: Mi rigs dpe skrun khang, 1985. Translated in Nyima and Dorje 2001 (vol. 1).

Secondary Literature

Apte, Vaman Shivram. The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. 3rd edition. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1965.

Bodhi, Bhikkhu, trans. The Sūtra on the All-Embracing Net of Views. Kandy: Buddhist Publication Society, 1978.

Boin-Webb, Sara, trans. Abhidharmasamuccaya: The Compendium of the Higher Teaching (Philosophy). By Asanga. From the French translation by Walpola Rahula. Fremont, CA: Asian Humanities Press, 2001.

Brunnholzl, Karl. Gone Beyond (Volume One): The Prajñāpāramitā Sūtras, The Ornament of Clear Realization, and Its Commentaries in the Tibetan Kagyu Tradition. Ithaca, New York: Snow Lion Publications, 2010.

Burchardi, Anne, trans. The Teaching on the Great Compassion of the Tathāgata (Tathāgata­mahā­karuṇā­nirdeśa, Toh 147). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2020.

Callahan, Elizabeth, trans. The Treasury of Knowledge (Book Six, Part Three): Frameworks of Buddhist Philosophy. By Jamgön Kongtrul. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications, 2007.

Cleary, Thomas, trans. The Flower Ornament Scripture. Boston and London: Shambhala, 1984.

Conze, Edward, trans. (1954). Abhi­samayālaṅkāra. SOR 6. Rome: ISMEO.

Conze, Edward (1960) The Prajñāpāramitā Literature. New Delhi: Munishiram Manoharlal.

Conze, Edward, trans. (1973). The Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines and Its Verse Summary. Bolinas, CA: Four Seasons Foundation.

Conze, Edward (1973) Materials for a Dictionary of The Prajñāpāramitā Literature. Tokyo: Suzuki Research Foundation.

Conze, Edward, trans. (1975). The Large Sutra on Perfect Wisdom. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Davidson, Ronald. “Studies in Dhāraṇī Literature I: Revisiting the Meaning of the Term Dhāraṇī.” Journal of Indian Philosophy 37, no. 2 (April 2009): 97–147.

Dayal, Har. The Bodhisattva Doctrine in Buddhist Sanskrit Literature. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1932. Reprinted Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1970.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. (2013). The Play in Full (Lalita­vistara). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. (2019). The Jewel Cloud (Ratnamegha, Toh 231). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. (2021). The Questions of Nāga King Sāgara (1) (Sāgara­nāga­rāja­paripṛcchā, Toh 153). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. (2022). The Heart of the Perfection of Wisdom, the Blessed Mother (Bhagavatī­prajñā­pāramitā­hṛdaya, Toh 21). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Dorje, Gyurme, trans. (1987). “The Guhyagarbhatantra and its XIVth Century Tibetan Commentary Phyogs bcu mun sel.” 3 vols. PhD diss. University of London, School of Oriental and African Studies.

Dorje, Gyurme, trans. (2012). Indo-Tibetan Classical Learning and Buddhist Phenomenology. By Jamgön Kongtrul. Boston: Snow Lion.

Dudjom Rinpoche. The Nyingma School of Tibetan Buddhism: Its Fundamentals and History. 2 vols. Translated by Gyurme Dorje with Matthew Kapstein. Boston: Wisdom Publications, 1991.

Edgerton, Franklin. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Grammar and Dictionary. 2 vols. New Haven: Yale University Press,1953.

Falk, Harry (2011) “The ‘Split’ Collection of Kharoṣṭhī texts.” ARIRIAB 14 (2011): 13-23.

Falk, Harry (2012). In collaboration with Seishi Karashima, “A first‐century Prajñā­pāramitā manuscript from Gandhāra- Parivarta 1 (Texts from the Split Collection 1),” ARIRIAB 15 (2012), 19–61.

Hikata, Ryfishé. “An Introductory Essay on Prajñā­pāramitā Literature”, in Su­vi­krānta­vikāami­pari­pṛcchā Prajñā­pāramitā-Sūtra. Fufuoka: Kyūshū University, 1958, pp. ix–lxxxiii.

Jamspal, Lobzang et al., trans. The Universal Vehicle Discourse Literature. New York: American Institute of Buddhist Studies at Columbia University, 2004.

Jamieson, R.Craig. The Perfection of Wisdom. New York: Penguin Viking, 2000.

Jones, J.J. trans. The Mahāvastu (3 vols.) in Sacred Books of the Buddhists. London: Luzac & Co., 1949–56.

Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group, trans. (1995). The Treasury of Knowledge (Book One): Myriad Worlds. By Jamgön Kongtrul. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications.

Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group, trans. (1998). The Treasury of Knowledge (Book Five): Buddhist Ethics. By Jamgön Kongtrul. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications.

Karashima, Seishi, trans. A Critical Edition of Lokakṣema’s Translation of the Aṣṭa­sāhasrikā Prājñā­pāramitā, Bibliotheca Philologica et Philosophica Buddhica, XII. Tokyo, International Research Institute for Advanced Buddhology, Soka University, 2011.

Kloetzli, Randy. Buddhist Cosmology. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1983.

Konow, Sten. The First Two Chapters of the Daśasāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā: Restoration of the Sanskrit Text, Analysis and Index. Oslo: I Kommisjon Hos Jacob Dybwad, 1941.

Lamotte, Étienne. History of Indian Buddhism: from the Origins to the Śaka Era. Paris: Peeters Press, 1988.

Lamotte, Etienne (2010–2011). The Treatise of the Great Virtue of Wisdom. Translated from the French by Karma Migme Chodron.

Law, Bimala Chum. A History of Pāli Literature. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., 1933.

McRae, John, trans. The Platform Sutra of the Sixth Patriarch (Liùzǔ Tánjīng). Berkeley: Numata Center for Buddhist Translation and Research, 2000.

Ñāṇamoli, Bhikkhu, trans. The Path of Purification by Buddhaghosa. Kandy: Buddhist Publication Society, 1979.

Nasim Khan, M. & M. Sohail Khan, “Buddhist Kharoṣṭhī Manuscripts from Gandhāra: A New Discovery,” The Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences 12, nos. 1–2 (2004 (2006)). Peshawar: 9–15.

Negi, J.S., ed.: Tibetan Sanskrit Dictionary (Bod skad dang legs sbyar gyi tshig mdzod chen mo). 16 vols. Sarnath: Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies, 1993-2005.

Ngawang Zangpo, trans. The Treasury of Knowledge (Books Two, Three, and Four): Buddhism’s Journey to Tibet. By Jamgön Kongtrul. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications, 2010.

Nyima, Tudeng and Gyurme Dorje, trans. An Encyclopaedic Tibetan-English Dictionary. Vol. 1. Beijing and London: Nationalities Publishing House and SOAS, 2001.

Padmakara Translation Group, trans. The Words of My Perfect Teacher. By Patrul Rinpoche. San Francisco: Harper Collins, 1994.

Padmakara Translation Group, trans. (2023). The Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-five Thousand Lines (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 9). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Pagel, Ulrich “The Dhāraṇīs of Mahāvyutpatti # 748: Origins and Formation,” in Buddhist Studies Review 24 no. 2 (2007), 151–91.

Pfandt, Peter. Mahāyāna Texts Translated into Western Languages. Cologne: In Kommission bei E.J. Brill, 1983.

Pruden, Leo M., trans. Abhi­dharma­kośa­bhāṣyaṃ by Vasubandhu. Translated by Louis de La Vallée Poussin. English translation by Leo M. Pruden. 4 vols. Berkeley: Asian Humanities Press, 1988–1990.

Red Pine, trans. (2001). The Diamond Sutra: The Perfection of Wisdom; Text and Commentaries Translated from Sanskrit and Chinese. Berkeley: Counterpoint.

Red Pine, trans. (2004). The Heart Sutra: The Womb of Buddhas. Shoemaker & Hoard.

Rigdzin, Tsepak. Tibetan-English Dictionary of Buddhist Terminology. Dharamsala: LTWA, 1993.

Salomon, Richard (1990). “New evidence for a Gāndhārī origin of the Arapacana syllabary.” Journal of the American Oriental Society 110 no. 2: 255–273.

Salomon, Richard (2000). A Gāndhārī Version of the Rhinoceros Sutra: British Library Kharoṣṭhi Fragment 5B, Seattle and London: Univ. of Washington Press.

Schopen, Geoffrey. Figments and Fragments of Mahāyāna Buddhism in India. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 2005.

Sparham, Gareth, trans. (2006-2012). Abhisamayālaṃkāra with vṛtti and ālokā / vṛtti by Ārya Vi­mukti­sena; ālokā by Haribhadra. 4 vols. Fremont, CA: Jain Publishing.

Sparham, Gareth, trans. (2022a). The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Eighteen Thousand Lines (Aṣṭa­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 10). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Sparham, Gareth, trans. (2022b). The Long Explanation of the Noble Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand, and Eighteen Thousand Lines

Sparham, Gareth, trans. (2024). The Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand Lines (Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 8). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

(*Ārya­śata­sāhasrikā­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikāṣṭā­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā, Toh 3808). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2022.

Strauch, Ingo. (2007–2008), “The Bajaur collection: A new collection of Kharoṣṭhī manuscripts. A preliminary catalogue and survey.”

Thrangu Rinpoche, Khenchen et al, trans. The Ornament of Clear Realization. Auckland: Zhyisil Chokyi Ghatsal Charitable Trust Publications, 2004.

Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York, trans. The Dharma Council (Dharmasaṅgīti, Toh 238). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2024.

Vienna Buddhist Translation Studies Group, trans. The Questions of Rāṣṭrapāla (Rāṣṭrapālaparipṛcchāsūtra, Toh 62). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2021.

Williams, Paul. Mahāyāna Buddhism. London: Routledge, 1989.


g.

Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

AS

Attested in source text

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

AO

Attested in other text

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

AD

Attested in dictionary

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

AA

Approximate attestation

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

RP

Reconstruction from Tibetan phonetic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

RS

Reconstruction from Tibetan semantic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

SU

Source unspecified

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.­1

abdomen is not misshapen

Wylie:
  • sku ma rnyongs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་མ་རྙོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­bhugna­kukṣi­tā

Fifty-seventh of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­62
  • 29.­54
g.­2

abdomen is slender

Wylie:
  • phyal phyang nge ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱལ་ཕྱང་ངེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣāmodara­tā

Fifty-eighth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­62
  • 29.­54
g.­3

abdomen that is unwrinkled

Wylie:
  • sku la gnyer ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་ལ་གཉེར་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mṛṣṭa­kukṣi­tā

Literally, “unwrinkled body;” fifty-ninth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­63
  • 29.­54
g.­4

Ābhāsvara

Wylie:
  • ’od gsal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གསལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ābhāsvara

Sixth god realm of form, meaning “luminosity.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­21
  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 19.­52
  • 24.­20
  • 24.­35
  • 30.­19
  • n.­301
  • g.­1265
g.­5

abide

Wylie:
  • gnas
Tibetan:
  • གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • adhi­tiṣṭhati

Located in 171 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97-98
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­65
  • 1.­80
  • 2.­2-5
  • 3.­10-49
  • 5.­204
  • 8.­47
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­22-23
  • 9.­28-30
  • 9.­35
  • 9.­37
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­38
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­5
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­13-25
  • 12.­5-6
  • 12.­11
  • 12.­13
  • 12.­15
  • 14.­1-13
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­15
  • 15.­33
  • 15.­54
  • 17.­1-2
  • 17.­7
  • 17.­47
  • 18.­66
  • 19.­30
  • 22.­9
  • 22.­57
  • 24.­1-2
  • 24.­14-17
  • 24.­54
  • 24.­57
  • 24.­59
  • 24.­61
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­9
  • 26.­54-59
  • 27.­7-11
  • 27.­16
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­29
  • 27.­31
  • 27.­36
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­16-17
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­70-71
  • 29.­78
  • 30.­15
  • 30.­35
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­64
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­10-12
  • 32.­39
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­20
  • 33.­32
  • 33.­57
  • g.­1522
g.­6

abides in the sense field of infinite consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched la gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཤེས་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­jñānānantyāyatanaṃ vi­harati

Eighth of the eight sense fields of mastery. See also n.­46.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­7

abides in the sense field of infinite space

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched la gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ākāśānantyāyatanaṃ vi­harati

Seventh of the eight sense fields of mastery. See also n.­46.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­8

abiding

Wylie:
  • gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • adhi­tiṣṭhan

Located in 110 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­85
  • i.­90
  • i.­94
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 6.­7-13
  • 6.­17-23
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­41-46
  • 11.­13
  • 12.­5
  • 12.­12
  • 12.­18
  • 13.­13
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­23
  • 15.­26
  • 15.­36
  • 19.­59
  • 22.­11
  • 23.­58
  • 26.­46
  • 26.­54-55
  • 26.­57-58
  • 27.­1-33
  • 27.­36
  • 28.­4-5
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­20
  • 28.­48
  • 30.­30-32
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­39
  • 30.­41
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­52-53
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­57-58
  • 32.­12-13
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­26-27
  • g.­163
  • g.­924
  • g.­973
  • g.­997
g.­10

abiding nature of all things

Wylie:
  • chos rnams kyi chos gnas pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རྣམས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་གནས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­sthiti­tā

A synonym for emptiness, and the expanse of reality (dharmadhātu).

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32
  • 1.­80
  • 19.­59
  • 23.­28
  • 23.­47
  • 27.­26
  • 30.­35-36
g.­14

abode

Wylie:
  • gnas
Tibetan:
  • གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • layana

Also translated here as “sanctuary,” and “resting place.”

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 17.­51
  • 17.­53-54
  • 21.­16
  • 27.­25
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­18
  • 32.­40
  • n.­196
  • g.­216
  • g.­587
  • g.­736
  • g.­1265
  • g.­1326
  • g.­1348
  • g.­1545
  • g.­1587
g.­21

absorption in cessation

Wylie:
  • ’gog pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • འགོག་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ni­rodha­samāpatti

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­36
g.­24

acceptance

Wylie:
  • bzod pa
Tibetan:
  • བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣānti

Third of the four aspects of the path of preparation.

Also translated here as “tolerance.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • i.­25
  • i.­80
  • 1.­3-4
  • 8.­39
  • 28.­14-16
  • g.­1558
g.­26

accepted

Wylie:
  • yongs su zin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་ཟིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­gṛhīta

Also translated here as “favored.”

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­40
  • i.­96
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­25-26
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­21
  • 19.­60
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­24
  • 22.­41
  • 23.­48
  • 24.­17
  • 26.­44
  • 26.­53
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­61
  • 32.­57
  • g.­571
g.­30

acquisitiveness

Wylie:
  • kun tu ’dzin pa’i sems
  • yongs su ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་འཛིན་པའི་སེམས།
  • ཡོངས་སུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­graha­citta
  • ud­graha­citta
  • pari­graha

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­28
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­29
g.­34

actualize

Wylie:
  • mngon sum du byed
  • mngon par grub
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱེད།
  • མངོན་པར་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • sākṣāt­karoti
  • abhi­nir­vartate
  • abhi­nir­harati

Located in 66 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41
  • i.­57
  • i.­60-61
  • i.­77
  • i.­79
  • i.­83
  • 1.­5
  • 7.­21-22
  • 8.­2
  • 10.­38
  • 10.­45-46
  • 11.­10
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­9
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­1
  • 17.­8-10
  • 18.­36-37
  • 19.­66
  • 21.­24
  • 22.­22
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53
  • 24.­11-13
  • 25.­2-3
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­7-9
  • 25.­11-14
  • 25.­16-18
  • 26.­8
  • 26.­13
  • 26.­18-19
  • 26.­32
  • 26.­36
  • 27.­10
  • 28.­17
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­35-36
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­31-32
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­35
g.­43

afflicted mental state

Wylie:
  • nyon mongs
  • kun nas nyong mongs pa
  • sems las byung ba’i nye ba’i nyon mongs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉོན་མོངས།
  • ཀུན་ནས་ཉོང་མོངས་པ།
  • སེམས་ལས་བྱུང་བའི་ཉེ་བའི་ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kleśa
  • saṃ­kleśa
  • caitasikopa­kleśa

The essentially pure nature of mind is obscured and afflicted by various psychological defilements known as the afflicted mental states, which destroy the mind’s peace and composure. Included among them are the primary afflictions of fundamental ignorance, attachment, aversion, pride, doubt, and twenty subsidiary afflictions.

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • i.­35
  • i.­37
  • i.­42
  • i.­52
  • i.­60-61
  • i.­72
  • i.­91
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­5
  • 3.­106
  • 9.­15-16
  • 12.­18
  • 13.­35
  • 14.­29
  • 15.­34
  • 17.­1
  • 20.­11-12
  • 20.­17
  • 22.­52
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­41
  • 28.­11
  • 29.­4
  • 29.­79
  • 30.­33
  • 31.­32
  • 31.­61
  • 32.­47
  • 33.­27
  • n.­4
  • g.­42
  • g.­104
  • g.­170
  • g.­334
  • g.­362
  • g.­581
  • g.­586
  • g.­611
  • g.­662
  • g.­670
  • g.­973
  • g.­1596
g.­45

afraid (be)

Wylie:
  • dngang
Tibetan:
  • དངང་།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­trāsam a­padyate

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­72
  • 6.­40
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­13
  • 17.­48
  • 26.­40
  • 26.­42
g.­47

agent

Wylie:
  • byed du ’jug pa po
  • byed pa po
Tibetan:
  • བྱེད་དུ་འཇུག་པ་པོ།
  • བྱེད་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kārāpaka
  • kartṛ

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­64
  • 6.­20
  • 7.­25
  • 19.­1
  • 19.­67
  • 20.­56
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 26.­41-42
  • 30.­36
  • g.­1447
g.­60

agitation and regret

Wylie:
  • rgod pa dang ’gyod pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒོད་པ་དང་འགྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • auddhatya­kaukṛtya

One of the five obscurations.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 31.­16
  • g.­599
g.­61

Akaniṣṭha

Wylie:
  • ’og min
Tibetan:
  • འོག་མིན།
Sanskrit:
  • akaniṣṭha

Fifth of the pure abodes, meaning “highest.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­3
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­26
  • 17.­51
  • 17.­53-54
  • 17.­56
  • 33.­65
  • g.­1265
g.­64

alertness

Wylie:
  • shes bzhin
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­prajanya

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 18.­12
  • g.­997
g.­72

already

Wylie:
  • phyis
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིས།
Sanskrit:
  • eva

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97
  • 1.­2
  • 9.­47
  • 14.­45
  • 15.­2
  • 25.­3
  • 26.­9
  • 27.­25
g.­76

An­abhraka

Wylie:
  • sprin med
  • mi che ba
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་མེད།
  • མི་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­abhraka

Tenth god realm of form, meaning “cloudless.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • n.­310
  • g.­1265
g.­77

Ānanda

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ānanda

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A major śrāvaka disciple and personal attendant of the Buddha Śākyamuni during the last twenty-five years of his life. He was a cousin of the Buddha (according to the Mahāvastu, he was a son of Śuklodana, one of the brothers of King Śuddhodana, which means he was a brother of Devadatta; other sources say he was a son of Amṛtodana, another brother of King Śuddhodana, which means he would have been a brother of Aniruddha).

Ānanda, having always been in the Buddha’s presence, is said to have memorized all the teachings he heard and is celebrated for having recited all the Buddha’s teachings by memory at the first council of the Buddhist saṅgha, thus preserving the teachings after the Buddha’s parinirvāṇa. The phrase “Thus did I hear at one time,” found at the beginning of the sūtras, usually stands for his recitation of the teachings. He became a patriarch after the passing of Mahākāśyapa.

Located in 91 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 1.­2
  • 16.­9
  • 17.­35-38
  • 17.­40-48
  • 17.­50-53
  • 17.­55-60
  • 17.­62
  • 33.­1-2
  • 33.­7-10
  • 33.­12-26
  • 33.­28-31
  • 33.­34
  • 33.­36-47
  • 33.­49-67
  • 33.­69-71
  • n.­446
  • n.­452
  • n.­457-458
g.­78

anger

Wylie:
  • khro ba
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • krodha

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 2.­76
  • 10.­9
  • 27.­8
  • 28.­11
  • 31.­54
  • g.­1109
g.­84

antigod

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit:
  • asura

A class of superhuman beings or demigods engendered and dominated by envy, ambition, and hostility, who are metaphorically described as being incessantly embroiled in a dispute with the gods over the possession of a magical tree.

Located in 47 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­58
  • 8.­47-48
  • 13.­13-14
  • 13.­18-37
  • 14.­23
  • 16.­28-31
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­52
  • 17.­62
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­77
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­49
  • 26.­3
  • 28.­50
  • 31.­58
  • 31.­68
  • 33.­27
  • 33.­50
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­71
  • g.­736
  • g.­1265
g.­86

Apara­godānīya

Wylie:
  • ba glang spyod
Tibetan:
  • བ་གླང་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • apara­godānīya

The western continent of the human world according to traditional Indian cosmology, characterized as “rich in the resources of cattle.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • n.­196
  • g.­620
g.­91

application of mindfulness which, with regard to feelings, observes feelings

Wylie:
  • tshor ba’i rjes su lta ba’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བའི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vedanānupaśyī­smṛtyupa­sthāna

Second of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description see 8.­14.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • g.­615
g.­92

application of mindfulness which, with regard to phenomena, observes phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos kyi rjes su lta ba’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmānupaśyī­smṛtyupasthāna

Fourth of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description, see 8.­16.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • g.­615
g.­93

application of mindfulness which, with regard to the mind, observes the mind

Wylie:
  • sems kyi rjes su lta ba’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • cittānu­paśyīsmṛtyupa­sthāna

Third of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description, see 8.­15.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • g.­615
g.­94

application of mindfulness which, with regard to the physical body, observes the physical body

Wylie:
  • lus kyi rjes su lta ba’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāyānu­paśyī­smṛtyupa­sthāna

First of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description, see 8.­13.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • g.­615
g.­95

applications of mindfulness

Wylie:
  • dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛtyupa­sthāna

See “four applications of mindfulness.”

Located in 126 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­65
  • 3.­82
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­51
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­25-27
  • 6.­48
  • 7.­7
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­18
  • 7.­21
  • 7.­24-25
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­43-46
  • 8.­7-8
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­49
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­18
  • 11.­34
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­3
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­18-19
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­38
  • 13.­5-6
  • 13.­26
  • 14.­10
  • 14.­21
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­31
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­61
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­23
  • 15.­39
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­50
  • 15.­52
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­17-18
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­20
  • 18.­23
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­69
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­17
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­63
  • 20.­31
  • 20.­47
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
  • 22.­38
  • 22.­46
  • 22.­49
  • 23.­6
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26-27
  • 23.­41
  • 24.­6
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­28
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­18
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­33
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­56
g.­96

apprehend

Wylie:
  • dmigs
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­labhate

Also translated here as “focus on.”

Located in 80 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • i.­39
  • i.­44-45
  • i.­50
  • i.­52
  • i.­79
  • i.­83
  • i.­88
  • i.­94
  • 1.­72
  • 3.­3-4
  • 3.­8
  • 5.­39
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­38
  • 7.­10-13
  • 7.­28
  • 8.­49
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­45-46
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43
  • 11.­33
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­30
  • 14.­14-15
  • 14.­19
  • 14.­21-22
  • 14.­47
  • 16.­17
  • 17.­12-13
  • 19.­12
  • 20.­19
  • 20.­59
  • 23.­47
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­19
  • 26.­35
  • 26.­57-59
  • 27.­26-28
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­23-24
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­31-32
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­36
  • 29.­64
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­70
  • 30.­13
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­6-7
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­34-35
  • g.­607
g.­100

appropriate

Wylie:
  • yongs su ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­gṛhṇāti

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­61
  • 11.­32-33
  • 18.­49-50
  • 21.­3-8
  • n.­205
  • n.­368
  • g.­197
g.­101

A­pramāṇābha

Wylie:
  • tshad med ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­pramāṇābha

Fifth god realm of form, meaning “immeasurable radiance.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 19.­52
  • g.­1265
g.­102

A­pramāṇa­śubha

Wylie:
  • tshad med dge
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་དགེ
Sanskrit:
  • a­pramāṇa­śubha

Eighth god realm of form, meaning “immeasurable virtue.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • 19.­52
  • g.­1265
g.­104

arhat

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arhat

Fourth of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas. One who has eliminated all afflicted mental states and personally ended the cycle of rebirth.

Located in 193 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­51
  • 4.­49
  • 6.­9-11
  • 6.­22
  • 7.­14
  • 8.­46
  • 8.­48
  • 10.­23
  • 11.­6-8
  • 11.­10-11
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­13
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­39-40
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­29
  • 13.­31
  • 13.­36-39
  • 13.­54
  • 14.­22
  • 14.­25
  • 14.­44-46
  • 14.­50
  • 15.­10
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­19-20
  • 15.­27
  • 15.­32
  • 15.­34
  • 15.­39-42
  • 15.­45-46
  • 15.­48
  • 15.­53-54
  • 16.­6
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­27-28
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­42
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­60-61
  • 18.­2
  • 18.­56
  • 18.­70
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­19-20
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­24
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­37
  • 19.­51-53
  • 19.­57-58
  • 19.­64
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­55
  • 20.­57
  • 20.­61-65
  • 20.­67-70
  • 21.­9-11
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­39
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­27
  • 23.­43
  • 23.­49
  • 24.­12
  • 24.­31
  • 24.­49
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­20
  • 25.­45
  • 26.­2
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­24-26
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­47
  • 27.­14
  • 27.­29
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­15
  • 28.­20
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­33
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­42
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­18
  • 29.­61
  • 29.­67
  • 29.­74
  • 29.­76
  • 29.­79-80
  • 29.­91
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­37-38
  • 31.­26-27
  • 31.­29-32
  • 31.­39
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­61-66
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­10
  • 32.­12
  • 32.­18
  • 32.­23
  • 32.­44
  • 32.­51
  • 33.­12-13
  • 33.­18-19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­27-28
  • 33.­30-32
  • 33.­40
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­47-48
  • 33.­51
  • 33.­55
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­67-69
  • n.­4
  • n.­292
  • g.­431
  • g.­597
g.­105

arising

Wylie:
  • skye ba
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ut­pādita

Located in 64 passages in the translation:

  • i.­20
  • i.­33
  • i.­45
  • i.­51
  • i.­81
  • i.­88
  • i.­92
  • 1.­66
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­10
  • 4.­21
  • 5.­60-61
  • 5.­84-85
  • 5.­108-109
  • 5.­125
  • 5.­137
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­166
  • 5.­178
  • 5.­190
  • 5.­202
  • 6.­29-30
  • 6.­32
  • 8.­18
  • 8.­43
  • 10.­18
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­21
  • 14.­36-38
  • 14.­49
  • 14.­52
  • 14.­54
  • 17.­62
  • 20.­59
  • 23.­29
  • 24.­18-23
  • 25.­35
  • 27.­16
  • 27.­36
  • 28.­32
  • 29.­75
  • 30.­2-7
  • 31.­59
  • 33.­27
  • g.­156
  • g.­203
  • g.­997
g.­112

A­saṅga

Wylie:
  • thogs med
Tibetan:
  • ཐོགས་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­saṅga

Indian commentator (fl. late fourth–early fifth centuries).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • n.­1
  • g.­588
  • g.­601
  • g.­1726
g.­114

ascetic supremacy

Wylie:
  • brtul zhugs mchog ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་མཆོག་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • vrata­parā­marśa

Fourth of the four knots.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • n.­198
  • g.­594
  • g.­626
g.­115

A­śoka

Wylie:
  • mya ngan med
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­śoka

Mauryan emperor (304–232 ʙᴄᴇ).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­1637
g.­116

aspect of liberation

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimokṣa

See “eight aspects of liberation.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 27.­33
  • 29.­16
g.­117

aspirationlessness

Wylie:
  • smon pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • སྨོན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­pra­ṇihita

Third of the three gateways to liberation.

Located in 58 passages in the translation:

  • i.­65
  • i.­74
  • i.­78
  • i.­92
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­29
  • 6.­26
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­21
  • 8.­2
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­18-19
  • 9.­24
  • 11.­5
  • 11.­8
  • 16.­10-11
  • 16.­19
  • 19.­66
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­54
  • 22.­24
  • 22.­55-56
  • 23.­28
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53-55
  • 24.­7
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4-5
  • 25.­7-8
  • 25.­11
  • 25.­13-14
  • 25.­17-18
  • 25.­20-21
  • 26.­46
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­47
  • 29.­15
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­36
  • g.­663
g.­118

assembly

Wylie:
  • g.yog ’khor
Tibetan:
  • གཡོག་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­vāra

Also translated here as “retinue.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 2.­2-5
  • 15.­1-2
  • 15.­43
  • 15.­45
  • 16.­16
  • 19.­26
  • 29.­19
  • 32.­45
  • 32.­58-59
  • 33.­1-3
  • 33.­13
  • 33.­71
  • g.­433
  • g.­1328
g.­120

asylum

Wylie:
  • rten
Tibetan:
  • རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • upāśraya

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­7
  • 28.­48
g.­122

Atapa

Wylie:
  • mi gdung ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་གདུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • atapa

Second of the pure abodes, meaning “painless.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • g.­1265
g.­125

attachment to the world system of form

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi ’dod chags
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit:
  • rupa­rāga

First of the five fetters associated with the higher realms.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • g.­593
g.­126

attachment to the world system of formlessness

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i ’dod chags
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­rūpya­rāga

Second of the five fetters associated with the higher realms.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • g.­593
g.­127

attainment

Wylie:
  • thob pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐོབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prāpti

Located in 184 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­17
  • i.­21-22
  • i.­29
  • i.­32
  • i.­39
  • i.­41-45
  • i.­51-52
  • i.­54
  • i.­57-59
  • i.­61
  • i.­63-64
  • i.­71
  • i.­78-79
  • i.­84
  • i.­88
  • i.­91
  • i.­95
  • i.­97
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­12
  • 2.­5
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­49
  • 4.­51-52
  • 6.­46
  • 8.­12
  • 8.­46
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­37-38
  • 11.­32
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­66
  • 14.­38-41
  • 14.­46
  • 14.­49-51
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­16
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­17
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­9
  • 17.­14-15
  • 17.­17-18
  • 17.­41
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­7-11
  • 18.­14-15
  • 18.­17
  • 18.­21-23
  • 18.­29
  • 18.­31
  • 18.­33
  • 18.­35
  • 18.­37
  • 18.­60-61
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­2
  • 19.­8
  • 19.­10-12
  • 19.­18
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­42
  • 19.­53
  • 20.­43
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­62-63
  • 20.­72-76
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­7-8
  • 21.­10
  • 21.­23
  • 21.­26
  • 21.­28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­23-24
  • 22.­50-51
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­26
  • 23.­28-30
  • 23.­42
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 25.­8
  • 26.­15-16
  • 26.­35
  • 26.­43
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­26
  • 28.­26
  • 29.­21
  • 30.­45-48
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­26
  • 31.­28-29
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­43
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­33
  • 33.­35-36
  • 33.­59
  • n.­4
  • n.­287
  • n.­318
  • n.­373
  • g.­342
  • g.­581
  • g.­670
  • g.­1420
  • g.­1449
  • g.­1509
g.­129

attention

Wylie:
  • yid la byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ལ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • manas­kāra

Also translated here as “attentiveness.”

(See also n.­157).

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­43
  • 6.­45
  • 7.­10-11
  • 7.­20-21
  • 9.­16-18
  • 9.­22-24
  • 11.­32
  • 27.­23
  • 27.­26
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­87-88
  • 31.­38
  • 31.­47
  • 31.­50-51
  • 31.­55
  • g.­130
  • g.­997
g.­130

attentiveness

Wylie:
  • yid la byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ལ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • manas­kāra

Also translated here as “attention.”

(See also n.­157).

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­43
  • 6.­46
  • 7.­20
  • 9.­8
  • 31.­53
  • n.­157
  • g.­129
g.­131

attitude free from hostility

Wylie:
  • zhe ’gras pa med pa’i sems
Tibetan:
  • ཞེ་འགྲས་པ་མེད་པའི་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • a­prati­hata­citta

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­4
g.­132

attract

Wylie:
  • sdud par byed pa
  • yongs su sdud
Tibetan:
  • སྡུད་པར་བྱེད་པ།
  • ཡོངས་སུ་སྡུད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃgṛhnati
  • anu­ghṛhṇāti

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­90-92
  • 22.­23
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­45-49
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­37-39
  • 31.­49
g.­133

attractive

Wylie:
  • sdug pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śubha

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 22.­30
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­39
  • g.­1492
g.­134

aureole

Wylie:
  • ’od
Tibetan:
  • འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhā

Also translated here as “light.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­37
  • n.­64
  • n.­66
  • g.­903
g.­137

Auspicious Eon

Wylie:
  • bskal pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བསྐལ་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadra­kalpa

Name of the present eon of time, during which one thousand buddhas appear in succession, Śākyamuni being the fourth and Maitreya the fifth.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­18
  • 19.­37
  • 20.­78
  • g.­199
g.­139

Avṛha

Wylie:
  • mi che ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • avṛha

First of the pure abodes, meaning “slightest.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • g.­1265
g.­140

awareness

Wylie:
  • rig pa
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyā

This term may generally by synonymous with intelligence or mental aptitude, but it also conveys the meaning of science or branches of knowledge, and of pure awareness. In this last sense, it denotes the fundamental innate mind in its natural state of spontaneity and purity, beyond alternating states of motion and rest and the subject-object dichotomy.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • g.­267
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1545
  • g.­1599
g.­151

bedding

Wylie:
  • mal cha
Tibetan:
  • མལ་ཆ།
Sanskrit:
  • śayana

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­44
  • 24.­18
  • 25.­45
  • 27.­7
  • 28.­48
  • 31.­24
  • 33.­62
g.­152

beginner bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’ dang po ba
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ་དང་པོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • prathama­bodhi­sattva

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­10
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­1
g.­154

benediction

Wylie:
  • gtam ’dre ba
Tibetan:
  • གཏམ་འདྲེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­lapana

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­1
g.­155

bestow

Wylie:
  • sbyin par byed
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱིན་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • dāyikā karoti

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­56
  • 17.­1
  • 19.­57-59
  • 22.­7
  • 33.­38
  • 33.­40-41
g.­159

birth

Wylie:
  • skyes pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jāti

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • i.­98
  • 10.­6
  • 11.­42
  • 16.­13
  • 18.­18
  • 21.­33
  • 22.­12
  • 24.­33
  • 27.­31
  • 32.­46-47
  • 32.­49
  • g.­425
  • g.­973
  • g.­1493
  • g.­1596
g.­163

blessed one

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavat

While the Sanskrit term simply means “fortunate,” “illustrious,” or “revered,” Tibetan hermeneutics defines the term as denoting a teacher or buddha who primordially subdues (bcom) the four demonic forces, possesses (ldan) the six attributes of greatness (che ba’i yon tan drug, viz: lordship, noble form, glory, fame, gnosis, and perseverance), and transcends (’das) all sorrow, without abiding in the extremes of existence and quiescence. Used in this text to refer to the Buddha Śākyamuni.

Also translated here as “Lord” (See also n.­19).

Located in 480 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­7-13
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­16-32
  • 2.­73-75
  • 3.­1-3
  • 3.­8-10
  • 3.­51-52
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 3.­107
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­55
  • 4.­58
  • 5.­1-2
  • 5.­37-39
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­3-4
  • 6.­14-15
  • 6.­24
  • 6.­28
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­39-40
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­27-28
  • 7.­30
  • 7.­32-33
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­45
  • 8.­1-4
  • 8.­9-12
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­42-43
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­5
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­17
  • 10.­20
  • 10.­24-26
  • 10.­30
  • 11.­2-5
  • 11.­12-14
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­19
  • 12.­22-25
  • 12.­27-32
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­13-14
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­24-25
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­10
  • 16.­17
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­29
  • 17.­1-2
  • 17.­8-16
  • 17.­18-19
  • 17.­36
  • 17.­38-40
  • 17.­42-43
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­56-57
  • 18.­1-4
  • 18.­12
  • 18.­26
  • 18.­28-47
  • 18.­49-66
  • 18.­70
  • 18.­73-77
  • 19.­1-2
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­20-21
  • 19.­28
  • 19.­35
  • 19.­37-38
  • 19.­43-50
  • 19.­61-62
  • 19.­65
  • 20.­1-3
  • 20.­44-45
  • 20.­49-50
  • 20.­52
  • 20.­55
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­66
  • 20.­71
  • 20.­74-75
  • 20.­78
  • 21.­1-2
  • 21.­4-7
  • 21.­9-15
  • 21.­30
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­18
  • 22.­41-43
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­50
  • 22.­54-57
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­27
  • 23.­31-32
  • 23.­47
  • 23.­49-53
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­59-61
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­48
  • 24.­50
  • 24.­52
  • 24.­54
  • 24.­57
  • 24.­59
  • 24.­61
  • 25.­1-3
  • 25.­10-11
  • 25.­23-25
  • 25.­27
  • 25.­31
  • 25.­36
  • 25.­45-46
  • 25.­48
  • 26.­5-7
  • 26.­10-12
  • 26.­14
  • 26.­18
  • 26.­40
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­51-52
  • 26.­58-59
  • 27.­1-7
  • 27.­12-27
  • 27.­30-33
  • 28.­1-2
  • 28.­13-15
  • 28.­24-26
  • 28.­29-30
  • 28.­33-36
  • 28.­43-45
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­5-6
  • 29.­24-36
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­69
  • 29.­73-75
  • 29.­77-78
  • 29.­80-81
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­85-86
  • 29.­89
  • 29.­91-92
  • 30.­1-2
  • 30.­12-15
  • 30.­24
  • 30.­30-31
  • 30.­38
  • 30.­44
  • 31.­1-4
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­22-23
  • 31.­36-37
  • 31.­40-41
  • 31.­48
  • 31.­51
  • 31.­67
  • 31.­69
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­3-4
  • 32.­14-21
  • 32.­42-52
  • 32.­54-55
  • 33.­1-2
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­9-10
  • 33.­12-17
  • 33.­25
  • 33.­34
  • 33.­37-41
  • 33.­43-45
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­54
  • 33.­56
  • 33.­59
  • 33.­62-63
  • 33.­65-66
  • 33.­71
  • n.­19
  • g.­924
  • g.­925
  • g.­1329
g.­164

bliss

Wylie:
  • bde ba
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sukha

Also translated here as “happiness.”

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­52
  • 8.­37
  • 9.­13
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35
  • 29.­17
  • g.­711
  • g.­1494
g.­168

blue lotus

Wylie:
  • ut pa la
Tibetan:
  • ཨུཏ་པ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ut­pala

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 19.­60
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­45
  • 32.­57
g.­170

bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­sattva

A being who is dedicated to the cultivation and fulfilment of the altruistic intention to attain manifestly perfect buddhahood, traversing the five bodhisattva paths and ten bodhisattva levels. Bodhisattvas purposely opt to remain within cyclic existence in order to liberate all sentient beings, instead of simply seeking personal freedom from suffering. Philosophically, they realize the two aspects of selflessness, with respect to afflicted mental states and the nature of all phenomena.

(See also n.­27.)

Located in 564 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2-3
  • i.­13
  • i.­19-20
  • i.­32-49
  • i.­51-56
  • i.­59-61
  • i.­63-65
  • i.­68-72
  • i.­74-79
  • i.­81-85
  • i.­88
  • i.­90-95
  • i.­97-98
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­5-6
  • 1.­9-10
  • 1.­30
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­73-78
  • 2.­85
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­8-9
  • 3.­51
  • 5.­1-38
  • 5.­40-203
  • 5.­205
  • 6.­1
  • 6.­4-13
  • 6.­17-24
  • 6.­31
  • 6.­38
  • 7.­7-15
  • 7.­17
  • 7.­19
  • 7.­21
  • 7.­29-34
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­5-7
  • 8.­35
  • 8.­40
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­46
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­50
  • 8.­52
  • 8.­54
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­31
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­28-29
  • 10.­35-36
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­10-11
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­34
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­3-6
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­14-17
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­26-29
  • 13.­29
  • 13.­31
  • 13.­34
  • 14.­14
  • 14.­22
  • 14.­26
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­47
  • 15.­5
  • 15.­10-13
  • 15.­15
  • 15.­20-21
  • 15.­25-26
  • 15.­33
  • 15.­39
  • 15.­53
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­17-18
  • 16.­24
  • 16.­28
  • 17.­1-2
  • 17.­15
  • 17.­48-49
  • 17.­60
  • 17.­62
  • 18.­66-67
  • 19.­27
  • 19.­38
  • 19.­57-58
  • 19.­64-65
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­78
  • 21.­3
  • 21.­8
  • 21.­24
  • 21.­26
  • 21.­28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­36-37
  • 22.­3
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­10
  • 22.­23
  • 22.­50
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­51
  • 23.­62
  • 24.­14-15
  • 24.­17
  • 24.­50
  • 24.­59
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­48-49
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­20
  • 26.­37
  • 26.­51
  • 26.­56
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­7-8
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­14-15
  • 28.­24-27
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­32
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­39
  • 28.­49
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­37
  • 29.­61
  • 29.­64
  • 29.­67
  • 29.­69
  • 29.­88
  • 29.­90
  • 30.­13
  • 30.­21
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­20
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­26-27
  • 31.­30-32
  • 31.­35
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­39-41
  • 31.­58
  • 32.­6
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­13
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­30-31
  • 32.­35
  • 32.­37
  • 32.­39
  • 32.­43
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­16
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­51
  • 33.­62-65
  • n.­4
  • n.­27
  • n.­42
  • n.­52
  • n.­60
  • n.­62
  • n.­157
  • n.­199
  • n.­268
  • n.­380
  • n.­411
  • n.­442
  • g.­74
  • g.­79
  • g.­85
  • g.­138
  • g.­157
  • g.­199
  • g.­201
  • g.­210
  • g.­336
  • g.­377
  • g.­431
  • g.­493
  • g.­592
  • g.­681
  • g.­688
  • g.­690
  • g.­695
  • g.­777
  • g.­803
  • g.­890
  • g.­891
  • g.­892
  • g.­893
  • g.­894
  • g.­895
  • g.­896
  • g.­897
  • g.­942
  • g.­951
  • g.­1032
  • g.­1059
  • g.­1060
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1259
  • g.­1279
  • g.­1280
  • g.­1281
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1352
  • g.­1420
  • g.­1436
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1455
  • g.­1469
  • g.­1507
  • g.­1508
  • g.­1510
  • g.­1660
  • g.­1670
  • g.­1671
  • g.­1672
  • g.­1695
g.­185

Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A high-ranking deity presiding over a divine world; he is also considered to be the lord of the Sahā world (our universe). Though not considered a creator god in Buddhism, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two gods (the other being Indra/Śakra) said to have first exhorted the Buddha Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma. The particular heavens found in the form realm over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought-after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Since there are many universes or world systems, there are also multiple Brahmās presiding over them. His most frequent epithets are “Lord of the Sahā World” (sahāṃpati) and Great Brahmā (mahābrahman).

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­7
  • 2.­2-5
  • 9.­37
  • 10.­41
  • 13.­39
  • 15.­1
  • 16.­16
  • 16.­21
  • 26.­42-43
  • 28.­39
  • 29.­19-21
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­47
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­50
  • g.­186
  • g.­187
  • g.­188
  • g.­492
  • g.­934
g.­186

Brahmakāyika

Wylie:
  • tshangs ris
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmakāyika

First god realm of form, meaning “stratum of Brahmā.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­23
  • 17.­51
  • 30.­19
  • n.­309
  • g.­1265
g.­187

Brahma­pari­ṣadya

Wylie:
  • tshangs ’khor
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • brahma­pari­ṣadya

Second god realm of form, meaning “retinue of Brahmā.” Also called “Brahmapurohita.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • 19.­52
  • n.­309
  • g.­188
g.­188

Brahmapurohita

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i mdun na ’don
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་མདུན་ན་འདོན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmapurohita

Second god realm of form, meaning “priest Brahmā.” Also called “Brahma­pari­ṣadya.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 19.­35
  • 19.­52
  • n.­309
  • g.­187
  • g.­1265
g.­191

branches of enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • bodhyaṅga

Also rendered here as “branches of genuine enlightenment.” See “seven branches of enlightenment.”

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­21
  • 7.­7
  • 8.­34-35
  • 10.­23
  • 12.­38
  • 13.­27
  • 16.­4
  • 17.­1
  • 20.­33
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­6
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­5
  • 29.­13
  • 29.­66
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­31
g.­192

Bṛhat­phala

Wylie:
  • ’bras bu che
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • bṛhat­phala

Twefth god realm of form, meaning “great fruition.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­21
  • 17.­51-52
  • 26.­43
  • 30.­19
  • n.­301
  • g.­1265
g.­196

buddha

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • buddha

Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni and general way of addressing the enlightened ones.

Located in 156 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • i.­26
  • i.­29
  • i.­32
  • i.­36
  • i.­39
  • i.­42
  • i.­57
  • i.­60-61
  • i.­67
  • i.­73
  • i.­91
  • i.­97-99
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­69
  • 6.­48-49
  • 7.­15-18
  • 7.­25
  • 8.­48-49
  • 9.­34
  • 9.­36-37
  • 10.­1-2
  • 10.­22
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­39
  • 14.­12
  • 14.­44-45
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­26
  • 15.­35
  • 15.­39
  • 15.­45
  • 15.­47
  • 16.­9
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­35
  • 17.­38
  • 17.­60-61
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­69
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­35-36
  • 21.­22
  • 22.­40
  • 23.­49
  • 24.­47
  • 25.­15-16
  • 25.­35
  • 25.­37
  • 25.­47
  • 26.­2
  • 26.­6-7
  • 26.­50
  • 27.­8
  • 28.­20
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­37
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­52
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­63
  • 32.­10
  • 32.­18-19
  • 32.­32
  • 32.­39
  • 32.­45
  • 32.­49
  • 33.­6
  • 33.­11-13
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­69
  • n.­4-5
  • n.­14
  • n.­18
  • n.­22
  • n.­42
  • n.­52
  • n.­60
  • n.­64
  • n.­205
  • n.­272
  • n.­321
  • n.­350
  • n.­436
  • g.­62
  • g.­77
  • g.­137
  • g.­163
  • g.­198
  • g.­199
  • g.­202
  • g.­203
  • g.­267
  • g.­377
  • g.­386
  • g.­408
  • g.­446
  • g.­492
  • g.­597
  • g.­617
  • g.­625
  • g.­670
  • g.­675
  • g.­751
  • g.­752
  • g.­753
  • g.­754
  • g.­875
  • g.­924
  • g.­925
  • g.­932
  • g.­936
  • g.­937
  • g.­962
  • g.­1145
  • g.­1237
  • g.­1272
  • g.­1329
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1343
  • g.­1349
  • g.­1351
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1480
  • g.­1494
  • g.­1509
  • g.­1522
  • g.­1523
  • g.­1552
  • g.­1591
  • g.­1637
  • g.­1676
  • g.­1685
g.­197

buddha body of emanation

Wylie:
  • sprul pa’i sku
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲུལ་པའི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­māṇa­kaya

The buddha body of emanation is the visible and usually physical manifestation of fully enlightened beings which arises spontaneously from the expanse of the buddha body of reality, whenever appropriate‌, in accordance with the diverse dispositions of sentient beings.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­28
  • i.­89
  • n.­64
  • g.­199
  • g.­1540
g.­199

buddha body of form

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi sku
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpa­kāya

According to the Lesser Vehicle, the buddha body of form refers to the thousand buddhas of the Auspicious Eon, including Śākyamuni. In the Great Vehicle, however, the term includes both the buddha body of perfect resource which appears in a pure light form to tenth level bodhisattvas and the buddha body of emanation which manifests physically for the sake of all beings.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 33.­30
  • n.­380
  • g.­1259
g.­201

buddha body of perfect resource

Wylie:
  • longs spyod rdzogs pa’i sku
Tibetan:
  • ལོངས་སྤྱོད་རྫོགས་པའི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­bhoga­kāya

The buddha body of perfect resource denotes the luminous, immaterial, and unimpeded reflection-like forms of enlightened mind, which become spontaneously present and naturally manifest to tenth level bodhisattvas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­28
  • i.­89
  • g.­199
g.­202

buddha body of reality

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sku
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmakāya

The ultimate nature or essence of the fruitional enlightened mind of the buddhas, which is non-arising, free from the limits of conceptual elaboration, empty of inherent existence, naturally radiant, beyond duality, and spacious.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­28
  • 33.­30
  • n.­380
  • g.­197
  • g.­198
  • g.­1259
  • g.­1480
g.­203

buddhafield

Wylie:
  • zhing khams
Tibetan:
  • ཞིང་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣetra

This term denotes the operational field of a specific buddha, spontaneously arising as a result of their altruistic aspirations. (See also n.­18).

Located in 89 passages in the translation:

  • i.­77
  • 1.­5
  • 8.­48
  • 9.­12
  • 9.­36
  • 13.­11
  • 15.­26
  • 15.­37-39
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­28
  • 17.­49
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­67
  • 19.­55
  • 21.­14-15
  • 21.­24
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­18-45
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­47-49
  • 26.­52
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­16-17
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­34
  • 29.­67
  • 30.­21
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­41
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­57-58
  • 32.­20
  • 32.­26-31
  • 32.­33-35
  • 32.­37-38
  • 32.­40-41
  • 32.­57
  • 32.­59
  • 33.­12
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­65
  • n.­18
g.­205

burning tree stump

Wylie:
  • sdong dum tshig pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡོང་དུམ་ཚིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dagdha­sthūṇā­kṛti

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 15.­1
g.­207

calm

Wylie:
  • zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śānti

Also translated here as “calmness” and “peace.”

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­56
  • i.­58
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­18-21
  • 4.­55
  • 5.­54-55
  • 5.­78-79
  • 5.­102-103
  • 5.­122
  • 5.­134
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­151
  • 5.­163
  • 5.­175
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­199
  • 6.­41-46
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­5-6
  • 10.­39
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­60
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­4
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­9-11
  • 19.­5
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­40
  • 20.­15
  • 20.­64
  • 22.­11
  • 22.­18
  • 22.­20
  • 22.­30
  • 26.­41
  • 30.­11
  • 33.­50
  • n.­293
  • g.­208
  • g.­973
  • g.­997
  • g.­1183
g.­208

calmness

Wylie:
  • zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śānti

Also translated here as “calm” and “peace.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 20.­34
  • n.­346
  • g.­207
  • g.­1183
g.­216

Catur­mahā­rāja­kāyika

Wylie:
  • rgyal chen bzhi’i ris
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་ཆེན་བཞིའི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­mahā­rāja­kāyika

First god realm of desire, meaning “abode of the four great kings.”

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­3
  • 11.­10
  • 15.­1-2
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­26
  • 17.­51-54
  • 17.­56
  • 19.­35-36
  • 19.­49
  • 19.­51-52
  • 24.­18
  • 28.­7
  • 30.­19
  • 30.­26
  • 33.­65
  • n.­301
  • g.­1265
g.­221

cessation of contaminants

Wylie:
  • zag pa zad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣīnāsrava
  • ā­srava­kṣaya

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 9.­20
  • 10.­46
  • 25.­7
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­32
  • g.­1545
g.­225

chapter

Wylie:
  • le’u
Tibetan:
  • ལེའུ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­varta

Located in 103 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­9
  • i.­11
  • i.­13
  • i.­17
  • i.­29-34
  • i.­36
  • i.­38
  • i.­41
  • i.­43
  • i.­45-46
  • i.­48
  • i.­51-52
  • i.­55-56
  • i.­58
  • i.­60-64
  • i.­66-68
  • i.­71
  • i.­73
  • i.­76
  • i.­78
  • i.­80-81
  • i.­83
  • i.­85
  • i.­88-91
  • i.­93
  • i.­95
  • i.­97
  • i.­99
  • 1.­82
  • 2.­95
  • 3.­108
  • 4.­59
  • 5.­205
  • 6.­54
  • 7.­47
  • 8.­55
  • 9.­48
  • 10.­22
  • 10.­37
  • 10.­47
  • 11.­20
  • 11.­43
  • 12.­43
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­67
  • 14.­63
  • 15.­39
  • 15.­55
  • 16.­32
  • 17.­63
  • 18.­78
  • 19.­36
  • 19.­67
  • 20.­78-79
  • 21.­39
  • 22.­59
  • 23.­44
  • 23.­63
  • 24.­62
  • 25.­54
  • 26.­62
  • 27.­37
  • 28.­51
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­94
  • 30.­49
  • 31.­70
  • 32.­56
  • 32.­58
  • 32.­60
  • 33.­72
  • n.­52
  • n.­64
  • n.­67
  • n.­133
  • n.­143
  • n.­190-191
  • n.­205
  • n.­294
  • n.­404
  • n.­436
  • n.­445
g.­226

chiliocosm

Wylie:
  • stong chung ngu’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་ཆུང་ངུའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • sāhasra­loka­dhātu

A series of one thousand parallel human worlds, according to traditional Indian cosmology.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­2
  • 11.­2
  • 33.­46
  • n.­196
  • g.­378
g.­227

clear realization

Wylie:
  • mngon par rtogs pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­samaya

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • i.­54
  • 3.­51
  • 4.­49
  • 11.­32
  • 14.­50-51
  • 18.­60-61
  • n.­318
  • n.­330
  • n.­428
  • g.­228
  • g.­331
  • g.­646
  • g.­820
  • g.­1417
  • g.­1621
  • g.­1622
  • g.­1623
g.­230

clothing

Wylie:
  • na bza’
Tibetan:
  • ན་བཟའ།
Sanskrit:
  • vastra

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­44
  • 10.­3
  • 17.­46
  • 17.­50
  • 17.­61
  • 21.­13
  • 27.­7
  • 28.­48
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­31
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­38
  • 33.­62
g.­231

cognition

Wylie:
  • shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna

Also translated as “knowledge.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­8
  • 8.­39
  • 8.­47-49
  • 11.­31
  • 12.­16-17
  • 17.­45
  • 19.­26
  • 21.­9
  • 25.­48
  • 28.­13
  • 28.­15
  • 29.­23
  • 32.­51
  • g.­864
g.­240

compassion

Wylie:
  • snying rje
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • karuṇā

Second of the four immeasurable aspirations.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • i.­23
  • i.­59
  • 1.­31
  • 9.­14
  • 9.­20
  • 16.­20
  • 24.­3
  • 25.­7
  • 27.­2
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­22
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­12
  • g.­623
  • g.­1056
g.­242

completely perfect buddha

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­saṃ­buddha
  • samyak­sam­buddha­tva

See “genuinely perfect buddha.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­82
  • 4.­49
  • 6.­9-11
  • 6.­22
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­32
  • 25.­47
  • g.­670
g.­247

conceive of

Wylie:
  • rtog par byed
Tibetan:
  • རྟོག་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • kalpayati

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­4
  • 12.­28
  • 19.­29
  • 20.­69
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­59
g.­249

conceptual elaboration

Wylie:
  • spros pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­pañca

This term denotes the presence of discursive or conceptual thought processes. Their absence or deconstruction is characteristic of the realization of emptiness or actual reality.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­3
  • i.­19
  • 20.­13
  • 25.­37
  • g.­202
  • g.­445
  • g.­932
g.­255

condition (something)

Wylie:
  • mngon par ’du byed
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­saṃ­skaroti

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­26
  • 31.­37
g.­256

conditioned

Wylie:
  • ’dus byas
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་བྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­skṛta

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­69
  • 2.­73
  • 6.­47
  • 7.­6
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­42
  • 10.­24-26
  • 11.­4
  • 14.­28
  • 15.­5
  • 19.­54
  • 20.­47
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­11
  • 28.­33
  • 28.­43
  • 29.­4
  • 29.­69-71
  • 29.­73-74
  • 29.­79-80
  • 29.­82
  • 29.­84
  • 29.­88
  • 30.­15
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­41
  • 33.­33
  • n.­141
  • g.­334
  • g.­581
  • g.­670
g.­257

conditioned element

Wylie:
  • ’dus byas kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་བྱས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­skṛta­dhātu

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­2
  • 6.­12
  • 14.­13
  • 15.­41
  • 16.­11
  • 19.­59
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­28
  • 27.­32
  • 29.­78
g.­259

conditioning

Wylie:
  • mngon par ’du byed pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་འདུ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­saṃ­skāra

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 1.­70
  • 11.­26-28
  • 12.­5
  • 20.­52
  • 27.­7
  • g.­611
  • g.­1493
g.­261

conduct

Wylie:
  • spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • caryā

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­49
  • 7.­21
  • 8.­17
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 21.­26-28
  • 22.­3
  • 22.­23
  • 22.­41
  • 22.­54-55
  • 23.­49
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­20
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­34
  • 30.­42
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­8
  • 32.­35
  • 33.­70
  • n.­23
  • n.­431
  • g.­875
  • g.­1531
g.­264

confidence

Wylie:
  • dang ba
Tibetan:
  • དང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­sāda

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­43
  • 21.­24-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 32.­26
  • 33.­1-2
g.­267

consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­jñāna

Third of the twelve links of dependent origination. Consciousness is defined as “an awareness which is knowing and luminous.” Not being physical, it lacks resistance to obstruction. It has neither shape nor color, and it can be experienced but not externally perceived as an object. A distinction is made between the mundane consciousness of sentient beings, and the gnosis of the buddhas. In the context‌ of the present discourse, the former includes six aspects of consciousness, namely, visual consciousness, auditory consciousness, olfactory consciousness, tactile consciousness, and mental consciousness, the last of which objectively refers to mental phenomena.

Located in 314 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 1.­13
  • 1.­18-19
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­55-56
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­77
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­15-18
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­57
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­14
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­41
  • 5.­43
  • 5.­45
  • 5.­47
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­55
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­61
  • 5.­63
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144-155
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­26-27
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­40-47
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­1-3
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­4-5
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­26
  • 10.­30-33
  • 11.­14-16
  • 11.­22-23
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­32-34
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­1-2
  • 12.­5
  • 12.­7-8
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­20-21
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­3
  • 14.­16
  • 14.­18
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­36
  • 14.­38-40
  • 14.­42
  • 14.­44-45
  • 14.­53
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­58
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­3-4
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­18
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­49-51
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­8-9
  • 17.­16-20
  • 17.­22-26
  • 17.­28-34
  • 17.­39-40
  • 18.­4
  • 18.­8-11
  • 18.­13
  • 18.­16-18
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­44
  • 18.­53-54
  • 18.­62-63
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­2-8
  • 19.­10-12
  • 19.­14
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­41-45
  • 20.­4
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51-52
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­72-75
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­6
  • 21.­8
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­2-3
  • 22.­12-13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­22-24
  • 22.­35
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­25
  • 23.­28-30
  • 23.­38
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 24.­28
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­17
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­28
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­39
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­28
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­26-27
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­37
  • 29.­69-70
  • 29.­73-75
  • 30.­7
  • 30.­23-25
  • 30.­32
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38-40
  • 30.­43-48
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­24
  • n.­4
  • n.­44
  • n.­407
  • g.­586
  • g.­601
  • g.­675
  • g.­1173
g.­272

consider

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rjes su lta ba
  • yang dag par rjes su mthong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བ།
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྗེས་སུ་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­anu­paśyati

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­73
  • 6.­1-2
  • 11.­32
  • 11.­34
  • 14.­44
  • 17.­47
  • 19.­65
  • 21.­5-7
  • 25.­2
  • 26.­10-12
  • 26.­35
  • 27.­29
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­62
  • g.­846
  • g.­1214
g.­275

contemplation

Wylie:
  • nges par sems pa
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པར་སེམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­ni­dhyāpana

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­29
  • 9.­16
  • 31.­30
g.­285

context

Wylie:
  • gleng gzhi
Tibetan:
  • གླེང་གཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • nidāna

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­63
  • 1.­82
  • 4.­33
  • 5.­203-204
  • 8.­7
  • 9.­10
  • 9.­45
  • 10.­22
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­38
  • 12.­40
  • 12.­42
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­39
  • 15.­50
  • 17.­3
  • 30.­23-24
  • 30.­29
  • n.­190
  • n.­271
  • g.­667
  • g.­1558
  • g.­1726
g.­296

correct

Wylie:
  • rigs
Tibetan:
  • རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • yukta

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­11
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 17.­59
  • g.­342
  • g.­716
g.­297

correct action

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i las kyi mtha’
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ལས་ཀྱི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­karmānta

Fourth of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­298

correct delight

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba yang dag
  • dga’ ba yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ་ཡང་དག
  • དགའ་བ་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • prīti
  • prīti­bodhyaṅga

Fourth of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­299

correct doctrinal analysis

Wylie:
  • chos rab tu rnam par ’byed pa
  • chos rab tu rnam par ’byed pa yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རབ་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་འབྱེད་པ།
  • ཆོས་རབ་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་འབྱེད་པ་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­pravicaya
  • dharma­pravicaya­bodhyaṅga

Second of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­300

correct effort

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i rtsol ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་རྩོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyag­vyāyāma

Sixth of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­301

correct equanimity

Wylie:
  • btang snyoms yang dag
  • btang snyoms yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • བཏང་སྙོམས་ཡང་དག
  • བཏང་སྙོམས་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • upekṣā
  • upekṣā­bodhyaṅga

Seventh of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­302

correct exertion

Wylie:
  • yang dag par spong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • prahā­ṇa

See 1.­21 and 8.­22.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­17
  • 7.­7
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­35
  • 12.­38
  • 13.­27
  • 16.­4
  • 18.­55
  • 20.­32
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­6
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­5
  • 28.­15
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­31
g.­303

correct ideation

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­saṃ­kalpa

Second of the noble eightfold path. Also translated as “correct thought.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­304

correct livelihood

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i ’tsho ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་འཚོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyag­ājīva

Fifth of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­305

correct meditative stability

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin yang dag
  • ting nge ’dzin yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ཡང་དག
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi
  • samādhi­bodhyaṅga

Sixth of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­306

correct meditative stability

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­sam­ādhi

Eighth of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­307

Correct mental and physical refinement

Wylie:
  • shin tu sbyangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­śrabdhi

Fifth of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­308

correct perseverance

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
  • brtson ’grus yang dag
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཡང་དག
Sanskrit:
  • vīrya­bodhyaṅga
  • vīrya

Third of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­309

correct recollection

Wylie:
  • dran pa yang dag
  • dran pa yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ་ཡང་དག
  • དྲན་པ་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • smṛti
  • smṛti­bodhyaṅga

First of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­310

correct recollection

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i dran pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­smṛti

Seventh of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­311

correct speech

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i ngag
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ངག
Sanskrit:
  • samyag­vāg

Third of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­312

correct view

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyag­dṛṣṭi

First of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • 31.­5
  • g.­1063
g.­318

courage

Wylie:
  • spobs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prati­bhāna

Also translated here as “inspired eloquence.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­85
  • 17.­49
  • g.­813
g.­320

covetousness

Wylie:
  • brnab sems
Tibetan:
  • བརྣབ་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­dhyā
  • abhi­dhyā granthā

Eighth of ten non-virtuous actions; first of the four knots.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 29.­8
  • 32.­21
  • g.­626
  • g.­1109
g.­321

craving

Wylie:
  • sred pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tṛṣṇā

Eighth of the twelve links of dependent origination; fourth of the four torrents.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41
  • 1.­18-19
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­48
  • 10.­44
  • 12.­25
  • 18.­18
  • g.­633
g.­332

cultivate

Wylie:
  • sgom
Tibetan:
  • སྒོམ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāvayati

Located in 81 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32
  • i.­38-39
  • i.­44
  • i.­56
  • i.­59
  • i.­74
  • i.­76-77
  • i.­95
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­73
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­7-10
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­21
  • 8.­28-31
  • 8.­35
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­30
  • 12.­4
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­23-24
  • 15.­28
  • 16.­20
  • 16.­22
  • 18.­67
  • 21.­32
  • 21.­34-35
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­7
  • 23.­25-26
  • 23.­49-50
  • 23.­53
  • 23.­55
  • 23.­58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­5-6
  • 24.­10-13
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­51-52
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­21
  • 26.­36
  • 27.­2-3
  • 27.­20
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­10
  • 29.­71
  • 29.­77
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­42
  • 31.­58
  • 32.­9
  • 32.­33
  • 32.­45
g.­333

cultivation

Wylie:
  • bsgom pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྒོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāvanā

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­64
  • i.­71
  • i.­80
  • 1.­21
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­29-30
  • 16.­13
  • 17.­49
  • 19.­21
  • 22.­44-49
  • 22.­59
  • 23.­55
  • 24.­5-6
  • 24.­11
  • 28.­1
  • 31.­26
  • n.­388
  • g.­170
  • g.­1181
g.­334

cyclic existence

Wylie:
  • ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃsāra

A state of involuntary existence conditioned by afflicted mental states and the imprint of past actions, characterised by suffering in a cycle of life, death, and rebirth. On its reversal, the contrasting state of nirvāṇa is attained, free from suffering and the processes of rebirth.

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­48
  • i.­64
  • i.­78
  • i.­81
  • i.­83
  • i.­88
  • i.­96
  • 1.­67
  • 7.­22
  • 8.­38
  • 11.­41
  • 12.­40
  • 15.­2
  • 17.­1
  • 19.­23
  • 21.­33
  • 24.­46
  • 25.­33
  • 26.­3
  • 27.­9-10
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­27
  • 30.­46
  • 31.­30
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­61
  • n.­22
  • n.­292
  • g.­156
  • g.­170
  • g.­361
  • g.­362
  • g.­581
  • g.­587
  • g.­695
  • g.­716
  • g.­836
  • g.­1265
  • g.­1493
  • g.­1596
  • g.­1676
g.­336

daughter of enlightened heritage

Wylie:
  • rigs kyi bu mo
Tibetan:
  • རིགས་ཀྱི་བུ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kula­duhitā
  • kulaputrī

A term of endearment, used by a teacher when adressing a female follower of the bodhisattva path.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 25.­45-46
  • 33.­61
g.­342

dedication

Wylie:
  • bsngo ba
  • yongs su bsngo ba
Tibetan:
  • བསྔོ་བ།
  • ཡོངས་སུ་བསྔོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­ṇāma

The establishment of the correct motivation at the beginning of any practice or endeavor and the altruistic dedication at the end are regarded as highly significant. The most popular objects of the dedication are the flourishing of the sacred teachings of Buddhism throughout the universe and the attainment of full enlightenment by all sentient beings.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • i.­22
  • i.­56
  • 15.­8-9
  • 18.­68
  • 23.­54
  • 24.­59
  • 24.­61
  • 26.­9
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­12-15
  • 27.­17-25
  • 31.­10
  • n.­393
g.­344

defining characteristic

Wylie:
  • mtshan nyid
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa

Located in 63 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • i.­36
  • i.­53
  • i.­67
  • i.­71
  • i.­88
  • i.­93
  • 1.­27-28
  • 1.­70
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­55
  • 6.­23-24
  • 11.­32
  • 11.­40
  • 12.­32-42
  • 14.­4
  • 14.­39
  • 14.­54-55
  • 18.­59
  • 20.­24
  • 20.­44-54
  • 22.­6
  • 23.­28
  • 25.­2
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­3-6
  • 28.­8
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­19
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­34
  • 29.­82
  • 29.­84
  • 30.­10
  • 31.­1
  • 31.­26
  • 31.­41
g.­347

definitive knowledge of all the afflicted and purified mental states and their emergence, with respect to the faculties, powers, branches of enlightenment, aspects of liberation, meditative concentrations, meditative stabilities, and formless absorption

Wylie:
  • dbang po dang stobs dang byang chub kyi yan lag dang rnam par thar pa dang bsam gtan dang ting nge ’dzin dang snyoms par ’jug pa’i kun nas nyon mongs pa dang rnam par byang ba dang ldang pa shes pa yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ་དང་སྟོབས་དང་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་དང་རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་དང་བསམ་གཏན་དང་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་དང་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པའི་ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ་དང་རྣམ་པར་བྱང་བ་དང་ལྡང་པ་ཤེས་པ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvendriya­bala­bodhyaṅga­vimokṣa­dhyāna­samādhi­samāpatti­saṃkleśa­vyavadāna-vyuthāna­yathā­bhūta­pra­jñāna

Eighth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­348

definitive knowledge of multiple world systems and diverse dispositions

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten kyi khams du ma pa khams sna tshogs pa yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ཀྱི་ཁམས་དུ་མ་པ་ཁམས་སྣ་ཚོགས་པ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nānalokadhātunānadhātuyathābhūtaprajñāna

Fourth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­349

definitive knowledge of the diversity of inclinations and the multiplicity of inclinations that other sentient beings and other individuals have

Wylie:
  • sems can gzhan dag dang gang zag gzhan rnams kyi mos pa sna tshogs nyid dang mos pa du ma nyid yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་གཞན་དག་དང་གང་ཟག་གཞན་རྣམས་ཀྱི་མོས་པ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཉིད་དང་མོས་པ་དུ་མ་ཉིད་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anya­sattva­pudgala-nānādhi­muktyan­ekādhi­mukti­yathā­bhūta­prajñāna

Fifth or sixth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­350

definitive knowledge of the paths that lead anywhere

Wylie:
  • thams cad du ’gro ba’i lam yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་འགྲོ་བའི་ལམ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvatra­gāmanī-prati­padyathābhūta­prajñāna

Seventh of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­351

definitive knowledge of the recollection of multiple past abodes, and of the transference of consciousness at the death and birth of all sentient beings

Wylie:
  • sngon gyi gnas rnam pa du ma rjes su dran pa dang sems can rnams kyi ’chi ’pho dang skye ba yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་གྱི་གནས་རྣམ་པ་དུ་མ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་དང་སེམས་ཅན་རྣམས་ཀྱི་འཆི་འཕོ་དང་སྐྱེ་བ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­eka­pūrva­nivāsānu­smṛti­cyutyutpatti­yathābhūta­prajñāna

Ninth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­352

definitive knowledge of whether the acumen of other sentient beings and other individuals is supreme or not

Wylie:
  • sems can gzhan dag dang gang zag gzhan rnams kyi dbang po mchog dang mchog ma yin pa nyid yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་གཞན་དག་དང་གང་ཟག་གཞན་རྣམས་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ་མཆོག་དང་མཆོག་མ་ཡིན་པ་ཉིད་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anya­sattva­pudgalendriya­varāvara-yathā­bhūta­prajñāna

Sixth or fifth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­353

definitive knowledge that things which are impossible are indeed impossible

Wylie:
  • gnas ma yin pa la yang gnas ma yin par yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • གནས་མ་ཡིན་པ་ལ་ཡང་གནས་མ་ཡིན་པར་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­sthānāsthāna­yathā­bhūta­pra­jñāna

Second of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­354

definitive knowledge that things which are possible are indeed possible

Wylie:
  • gnas la yang gnas su yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • གནས་ལ་ཡང་གནས་སུ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sthāna­sthāna­yathā­bhūta­prajñāna

First of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­355

definitive knowledge that through one’s own extrasensory powers one has actualized, achieved, and maintained in this very lifetime the liberation of mind and the liberation of wisdom in the state that is free from contaminants because all contaminants have ceased

Wylie:
  • zag pa zad pa yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
  • zag pa zad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
  • ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­srava-kṣaya­yathābhūta­pra­jñāna
  • ā­srava-kṣaya

Tenth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­356

definitive knowledge, through possibilities and causes, of the maturation of past, future, and present actions, and of those who undertake such actions

Wylie:
  • ’das pa dang ma ’ongs pa dang da ltar byung ba’i las rnams dang las yang dag par len pa rnams kyi rnam par smin pa gnas kyi sgo dang rgyu’i sgo nas yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • འདས་པ་དང་མ་འོངས་པ་དང་ད་ལྟར་བྱུང་བའི་ལས་རྣམས་དང་ལས་ཡང་དག་པར་ལེན་པ་རྣམས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པ་གནས་ཀྱི་སྒོ་དང་རྒྱུའི་སྒོ་ནས་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • atītānāgata­pratyutpanna­sarva­karma­samādāna­hetu­vipāka­yathā­bhūta-pra­jñāna

Third of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­357

degenerate morality

Wylie:
  • ’chal ba’i tshul khrims
Tibetan:
  • འཆལ་བའི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dauḥ­śīlya

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­42
  • i.­95
  • 4.­54
  • 6.­22
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­51
  • 20.­37
  • 24.­19
  • 25.­33
  • 25.­42
  • 27.­23
  • 28.­48
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­22
g.­360

deluded

Wylie:
  • rnam par rmongs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྨོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­mūḍha

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­3-4
  • 3.­8-9
  • 26.­59-60
  • 33.­13-15
  • g.­675
g.­361

delusion

Wylie:
  • gti mug
Tibetan:
  • གཏི་མུག
Sanskrit:
  • moha

One of the three poisons (dug gsum) along with hatred and desire which perpetuate the sufferings of cyclic existence. Delusion is the obfuscating mental state which obstructs an individual from generating knowledge or insight, and it is said to be characteristic of the animal world in general.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­95
  • 1.­46
  • 4.­52
  • 6.­51
  • 8.­9
  • 10.­44
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­52
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­37
  • 18.­17
  • 20.­17
  • 22.­42
  • 22.­52
  • 24.­23
  • 24.­41
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­55
  • 27.­23
  • 28.­27
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­37
  • g.­716
  • g.­1551
g.­362

demonic force

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

Buddhist literature speaks of four kinds of malign or demonic influences which may impede the course of spiritual transformation. These include the impure psycho-physical aggregates; the afflicted mental states; desires and temptations; and submission to the “Lord of death,” at which point involuntary rebirth is perpetuated in cyclic existence. Also rendered here as “Māra.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­15-24
  • 9.­37
  • 11.­11
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­12
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­6
  • 26.­44-45
  • g.­163
  • g.­924
  • g.­952
g.­365

designated

Wylie:
  • btags pa
Tibetan:
  • བཏགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­jñapta

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­9
  • 5.­1
  • 6.­1-2
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­44
  • 12.­41
  • 14.­23
  • 14.­46
  • 14.­50-51
  • 16.­16-17
  • 17.­5-7
  • 19.­53
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­77
  • 28.­1
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­32
  • 29.­63
  • 30.­28
g.­366

designation

Wylie:
  • tshig bla dags
Tibetan:
  • ཚིག་བླ་དགས།
Sanskrit:
  • adhi­vacana

Located in 179 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­35
  • 5.­40-205
  • 6.­31-32
  • 9.­31
  • 12.­41
  • 17.­13
  • 24.­46
  • 27.­21
  • 28.­9
  • 29.­63
  • 29.­88
  • n.­295
g.­367

desire

Wylie:
  • ’dod chags
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit:
  • rāga

First of the five fetters associated with the lower realms.

Located in 51 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­46
  • 1.­52
  • 4.­52
  • 6.­51
  • 8.­9
  • 9.­22
  • 9.­38
  • 10.­44
  • 11.­6-8
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­52
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­37
  • 18.­17
  • 20.­14
  • 20.­16
  • 22.­3-5
  • 22.­42
  • 22.­52
  • 24.­41
  • 25.­42
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22-23
  • 27.­35
  • 28.­27
  • 29.­17
  • 29.­79
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­21
  • 32.­37
  • n.­420
  • g.­216
  • g.­361
  • g.­362
  • g.­594
  • g.­716
  • g.­1058
  • g.­1169
  • g.­1551
  • g.­1587
  • g.­1593
  • g.­1770
g.­371

determine

Wylie:
  • so sor brtag
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོར་བརྟག
Sanskrit:
  • praty­avekṣate

Also translated here as “investigate.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­78
  • 25.­2
  • g.­832
g.­377

Dharma

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

The term dharma (chos) conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyā­yukti. In the context‌ of the present work, it may mean “sacred doctrine” (also rendered “Dharma” in this translation), the “attributes” which buddhas and bodhisattvas acquire, “phenomena” or “things” in general, and, more specifically, “mental phenomena” which are the object of the mental faculty (manas, yid).

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 15.­47
  • 26.­6
  • 29.­22
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­6
  • n.­188
  • n.­331
  • n.­340
  • n.­342
  • n.­348
  • g.­983
  • g.­1206
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1552
g.­378

dichiliocosm

Wylie:
  • stong gnyis pa bar ma’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་གཉིས་པ་བར་མའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dvi­sāhar­samadhyama­loka­dhātu

A series parallel worlds comprising one thousand chiliocosms, according to traditional Indian cosmology.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 33.­46
  • n.­196
  • g.­694
g.­389

discouraged

Wylie:
  • zhum
Tibetan:
  • ཞུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­valīyate

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­84
  • 22.­18
  • 26.­39-42
  • 26.­59
  • 27.­2
  • 30.­29
  • 31.­32
  • 31.­62
  • 32.­39
g.­390

discriminative awareness

Wylie:
  • shes rab
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā

Also translated here as “wisdom.” See glossary entry.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1591
  • g.­1726
g.­391

disintegrate

Wylie:
  • ’jig par ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་པར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­naśyati

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­1
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­27
  • 30.­34-35
  • 30.­45
g.­405

do not consider

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rjes su mi mthong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྗེས་སུ་མི་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • na sam­anu­paśyati

Also translated here as “disregard.”

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­73
  • 4.­8-13
  • 4.­15-32
  • 4.­34-35
  • 4.­50-51
  • 5.­1
  • 6.­1-3
  • 7.­32
  • 9.­46
  • 10.­15
  • 11.­32-33
  • 12.­14
  • 12.­30
  • 17.­47-48
  • 19.­9-10
  • 19.­12
  • 21.­8
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­10
  • 26.­12
  • 26.­20
  • 27.­5
  • 27.­11
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­29
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­49
  • 31.­52-53
  • 31.­56
  • 31.­59
  • g.­313
g.­412

don the great armor

Wylie:
  • go cha chen po gyon par byed
Tibetan:
  • གོ་ཆ་ཆེན་པོ་གྱོན་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­saṃ­nāhaḥ saṃ­nahyate

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • i.­43
  • i.­45
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­11-12
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­3
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­17
  • 10.­20
  • 10.­22-23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­29
  • 19.­23
  • 19.­25
g.­416

dullness and sleepiness

Wylie:
  • rmugs gnyid
Tibetan:
  • རྨུགས་གཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • styāna­niddha

Third of the five obscurations.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 31.­16
  • g.­599
g.­421

eight aspects of liberation

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭa­vimokṣa

The eight aspects of liberation ensue: (1) when corporeal beings observe physical forms [in order to compose the mind]; (2) when formless beings endowed with internal perception observe external physical forms; (3) when beings are inclined toward pleasant states; (4) when one achieves and abides in the sense field of infinite space, thinking, ‘Space is infinite.’ (5) The fifth ensues when one achieves and abides in the sense field of infinite consciousness, thinking, ‘Consciousness is infinite.’ (6) The sixth is when one achieves and abides in the sense field of nothing-at-all, thinking, ‘There is nothing at all.’ (7) The seventh is when one achieves and abides in the sense field of neither perception nor non-perception. (8) The eighth is when one achieves and abides in the cessation of all perceptions and feelings.

For a more complete description, see 1.­33.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­33
  • 3.­27
  • 8.­38
  • 20.­35
  • 20.­54
  • 21.­20
  • 21.­22
  • 24.­8
  • 24.­22
  • 27.­33
  • 27.­35
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­16
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­12
  • n.­37
  • n.­43
  • n.­46
  • g.­116
  • g.­1146
  • g.­1147
  • g.­1148
  • g.­1149
  • g.­1150
  • g.­1712
  • g.­1713
  • g.­1714
g.­424

eight sense fields of mastery

Wylie:
  • zil gyis gnon pa’i skye mched brgyad
Tibetan:
  • ཟིལ་གྱིས་གནོན་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭābhi­bhvāyatana

These refer to the miraculous perceptual transformation that ensues when one: (1) regards lesser external forms; (2) regards greater external forms; (3) regards blue external forms; (4) regards yellow external forms; (5) regards red external forms; (6) regards white external forms; (7) abides in the sense field of infinite space; (8) abides in the sense field of infinite consciousness.

For a complete explanation, see 1.­55.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­55
  • 3.­35
  • n.­43
  • g.­6
  • g.­7
  • g.­1303
  • g.­1304
  • g.­1305
  • g.­1306
  • g.­1307
  • g.­1308
  • g.­1376
g.­426

eighteen aspects of emptiness

Wylie:
  • stong pa nyid bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭa­daśa­śūnyatā

The eighteen aspects of emptiness, as listed in 1.­57, comprise (1) emptiness of internal phenomena, (2) emptiness of external phenomena, (3) emptiness of both external and internal phenomena, (4) emptiness of emptiness, (5) emptiness of great extent, (6) emptiness of ultimate reality, (7) emptiness of conditioned phenomena, (8) emptiness of unconditioned phenomena, (9) emptiness of the unlimited, (10) emptiness of that which has neither beginning nor end, (11) emptiness of non-dispersal, (12) emptiness of inherent existence, (13) emptiness of intrinsic defining characteristics, (14) emptiness of all things, (15) emptiness of non-apprehension, (16) emptiness of non-entities, (17) emptiness of essential nature, and (18) emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities. See also n.­48.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­37
  • 3.­66
  • 8.­40
  • 14.­60
  • 15.­14
  • n.­48
  • g.­447
  • g.­448
  • g.­449
  • g.­450
  • g.­451
  • g.­452
  • g.­453
  • g.­454
  • g.­455
  • g.­456
  • g.­457
  • g.­458
  • g.­459
  • g.­460
  • g.­461
  • g.­462
  • g.­463
  • g.­464
  • g.­634
  • g.­1503
g.­427

eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas kyi chos ma ’dres pa bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་མ་འདྲེས་པ་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭā­daśāveṇika­buddha­dharma

See 2.­8.

Located in 204 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­80-81
  • 2.­84
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­43
  • 4.­51
  • 4.­54
  • 6.­8
  • 6.­11
  • 6.­17
  • 6.­19
  • 6.­25-27
  • 6.­48
  • 6.­52
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­18
  • 7.­24-25
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­7-8
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­49
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­34
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­6-8
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­12
  • 11.­18
  • 11.­34
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39
  • 12.­3
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­18-19
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­28
  • 12.­38
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­17
  • 13.­27
  • 14.­10
  • 14.­21
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­31
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­61
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­24
  • 15.­29
  • 15.­39
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­50
  • 15.­52
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­17-18
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­35-36
  • 17.­41-42
  • 17.­49
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­7
  • 18.­23
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­55-56
  • 18.­68-69
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­18
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­63
  • 20.­41
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­60
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­20
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 22.­2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
  • 22.­38
  • 22.­46
  • 22.­49
  • 23.­7-8
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26-27
  • 23.­41
  • 24.­9
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­3-4
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16-18
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­30-31
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­31
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­26
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­3-4
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­23
  • 29.­62-63
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­40
  • 30.­43
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­33
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­56
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­18-19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­26-27
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­64-65
  • n.­58
  • g.­67
  • g.­68
  • g.­69
  • g.­258
  • g.­406
  • g.­407
  • g.­409
  • g.­410
  • g.­480
  • g.­481
  • g.­482
  • g.­1116
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1537
  • g.­1609
  • g.­1616
  • g.­1735
  • g.­1740
  • g.­1741
  • g.­1749
  • g.­1750
g.­430

eighteen sensory elements

Wylie:
  • khams bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭa­daśa­dhātu

The eighteen sensory elements, as listed in 1.­16, comprise (1) the sensory element of the eyes, (2) the sensory element of sights, and (3) the sensory element of visual consciousness; (4) the sensory element of the ears, (5) the sensory element of sounds, and (6) the sensory element of auditory consciousness; (7) the sensory element of the nose, (8) the sensory element of odors, and (9) the sensory element of olfactory consciousness; (10) the sensory element of the tongue, (11) the sensory element of tastes, and (12) the sensory element of gustatory consciousness; (13) the sensory element of the body, (14) the sensory element of tangibles, and (15) the sensory element of tactile consciousness; and (16) the sensory element of the mental faculty, (17) the sensory element of mental phenomena, and (18) the sensory element of mental consciousness.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­16
  • 1.­71
  • 2.­77
  • 2.­79
  • 3.­13
  • 20.­60
  • 20.­62-63
  • 22.­45
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­33
  • n.­31
  • g.­274
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1106
  • g.­1394
  • g.­1395
  • g.­1397
  • g.­1398
  • g.­1399
  • g.­1400
  • g.­1401
  • g.­1402
  • g.­1403
  • g.­1404
  • g.­1405
  • g.­1406
  • g.­1407
  • g.­1408
  • g.­1409
  • g.­1410
  • g.­1411
  • g.­1412
  • g.­1413
g.­431

eighth-lowest stage

Wylie:
  • brgyad pa’i sa
  • brgyad pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱད་པའི་ས།
  • བརྒྱད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭamakabhūmi
  • aṣṭamaka

A person who is eight steps away in the arc of their development from becoming an arhat (Tib. dgra bcom pa). Specifically, this term refers to one who is on the cusp of becoming a stream-enterer (Skt. śrotāpanna; Tib. rgyun du zhugs pa), and is the first and lowest stage in a list of eight stages or classes of a noble person (Skt. āryapudgala). The person at this lowest stage in the sequence is still on the path of seeing (Skt. darśanamārga; Tib. mthong lam), and then enters the path of cultivation (Skt. bhāvanāmārga; Tib. sgoms lam) upon attaining the next stage, that of a stream-enterer (stage 7). From there they progress through the remaining stages of the śrāvaka path, becoming in turn a once-returner (stages six and five), a non-returner (stages four and three), and an arhat (stages two and one).

This same “eighth stage” also appears in set of ten levels (Skt. daśabhūmi; Tib. sa bcu) found in Mahāyāna sources, where it is the third step out of the ten. Not to be confused with the ten levels of the bodhisattva’s path, these ten levels mark the progress of one who sequentially follows the paths of a śrāvaka, pratyekabuddha, and then bodhisattva on their way to complete buddhahood. In this set of ten level a person “on the eighth stage” is similarly one who is on the cusp of becoming a stream-enterer.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • 13.­29
  • 13.­31
  • 13.­54
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­11
  • 27.­14
  • g.­1527
g.­432

eighty excellent minor marks

Wylie:
  • dpe byad bzang po brgyad cu
Tibetan:
  • དཔེ་བྱད་བཟང་པོ་བརྒྱད་ཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • asītyānuvyañjana

For their enumeration see 2.­33 and 29.­40.

(See also n.­67).

Located in 109 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11-12
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­72
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­49-50
  • 3.­68
  • 3.­85
  • 3.­102-103
  • 3.­105
  • 15.­30
  • 17.­60
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­40
  • 29.­60
  • 29.­63
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38
  • 30.­40
  • n.­66
  • n.­139
  • n.­417
  • g.­1
  • g.­2
  • g.­3
  • g.­82
  • g.­107
  • g.­108
  • g.­153
  • g.­165
  • g.­171
  • g.­172
  • g.­174
  • g.­175
  • g.­176
  • g.­177
  • g.­178
  • g.­179
  • g.­180
  • g.­181
  • g.­182
  • g.­244
  • g.­294
  • g.­473
  • g.­492
  • g.­553
  • g.­555
  • g.­556
  • g.­583
  • g.­584
  • g.­653
  • g.­654
  • g.­655
  • g.­702
  • g.­703
  • g.­704
  • g.­706
  • g.­709
  • g.­726
  • g.­728
  • g.­823
  • g.­850
  • g.­851
  • g.­852
  • g.­862
  • g.­909
  • g.­910
  • g.­914
  • g.­930
  • g.­954
  • g.­1002
  • g.­1016
  • g.­1017
  • g.­1018
  • g.­1019
  • g.­1041
  • g.­1042
  • g.­1043
  • g.­1044
  • g.­1052
  • g.­1111
  • g.­1158
  • g.­1167
  • g.­1168
  • g.­1214
  • g.­1220
  • g.­1336
  • g.­1354
  • g.­1374
  • g.­1392
  • g.­1426
  • g.­1460
  • g.­1462
  • g.­1463
  • g.­1467
  • g.­1514
  • g.­1561
  • g.­1562
  • g.­1564
  • g.­1620
  • g.­1697
  • g.­1762
g.­433

elder

Wylie:
  • gnas brtan
Tibetan:
  • གནས་བརྟན།
Sanskrit:
  • sthavira

A monk of seniority within the assembly of the śrāvakas.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­49
  • 16.­1
  • 16.­16
  • 23.­31-33
  • 23.­35-37
  • 23.­45-46
  • g.­935
  • g.­936
  • g.­937
  • g.­962
  • g.­1272
  • g.­1351
  • g.­1484
g.­440

emancipation

Wylie:
  • rnam par grol ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­moca

This denotes emancipation or withdrawal from worldly life. See n.­4.

Located in 79 passages in the translation:

  • i.­51
  • i.­93
  • 6.­24-25
  • 6.­30
  • 6.­32-38
  • 7.­1
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­28
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­41-42
  • 12.­26-42
  • 13.­3
  • 13.­12-14
  • 13.­18-35
  • 14.­23
  • 20.­54
  • 21.­11
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­10
  • 24.­14-16
  • 25.­52-53
  • 28.­20
  • 30.­10
  • 33.­19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­57
  • n.­266
  • n.­353
  • n.­355
g.­441

emancipation from cyclic existence

Wylie:
  • nges par ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པར་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • niḥ­saraṇa
  • nir­yāṇa

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­50-51
  • 1.­4
  • 2.­10
  • 24.­21
  • 31.­39
  • n.­4
  • g.­1420
g.­442

emerge

Wylie:
  • ’byung bar ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་བར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • prādur­bhāvo bhavati

Also translated here as “occur.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­24-25
  • 16.­28-29
  • 17.­41-42
  • 24.­36
  • 30.­4-7
  • 31.­65
  • 32.­36-37
  • 33.­12
  • 33.­31
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­65-66
  • 33.­68
  • n.­303
  • g.­1141
g.­444

empathetic joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • muditā

Third of the four immeasurable aspirations.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­59
  • 1.­31
  • 9.­14
  • 9.­20
  • 16.­20
  • 24.­3
  • 25.­7
  • 28.­22
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­12
  • g.­623
g.­445

emptiness

Wylie:
  • stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • śūnya­tā

Emptiness denotes the ultimate nature of reality, the total absence of inherent existence and self-identity with respect to all phenomena. According to this view, all things and events are devoid of any independent, intrinsic reality that constitutes their essence. Nothing can be said to exist independently from the complex network of factors that gives rise to their origination, nor are phenomena independent of the cognitive processes and mental constructs that make up the conventional framework within which their identity and existence are posited. When all levels of conceptualization dissolve and when all forms of dichotomizing tendencies are quelled through deliberate meditative deconstruction of conceptual elaborations, the ultimate nature of reality will finally become manifest. It is the first of the three gateways to liberation.

Located in 244 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­34
  • i.­37
  • i.­44
  • i.­47-48
  • i.­50
  • i.­58
  • i.­63
  • i.­65
  • i.­74
  • i.­78
  • i.­88
  • i.­90
  • i.­92
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­11-12
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­60-61
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­37
  • 4.­1-8
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­36-45
  • 4.­53
  • 6.­7
  • 6.­10
  • 6.­26
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­47-48
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­11-12
  • 7.­21
  • 8.­2
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­18-19
  • 9.­24-25
  • 9.­34
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­5-6
  • 11.­15-19
  • 11.­21-22
  • 11.­24
  • 11.­28
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36-37
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­31
  • 12.­33-34
  • 12.­37
  • 12.­41
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­10-11
  • 13.­15
  • 13.­25
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­17-18
  • 14.­30
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­36-37
  • 14.­53
  • 15.­11-13
  • 15.­15
  • 15.­50-51
  • 16.­10-11
  • 16.­14-15
  • 16.­17-19
  • 16.­22
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­28
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­6
  • 18.­20
  • 18.­23
  • 18.­35
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­62
  • 19.­66
  • 20.­2
  • 20.­23
  • 20.­25
  • 20.­34
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­60
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­19
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­20
  • 22.­24
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­55-56
  • 23.­27-28
  • 23.­31
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53-55
  • 24.­5
  • 24.­7
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­3-5
  • 25.­7-8
  • 25.­10-12
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­17-18
  • 25.­20-21
  • 25.­25
  • 26.­38
  • 26.­45-46
  • 26.­61
  • 27.­28-29
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­37
  • 28.­47
  • 29.­15
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­65-68
  • 29.­70-71
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­47-48
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­42
  • 31.­51-52
  • 31.­56
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­36-37
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­62
  • n.­4
  • n.­48
  • n.­173
  • n.­288
  • n.­297
  • n.­316
  • n.­343
  • n.­345
  • g.­10
  • g.­11
  • g.­249
  • g.­581
  • g.­592
  • g.­663
  • g.­783
  • g.­809
  • g.­932
  • g.­1103
  • g.­1285
  • g.­1311
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1560
  • g.­1598
  • g.­1603
g.­447

emptiness of all things

Wylie:
  • chos thams cad stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­śūnya­tā

Fourteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­71
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 12.­31
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­30
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 26.­53
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • 31.­52
  • 31.­54
  • g.­426
g.­448

emptiness of both external and internal phenomena

Wylie:
  • phyi nang stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་ནང་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • adhyātma­bahir­dhā­śūnya­tā

Third of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­60
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67-68
  • 19.­62
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­449

emptiness of conditioned phenomena

Wylie:
  • ’dus byas stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་བྱས་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­skṛta­śūnya­tā

Seventh of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­64
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­27
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 23.­60
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­71
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­450

emptiness of emptiness

Wylie:
  • stong pa nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • śūnyatā­śūnyatā

Fourth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­61
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­26
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­451

emptiness of essential nature

Wylie:
  • ngo bo nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sva­bhāva­śūnya­tā

Seventeenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • i.­88
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­74
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­68
  • 20.­60
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­45
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­12
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­12
  • 29.­93
  • 31.­56
  • 32.­11
  • g.­426
g.­452

emptiness of external phenomena

Wylie:
  • phyi stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • bahir­dhā­śūnya­tā

Second of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­59
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 16.­15
  • 16.­22
  • 18.­67-69
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­62
  • 20.­25
  • 21.­19
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­45
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­25
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­4
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­34
  • n.­4
  • g.­426
  • g.­1173
g.­453

emptiness of great extent

Wylie:
  • chen po stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆེན་པོ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­śūnya­tā

Fifth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­62
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­26
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­454

emptiness of inherent existence

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­kṛti­śūnya­tā

Twelfth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • i.­61
  • i.­94
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­69
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­34-35
  • 7.­35-44
  • 8.­40
  • 9.­9
  • 10.­44
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­32
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­44
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­30
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­30-32
  • 30.­34-36
  • 30.­39-46
  • 31.­52
  • n.­344
  • g.­426
g.­455

emptiness of internal phenomena

Wylie:
  • nang stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ནང་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • adhyātma­śūnyatā

First of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 95 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57-58
  • 2.­78
  • 6.­7
  • 6.­10
  • 6.­38
  • 7.­11-12
  • 8.­40
  • 9.­25
  • 9.­34
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­32
  • 11.­36-37
  • 12.­25
  • 12.­31
  • 12.­37
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­10-11
  • 13.­15
  • 13.­25
  • 14.­30
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­37
  • 14.­60
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­50-51
  • 16.­3
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­14-15
  • 16.­17-18
  • 16.­22
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­6
  • 18.­20
  • 18.­23
  • 18.­67-69
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­62
  • 20.­24
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­19
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­45
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26-27
  • 24.­5
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­19
  • 25.­25
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­24
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­34
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­37
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­62
  • g.­426
  • g.­1503
g.­456

emptiness of intrinsic defining characteristics

Wylie:
  • rang gi mtshan nyid stong pa
Tibetan:
  • རང་གི་མཚན་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nyid sva­lakṣaṇa­śūnya­tā

Thirteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • i.­34
  • i.­96
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­70
  • 8.­40
  • 10.­24
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 17.­1
  • 18.­57
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­31
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­42
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­34
  • 31.­37-39
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­49
  • 31.­52
  • 31.­59-60
  • g.­426
g.­457

emptiness of non-apprehension

Wylie:
  • mi dmigs pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • མི་དམིགས་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • an­upa­lambha­śūnya­tā

Fifteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­98
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­72
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 32.­55
  • g.­426
g.­458

emptiness of non-dispersal

Wylie:
  • dor ba med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དོར་བ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • an­ava­kāra­śūnya­tā

Eleventh of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­68
  • 8.­40
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­29
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­459

emptiness of non-entities

Wylie:
  • dngos po med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­bhāva­śūnya­tā

Sixteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­73
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­4
  • 29.­93
  • g.­426
g.­460

emptiness of that which has neither beginning nor end

Wylie:
  • thog ma dang tha ma med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཐོག་མ་དང་ཐ་མ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • an­avarāgra­śūnya­tā

Tenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­67
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­63
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­29
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­37
  • 28.­43
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­75
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­461

emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities

Wylie:
  • dngos po med pa’i ngo bo nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ་མེད་པའི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­bhāva­svabhāva­śūnya­tā

Eighteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 89 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­75
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­55
  • 6.­7
  • 6.­10
  • 6.­38
  • 7.­11-12
  • 8.­40
  • 9.­25
  • 9.­34
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36-37
  • 12.­25
  • 12.­37
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­10-11
  • 13.­25
  • 14.­30
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­60
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­50-51
  • 16.­3
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­14-15
  • 16.­17-18
  • 16.­22
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­1-2
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­6
  • 18.­20
  • 18.­23
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­61-62
  • 20.­31
  • 20.­47
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­19
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26-27
  • 24.­5
  • 25.­25
  • 27.­27
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­37
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­62
  • n.­48
  • g.­426
  • g.­1503
g.­462

emptiness of the unlimited

Wylie:
  • mtha’ las ’das pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ལས་འདས་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • atyanta­śūnya­tā

Ninth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­66
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­63
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­28
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­37
  • 28.­43
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­75
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­463

emptiness of ultimate reality

Wylie:
  • don dam pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དོན་དམ་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • para­mārtha­śūnya­tā

Sixth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • i.­88
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­63
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­27
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­5
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­12
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­464

emptiness of unconditioned phenomena

Wylie:
  • ’dus ma byas stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་མ་བྱས་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­saṃ­skṛta­śūnya­tā

Eighth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­65
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­28
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 23.­60
  • 27.­27
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­465

empty

Wylie:
  • stong pa
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śūnya
  • śūnyataḥ

Located in 147 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­37
  • i.­45
  • i.­53
  • i.­58
  • i.­67
  • i.­71
  • i.­75
  • i.­78
  • i.­96
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­58-65
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70-72
  • 1.­76-80
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­5
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19-21
  • 4.­55
  • 5.­48-49
  • 5.­72-73
  • 5.­96-97
  • 5.­119
  • 5.­131
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­148
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­172
  • 5.­184
  • 5.­196
  • 6.­41-48
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­18-19
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­5-6
  • 8.­43
  • 10.­24-25
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­15
  • 11.­18-25
  • 11.­32
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7-8
  • 12.­33-39
  • 12.­41
  • 13.­2
  • 13.­59
  • 14.­14
  • 14.­16
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35-37
  • 15.­3
  • 15.­11-13
  • 15.­15
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­10
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­40
  • 19.­4
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­39
  • 19.­62-65
  • 20.­34
  • 20.­60-62
  • 20.­64
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­30
  • 23.­61
  • 25.­2-3
  • 26.­60
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­28-29
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­37
  • 30.­8-9
  • 30.­47-48
  • 31.­65
  • 32.­4-5
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­36
  • 32.­55
  • n.­265
  • g.­446
g.­467

empty of inherent existence

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin gyis stong pa
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན་གྱིས་སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­kṛti­śūnya

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • i.­54
  • i.­94
  • i.­97
  • 1.­69
  • 11.­29
  • 14.­58-62
  • 20.­64
  • 22.­5
  • 30.­8
  • 30.­30-34
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­45
  • 32.­3-5
  • 32.­7
  • g.­202
g.­470

encourage

Wylie:
  • yang dag par gzengs stod par byed
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་གཟེངས་སྟོད་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­uttejayati

Located in 44 passages in the translation:

  • i.­45
  • i.­76
  • i.­94
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­21
  • 18.­69
  • 21.­23
  • 22.­8
  • 24.­1-2
  • 24.­4-16
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­42
  • 29.­64
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­7
  • 31.­34
  • 31.­45
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­63
  • 32.­8
  • 32.­26
  • 32.­33-34
  • 33.­57
  • 33.­60
  • 33.­63
g.­478

enduring state

Wylie:
  • ther zug tu gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐེར་ཟུག་ཏུ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kūṭa­stha

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 17.­1
g.­483

engage in union

Wylie:
  • rnal ’byor du byed
Tibetan:
  • རྣལ་འབྱོར་དུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • yogam ā­padati

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­1-15
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­31-32
  • 4.­50-53
  • 4.­57-58
  • 5.­1
  • 11.­26-28
g.­484

engage with mental images

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma la spyod
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ་ལ་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • nimitta­carati

Also translated here as “engage with signs.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­48
  • 12.­1-4
  • 12.­7
  • g.­485
g.­485

engage with signs

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma la spyod
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ་ལ་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • nimitta­carati

Also translated here as “engage with mental images.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­484
g.­492

enlightened attribute

Wylie:
  • yon tan
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa

Enlightened attributes include specific qualities of buddha body, speech, and mind, such as the thirty-two major and eighty minor marks, the sixty intonations of Brahmā-like voice, and the attributes of compassion, omniscience, and power.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­53
  • 4.­55
  • 8.­48
  • 20.­79
  • 21.­14
  • 29.­37
  • 32.­1
  • 33.­37
  • n.­173
g.­494

enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi

Located in 114 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­42
  • i.­52
  • i.­57
  • i.­79
  • 2.­73
  • 3.­51
  • 6.­23-24
  • 6.­27
  • 6.­34
  • 7.­9
  • 7.­17
  • 7.­25
  • 8.­12
  • 8.­35
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­46
  • 8.­50
  • 8.­52
  • 8.­54
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­35
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­10-12
  • 12.­30
  • 14.­11
  • 14.­26
  • 14.­45
  • 14.­53
  • 15.­8-9
  • 15.­22-23
  • 15.­45
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­5
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­25
  • 17.­39-40
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­13
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­69
  • 20.­78
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­54
  • 23.­61-62
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­59
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­15-17
  • 25.­21
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­6
  • 26.­13-14
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­50
  • 27.­8
  • 27.­18
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­42
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­64
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­40-42
  • 30.­44
  • 30.­47-48
  • 31.­26
  • 31.­30-31
  • 31.­47-49
  • 31.­51
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­64-65
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­13-19
  • 32.­34
  • 32.­37
  • 33.­13
  • 33.­61
  • 33.­64
  • 33.­69
  • n.­292
  • g.­191
  • g.­342
  • g.­875
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1465
  • g.­1522
g.­495

enmity

Wylie:
  • ’khon du ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • འཁོན་དུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­nāha

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­76
  • i.­85
  • 2.­76
  • 9.­14
  • 17.­1
  • 24.­1
  • g.­1109
g.­497

entering the stream

Wylie:
  • rgyun du zhugs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrota’āpanna

First of four stages in the path to nirvāṇa.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 4.­49
  • 11.­6-8
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­21
  • 13.­5-6
  • 13.­31
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­20
  • 15.­31
  • 15.­53
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­42
  • 17.­48
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­58
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­11
  • 23.­49
  • 24.­49
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­33
  • 28.­7
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­30
  • 31.­57
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­44
  • 33.­45
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­54
  • 33.­65
  • g.­588
  • g.­894
g.­499

entity

Wylie:
  • dngos po
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāva

See n.­50.

Located in 114 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­90
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­76-77
  • 2.­88-89
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­52-68
  • 3.­86-106
  • 4.­18-21
  • 5.­62-63
  • 5.­86-87
  • 5.­110-111
  • 5.­126
  • 5.­138-143
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­167
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­191
  • 5.­203
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­22-40
  • 15.­17-18
  • 17.­48
  • 18.­4-11
  • 19.­7
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­41
  • 22.­30
  • 27.­11
  • 27.­21
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­38
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­34
  • 30.­37
  • n.­49-50
g.­502

envied

Wylie:
  • ’dod par bya ba
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པར་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • spṛhaṇīya

In the sense of enviable.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 26.­1
g.­503

eon

Wylie:
  • bskal pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྐལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kalpa

According to the traditional Abhidharma understanding of cyclical time, a great eon (mahākalpa) is divided into eighty lesser or intervening eons. In the course of one great eon, the external universe and its sentient life takes form and later disappears. During the first twenty of the lesser eons, the universe is in the process of creation and expansion (vivartakalpa); during the next twenty it remains created; during the third twenty, it is in the process of destruction or contraction (samvartakalpa); and during the last quarter of the cycle, it remains in a state of destruction.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­22
  • 10.­45
  • 15.­36
  • 16.­18
  • 18.­2
  • 19.­24
  • 21.­10
  • 23.­53
  • 24.­47
  • 24.­49
  • 24.­51
  • 24.­53
  • 24.­56
  • 24.­58
  • 24.­60
  • 30.­37
  • 33.­28
  • g.­137
g.­504

equal to the unequaled

Wylie:
  • mi mnyam pa dang mnyam pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཉམ་པ་དང་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­sama­sama

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • i.­68
  • 4.­55-57
  • 7.­31-32
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­8
  • 20.­66-67
  • 20.­70-78
  • 21.­1-3
  • 21.­11
g.­506

equanimity

Wylie:
  • btang snyoms
Tibetan:
  • བཏང་སྙོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • upekṣā

Fourth of the four immeasurable aspirations.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­59
  • i.­76
  • 1.­30-31
  • 1.­34
  • 9.­13-14
  • 9.­20
  • 16.­20
  • 20.­54
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­3
  • 25.­7
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35
  • 28.­22
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­12
  • g.­623
g.­507

eradication

Wylie:
  • tshar gcad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚར་གཅད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāgaccheda

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 20.­13
  • g.­611
g.­510

essenceless nature

Wylie:
  • ngo bo nyid med pa
Tibetan:
  • ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • niḥ­sva­bhāva­tā

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • g.­1546
g.­513

essential nature

Wylie:
  • ngo bo nyid
Tibetan:
  • ངོ་བོ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sva­bhāva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

This term denotes the ontological status of phenomena, according to which they are said to possess existence in their own right‍—inherently, in and of themselves, objectively, and independent of any other phenomena such as our conception and labelling. The absence of such an ontological reality is defined as the true nature of reality, emptiness.

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­48
  • i.­75
  • i.­86
  • i.­88
  • 1.­74-76
  • 1.­79
  • 3.­51
  • 12.­10
  • 12.­35-39
  • 13.­2
  • 13.­15
  • 14.­2-13
  • 14.­53
  • 15.­49-50
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­27
  • 18.­39
  • 18.­41
  • 19.­64-65
  • 22.­42
  • 23.­61
  • 26.­24
  • 28.­3
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­34-35
  • 28.­42-43
  • 29.­71-72
  • 30.­48
  • 31.­38-39
  • 32.­11-12
  • 32.­55
  • n.­49
  • n.­51
  • n.­288
  • g.­929
g.­523

exact knowledge of dharmas

Wylie:
  • chos so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­prati­saṃ­vid

Second of the four kinds of exact knowledge.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­625
g.­524

exact knowledge of eloquent expression

Wylie:
  • spobs pa so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤོབས་པ་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prati­bhāna­prati­saṃ­vid

Fourth of the four kinds of exact knowledge. Eloquent expression here, also translated in the text as “inspired eloquence,” is the means by which the teachings are expressed.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 29.­22
  • g.­625
  • g.­813
g.­525

exact knowledge of language and lexical explanations

Wylie:
  • nges pa’i tshig so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པའི་ཚིག་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­ukta­prati­saṃvid

Third of the four kinds of exact knowledge. See also “lexical explanations.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 29.­22
  • g.­625
  • g.­898
g.­526

exact knowledge of meanings

Wylie:
  • don so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • artha­prati­saṃvid

First of the four kinds of exact knowledge.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­625
g.­534

expanse of reality

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu
  • dharma­niyāma­tā

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • i.­94
  • 1.­80
  • 2.­82
  • 6.­1-4
  • 9.­35
  • 9.­44
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • 11.­24
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­1-2
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­22
  • 18.­50
  • 19.­33
  • 19.­59
  • 20.­14
  • 22.­33
  • 22.­55
  • 23.­10
  • 25.­10
  • 25.­53
  • 26.­33
  • 27.­26
  • 28.­32
  • 29.­72-74
  • 30.­12-16
  • 30.­22-25
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­54
  • g.­10
  • g.­11
  • g.­540
  • g.­1611
g.­537

explanation

Wylie:
  • bsnyad pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྙད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­khyāta

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­43
  • 31.­69
  • g.­898
g.­541

extrasensory power

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­jñā

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­46
  • 10.­38
  • 10.­41-47
  • 11.­11-12
  • 11.­21
  • 16.­13
  • 17.­49
  • 24.­15
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­68
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­58
  • 33.­29
g.­542

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairaudience

Wylie:
  • lha’i rna ba shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་རྣ་བ་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • divya­śrotra­jñāna­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhijñā

Third of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­43
  • g.­589
  • g.­1442
g.­543

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairvoyance

Wylie:
  • lha’i mig shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་མིག་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • divya­cakṣur­jñāna­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhijñā

Second of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­42
  • g.­589
  • g.­1442
g.­544

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of [miraculous] activities

Wylie:
  • bya ba shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛddhi­vidhi­jña­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhi­jñā
  • vidhi­jña­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhi­jñā

First of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40-41
  • g.­589
  • g.­1442
g.­545

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of other minds

Wylie:
  • pha rol gyi sems shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་གྱི་སེམས་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • para­citta­jñāna­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhi­jñā

Fourth of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­44
  • g.­589
  • g.­1442
g.­546

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of the cessation of contaminants

Wylie:
  • zag pa zad pa shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āsrava­kṣaya­jñāna­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhi­jñā

Sixth of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­46
  • g.­1442
g.­547

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of the recollection of past lives

Wylie:
  • sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran pa shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་གྱི་གནས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrva­nivāsānu­smṛti­jñāna­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhi­jñā

Fifth of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­45
  • g.­589
  • g.­1442
g.­548

eye of divine clairvoyance

Wylie:
  • lha’i mig
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • divya­cakṣuḥ

Second of the five eyes. See 11.­3.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­14
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­3
  • 15.­28
  • g.­590
g.­549

eye of flesh

Wylie:
  • sha’i mig
Tibetan:
  • ཤའི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • māṃsa­cakṣuḥ

First of the five eyes. See 11.­2.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­14
  • 11.­1-2
  • 15.­28
  • g.­590
g.­550

eye of the buddhas

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas kyi mig
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • buddha­cakṣuḥ

Fifth of the five eyes. See 11.­12.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­14
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­12
  • 15.­28
  • g.­590
g.­551

eye of the sacred doctrine

Wylie:
  • chos kyi mig
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­cakṣuḥ

Fourth of the five eyes. See 11.­5.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­14
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­5
  • 11.­8
  • 11.­11
  • 15.­28
  • 20.­78
  • 23.­48
  • 32.­57
  • g.­590
g.­552

eye of wisdom

Wylie:
  • shes rab kyi mig
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā­cakṣuḥ

Third of the five eyes. See 11.­4.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­14
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­4
  • 15.­28
  • g.­590
g.­560

faculty of faith

Wylie:
  • dad pa’i dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དད་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śraddhendriya

First of the five faculties.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­49-51
  • 8.­32
  • 29.­11
  • 31.­47
  • g.­591
g.­561

faculty of meditative stability

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin gyi dbang po
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhyindriya

Fourth of the five faculties.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­49-51
  • 8.­32
  • 29.­11
  • 31.­47
  • g.­591
g.­562

faculty of perseverance

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus kyi dbang po
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vīryendriya

Second of the five faculties.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­49-51
  • 8.­32
  • 29.­11
  • 31.­47
  • g.­591
g.­563

faculty of recollection

Wylie:
  • dran pa’i dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛtyindriya

Third of the five faculties.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­49-51
  • 8.­32
  • 29.­11
  • 31.­47
  • g.­591
g.­564

faculty of wisdom

Wylie:
  • shes rab kyi dbang po
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñendriya

Fifth of the five faculties.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­49-51
  • 8.­32
  • 29.­11
  • 31.­47
  • g.­591
g.­566

false view

Wylie:
  • lta bar gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྟ་བར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dṛṣṭi­kṛta

Also translated here as “opinion.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • 11.­6
  • 17.­1
  • 20.­60
  • n.­198
  • n.­345
  • g.­1155
g.­567

false views about perishable composites

Wylie:
  • ’jig tshogs la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་ཚོགས་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sat­kāya­dṛṣṭi

First of the three fetters; also third of the five fetters associated with the lower realms, which concerns the superimposition of the notion of self upon the five psycho-physical aggregates.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­51
  • 11.­7-8
  • 25.­43
  • g.­1547
g.­573

feelings

Wylie:
  • tshor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vedanā

Seventh of the twelve links of dependent origination. Also translated here as “sensation.”

Located in 301 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 1.­13
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­77
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­15-18
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­57
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­14
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­41
  • 5.­43
  • 5.­45
  • 5.­47
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­55
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­61
  • 5.­63
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144-155
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­26-27
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­40-41
  • 6.­43-47
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­1-3
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­44
  • 8.­4
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­12
  • 8.­14
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­26
  • 10.­30-33
  • 11.­14-16
  • 11.­22
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­32-34
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­1-2
  • 12.­5-8
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­33-34
  • 13.­20-21
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­3
  • 14.­16
  • 14.­18
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­36
  • 14.­38-40
  • 14.­42
  • 14.­44-45
  • 14.­53
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­58
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­3-4
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­18
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­49
  • 15.­51
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­8-9
  • 17.­16-20
  • 17.­22-26
  • 17.­28-34
  • 17.­39-40
  • 18.­4
  • 18.­8-11
  • 18.­13
  • 18.­16-17
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­44
  • 18.­53-54
  • 18.­62-63
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­2-8
  • 19.­10-12
  • 19.­14
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­41-45
  • 20.­4
  • 20.­31
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51-52
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­72-75
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­6
  • 21.­8
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­2-3
  • 22.­12-13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­22-24
  • 22.­35
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­25
  • 23.­28-30
  • 23.­38
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­17
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­28
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­39
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­28
  • 27.­34-35
  • 28.­26-27
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­37
  • 29.­8
  • 29.­16-17
  • 29.­69-70
  • 29.­75
  • 30.­4
  • 30.­23-25
  • 30.­32
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38-40
  • 30.­43-47
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­24
  • 32.­54
  • g.­586
  • g.­601
  • g.­1373
g.­578

fetter

Wylie:
  • kun tu sbyor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­yojana

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • i.­42
  • 1.­2
  • 6.­51
  • 8.­9
  • n.­198
  • n.­420
  • g.­651
g.­582

finality of existence

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i mtha’
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūta­koṭi

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

This term has three meanings: (1) the ultimate nature, (2) the experience of the ultimate nature, and (3) the quiescent state of a worthy one (arhat) to be avoided by bodhisattvas.

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32
  • i.­79
  • 1.­80
  • 2.­82
  • 6.­4
  • 9.­35
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • 11.­24
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­22
  • 14.­7
  • 15.­2
  • 19.­33
  • 22.­33
  • 22.­55
  • 23.­10
  • 23.­28
  • 23.­49-50
  • 23.­53
  • 24.­12-13
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­9-14
  • 25.­16-18
  • 25.­20
  • 25.­53
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­36
  • 27.­10
  • 28.­32
  • 29.­72-73
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­52
  • 31.­59
  • 33.­26
  • n.­292
  • g.­1611
g.­589

five extrasensory powers

Wylie:
  • mngon shes lnga
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་ཤེས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcābhi­jñā

They comprise (1) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of [miraculous] activities, (2) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairvoyance, (3) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairaudience, (4) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of other minds, and (5) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of recollection of past lives.

(See also notes n.­22 and n.­62).

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 1.­11
  • 2.­83
  • 9.­36
  • 15.­25-26
  • 17.­2
  • 20.­51
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­4
  • 24.­34
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­1
  • 31.­42
  • n.­22
  • n.­62
  • g.­239
  • g.­1023
g.­590

five eyes

Wylie:
  • mig lnga
Tibetan:
  • མིག་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­cakṣuḥ

These comprise (1) the eye of flesh, (2) the eye of divine clairvoyance, (3) the eye of wisdom, (4) the eye of the sacred doctrine, and (5) the eye of the buddhas. See also 2.­14 and 11.­1.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • 1.­11
  • 2.­14
  • 3.­47
  • 8.­43
  • 10.­38
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­12
  • 13.­11
  • 15.­28
  • n.­61
  • n.­63
  • n.­193
  • g.­548
  • g.­549
  • g.­550
  • g.­551
  • g.­552
g.­591

five faculties

Wylie:
  • dbang po lnga
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcendriya

The five faculties, as found listed in 1.­23, comprise (1) the faculty of faith, (2) the faculty of perseverance, (3) the faculty of recollection, (4) the faculty of meditative stability, and (5) the faculty of wisdom.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­23
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­19
  • 8.­32
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­6-9
  • 20.­33
  • 21.­20
  • 24.­56
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­11
  • 29.­92
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • n.­41-42
  • g.­560
  • g.­561
  • g.­562
  • g.­563
  • g.­564
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
g.­593

five fetters associated with the higher realms

Wylie:
  • gong ma’i cha mthun gyi kun sbyor lnga
Tibetan:
  • གོང་མའི་ཆ་མཐུན་གྱི་ཀུན་སྦྱོར་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • urdhva­bhāgiya­pañca­saṃyojana

As described in 11.­7, they comprise attachment to the world system of form, attachment to the world system of formlessness, fundamental ignorance, pride, and mental agitation. See also n.­197.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­6-8
  • 14.­46
  • 29.­79
  • n.­197
  • g.­125
  • g.­126
  • g.­979
  • g.­1247
g.­594

five fetters associated with the lower realms

Wylie:
  • ’og ma’i cha dang ’thun pa’i kun tu sbyor ba lnga
Tibetan:
  • འོག་མའི་ཆ་དང་འཐུན་པའི་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcāvara­bhāgīya­saṃ­joyana

The five fetters associated with the lower realms comprise desire, hatred, inertia due to wrong views, attachment to moral and ascetic supremacy, and hesitation. See Zhang Yisun et al (1985): 2529.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­46
  • 29.­79
  • g.­367
  • g.­567
  • g.­716
  • g.­733
  • g.­1390
g.­599

five obscurations

Wylie:
  • sgrib pa lnga
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲིབ་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­nivaraṇa

The five obscurations, as found in 31.­16, comprise longing for sensual pleasure, agitation and regret, harmful intention, dullness and sleepiness, and hesitation. See also Kimura IV: 182.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­22
  • 31.­16
  • 31.­48
  • g.­60
  • g.­416
  • g.­713
  • g.­733
  • g.­923
  • g.­946
g.­600

five powers

Wylie:
  • stobs lnga
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­bala

As listed in 1.­24, these comprise (1) the power of faith, (2) the power of perseverance, (3) the power of recollection, (4) the power of meditative stability, and (5) the power of wisdom.

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­24
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­20
  • 8.­33
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­35
  • 20.­33
  • 21.­20
  • 24.­56
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­12
  • 29.­92
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • g.­1224
  • g.­1225
  • g.­1226
  • g.­1227
  • g.­1228
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
g.­601

five psycho-physical aggregates

Wylie:
  • phung po lnga
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­skandha

The ordinary mind-body complex is termed the “five psycho-physical aggregates,” which comprise physical forms, feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness.

For a detailed exposition of the five psycho-physical aggregates in accord with A­saṅga’s Abhi­dharma­samuccaya, see Jamgon Kongtrul, TOK Book 6, Pt. 2: 477–531.

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11-13
  • 1.­38
  • 1.­71
  • 1.­77
  • 2.­77
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­81
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­10
  • 6.­35-38
  • 20.­60-64
  • 27.­24
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­32
  • 33.­15
  • g.­48
  • g.­50
  • g.­51
  • g.­54
  • g.­55
  • g.­258
  • g.­274
  • g.­567
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1104
  • g.­1106
  • g.­1119
  • g.­1263
g.­604

fixation

Wylie:
  • mngon par zhen pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཞེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­ni­veśa

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­23
  • i.­32-33
  • i.­52
  • i.­72
  • i.­97
  • 1.­10-11
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­73
  • 2.­94
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­9
  • 4.­1
  • 9.­41
  • 12.­25-26
  • 14.­27
  • 17.­14
  • 32.­6-7
  • 32.­11
g.­606

Focal Point of Enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi snying po
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­maṇḍa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The place where the Buddha Śākyamuni achieved awakening and where every buddha will manifest the attainment of buddhahood. In our world this is understood to be located under the Bodhi tree, the Vajrāsana, in present-day Bodhgaya, India. It can also refer to the state of awakening itself.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­33
  • 27.­13
  • 27.­16
  • 27.­18-19
  • 27.­29-30
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­34
  • 32.­47
g.­607

focus on

Wylie:
  • dmigs
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­labhate

Also translated here as “apprehend.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­40-41
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­20
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43
  • 15.­2
  • n.­292
  • g.­96
g.­610

food

Wylie:
  • bza’ ba
Tibetan:
  • བཟའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhojanīya

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­44
  • 10.­3-5
  • 10.­45
  • 17.­62
  • 24.­18
  • 25.­45
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­12
  • 27.­29
  • 28.­48
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­45
  • 32.­26
  • 32.­30
  • 33.­62
g.­611

formative predispositions

Wylie:
  • ’du byed
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­skāra

Second of the twelve links of dependent origination. This term denotes the deep-seated predispositions inherited from past actions and experiences, some of which function in association with mind, while others do not. Formative predispositions are critical to the Buddhist understanding of the causal dynamics of karma and conditioning. It is the collection of such countless predispositions by afflicted mental states that constitutes the obscuration of misconceptions concerning the known range of phenomena, the total eradication of which occurs only when full awakening or buddhahood is achieved.

Located in 299 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 1.­13
  • 1.­18-19
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­77
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­15-18
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­35-36
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­57
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­14
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­41
  • 5.­43
  • 5.­45
  • 5.­47
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­55
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­61
  • 5.­63
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144-155
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­26-27
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­40-41
  • 6.­43-47
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­1-3
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­44
  • 8.­4
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­26
  • 10.­30-33
  • 11.­14-16
  • 11.­22
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­32-34
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­1-2
  • 12.­5
  • 12.­7-8
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­20
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­3
  • 14.­16
  • 14.­18
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­36
  • 14.­38-40
  • 14.­42
  • 14.­44-46
  • 14.­53
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­58
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­3-5
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­18
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­49
  • 15.­51
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­8-9
  • 17.­16-20
  • 17.­22-26
  • 17.­28-34
  • 17.­39-40
  • 18.­4
  • 18.­8-11
  • 18.­13
  • 18.­16-18
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­44
  • 18.­53-54
  • 18.­62-63
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­2-8
  • 19.­10-12
  • 19.­14
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­41-45
  • 20.­4
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51-52
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­72-75
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­6
  • 21.­8
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­2-3
  • 22.­12-13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­22-24
  • 22.­35
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­25
  • 23.­28-30
  • 23.­38
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­17
  • 25.­19
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­28
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­39
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­28
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­12-13
  • 28.­26-27
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­36-37
  • 29.­69-70
  • 29.­75
  • 30.­6-7
  • 30.­23-25
  • 30.­32
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38-41
  • 30.­43-47
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­24
  • g.­586
  • g.­601
g.­612

formless meditative absorptions

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārūpya­sam­āpatti

See 1.­32.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • i.­85
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­26
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­10-11
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­21-25
  • 9.­40
  • 11.­6
  • 11.­8
  • 25.­35
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­10
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35-36
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­27
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­17
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 31.­42-43
g.­615

four applications of mindfulness

Wylie:
  • dran pa nye bar gzhag pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuh­̣smṛtyupa­sthāna

The four applications of mindfulness are (1) the application of mindfulness which, with regard to the physical body, observes the physical body; (2) the application of mindfulness which, with regard to feelings, observes feelings; (3) the application of mindfulness which, with regard to the mind, observes the mind; and (4) the application of mindfulness which, with regard to phenomena, observes phenomena. In the present sūtra, these can be found listed in 1.­20 and detailed in 8.­13.

Located in 69 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11-12
  • 1.­20
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­80-81
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­99
  • 6.­11
  • 6.­52
  • 8.­13
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­6
  • 11.­18
  • 11.­34
  • 13.­17
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­41
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­7
  • 18.­68
  • 20.­60
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­20
  • 23.­26
  • 24.­6
  • 24.­32
  • 24.­56-57
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­30-31
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­26
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­7-8
  • 29.­92-93
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • 33.­13
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
  • n.­34
  • g.­91
  • g.­92
  • g.­93
  • g.­94
  • g.­95
  • g.­258
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
  • g.­1616
g.­617

four assurances

Wylie:
  • mi ’jigs pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཇིགས་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­vaiśāradya

The four assurances are proclaimed by the tathāgatas, and can be found listed in 2.­2 and 29.­19 as: (1) “I claim to have attained genuinely perfect buddhahood;” (2) “I claim I am one whose contaminants have ceased;” (3) “I claim to have explained those things which cause obstacles;” (4) “I claim to have explained the path through which suffering will genuinely cease.” (See also n.­56.)

These four are generally known by other names, i.e., the first is the “assurance in the knowledge of all things” (sarva­dharmābhi­sambodhi­vaiśarādya, chos thams cad mkhyen pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for his own benefit; the second is the “assurance in the knowledge of the cessation of all contaminants” (sarvāśravakṣaya­jñāna­vaiśarādya, zag pa zad pa thams cad mkhyen pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for his own benefit; the third is the “assurance to declare that phenomena that obstruct the path will not engender any further negative outcomes” (an­antarāyika­dharmān­anyathātva­viniścita­vyākaraṇa­vaiśarādya, bar du gcod pa’i chos rnams gzhan du mi ’gyur bar nges pa’i lung bstan pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for others’ benefit; and the fourth is the “assurance that the path of renunciation through which all excellent attributes are to be obtained has been just so realized” (sarva­sampad­adhigamāya nairāṇika­pratipat­tathātva­vaiśarādya, bar du gcod pa’i chos rnams gzhan du mi ’gyur bar nges pa’i lung bstan pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for others’ benefit.

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­84
  • 3.­39
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­45
  • 11.­12
  • 12.­38
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­29
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­18
  • 18.­27
  • 20.­40
  • 20.­54
  • 24.­9
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16
  • 26.­31
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­21
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­62
  • n.­56
  • g.­751
  • g.­752
  • g.­753
  • g.­754
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1609
g.­618

four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • bsdu ba’i dngos po bzhi
Tibetan:
  • བསྡུ་བའི་དངོས་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuḥ­saṃgraha­vastu

See 22.­23.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 22.­23
  • 25.­17
  • 27.­20
  • g.­667
  • g.­714
  • g.­1217
  • g.­1273
g.­620

four continents

Wylie:
  • gling bzhi
Tibetan:
  • གླིང་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­dvīpa

According to traditional Indian cosmology, our human world of “patient endurance” (sahālokadhātu, mi mjed ’jig rten gyi khams) is said to comprise four continents, namely, Pūrva­videha in the east, Jambu­dvīpa in the south, Apara­godānīya in the west, and Uttarakuru in the north. See also n.­196.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 26.­5
  • 33.­46
  • 33.­61
  • n.­196
  • g.­1752
g.­621

four correct exertions

Wylie:
  • yang dag par spong ba bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་སྤོང་བ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuḥ­prahā­ṇa

See 1.­21 and 8.­22.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­21
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­17
  • 8.­22
  • 9.­30
  • 21.­20
  • 24.­56
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­9
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
g.­622

four formless meditative absorptions

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­ārūpya­sam­āpatti

As found listed in 1.­32, these comprise (1) the meditative absorption of the sense field of infinite space, (2) the meditative absorption of the sense field of infinite consciousness, (3) the meditative absorption of the sense field of nothing-at-all, and (4) the meditative absorption of neither perception nor non-perception.

The four formless absorptions and their fruits are discussed in Jamgon Kongtrul, TOK Book 6, Pt. 2: 436–438.

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­32
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­81
  • 2.­83
  • 3.­26
  • 8.­37
  • 10.­6
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­42
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­60
  • 24.­22
  • 25.­17
  • 27.­34
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­92
  • 30.­33
  • 31.­30
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­12
  • 32.­33
  • 33.­65
  • n.­36
  • n.­301
  • g.­239
  • g.­258
  • g.­274
  • g.­970
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1378
g.­623

four immeasurable aspirations

Wylie:
  • tshad med bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­aprameya

As mentioned in 1.­31, these are (1) loving kindness, (2) compassion, (3) empathetic joy, and (4) equanimity. On training in the four immeasurable aspirations, see Padmakara Translation Group (1994): 195–217.

Located in 42 passages in the translation:

  • i.­78
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­31
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­81
  • 2.­83
  • 3.­25
  • 8.­37
  • 9.­14
  • 9.­20
  • 10.­6
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­42
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­60
  • 25.­7
  • 25.­17
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­92
  • 30.­33
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­33
  • 33.­65
  • n.­36
  • g.­239
  • g.­240
  • g.­258
  • g.­274
  • g.­444
  • g.­506
  • g.­770
  • g.­927
  • g.­1023
g.­625

four kinds of exact knowledge

Wylie:
  • so so yang dag par rig pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuḥ­prati­saṃvid

These four kinds of exact knowledge‍—the essentials through which the buddhas impart their teachings‍—comprise (1) exact knowledge of meanings, (2) exact knowledge of dharmas, (3) exact knowledge of their language and lexical explanations, and (4) exact knowledge of their eloquent expression. See 2.­6.

On the philological origins of these four kinds of exact knowledge, see Konow (1941): 40, and the reconstructed Sanskrit on p. 107; also Dayal (1932): 259–267, and Sparham (2012 IV): 78–79.

Located in 47 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 2.­6
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­84
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­40
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­45
  • 11.­12
  • 12.­38
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­29
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­18
  • 20.­40
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16
  • 26.­31
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­45
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­22
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­62
  • g.­523
  • g.­524
  • g.­525
  • g.­526
  • g.­898
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1609
g.­626

four knots

Wylie:
  • mdud pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • མདུད་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­granthā

The four knots comprise covetousness, malice, moral supremacy, and ascetic supremacy. See Zhang Yisun et al (1985): 1379. See 6.­52.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­52
  • g.­114
  • g.­320
  • g.­946
  • g.­1391
g.­627

four meditative concentrations

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan bzhi
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­dhyāna

Described at length in 1.­30. See also “meditative concentration.”

The four meditative concentrations and their fruits are specifically examined in Jamgon Kongtrul, TOK Book 6, Pt. 2: 427–436. For Pāli and Sanskrit sources, see Dayal (1932): 225–231.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­30
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­81
  • 2.­83
  • 3.­24
  • 8.­37
  • 10.­6
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­42
  • 19.­53
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­60
  • 24.­22
  • 25.­14
  • 27.­34
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­92
  • 30.­33
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­33
  • 33.­65
  • n.­36
  • n.­196
  • n.­301
  • g.­239
  • g.­258
  • g.­274
  • g.­973
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1265
g.­628

four misconceptions

Wylie:
  • phyin ci log pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­viparyāsā

The four misconceptions, as found in 6.­52, comprise holding impurity to be purity, holding non-self to be self, holding suffering to be happiness, and holding impermanence to be permanence. See Negi (1993-2005): 3569 and Zhang Yisun et al (1985): 1748. At 25.­16 they are expressed in slightly dissimilar language, namely: the notion that there is permanence, the notion that there is happiness, the notion that there is a self, and the notion that existence is pleasant.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­52
  • 25.­16
  • g.­737
  • g.­738
  • g.­739
  • g.­740
  • g.­1119
  • g.­1120
  • g.­1121
  • g.­1122
g.­630

four noble truths

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i bden pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­ārya­satya

The four noble truths, as listed in 1.­17, comprise (1) the noble truth of suffering, (2) the noble truth of the origin of suffering, (3) the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and (4) the noble truth of the path. (See also n.­32).

On the twelve aspects pertaining to the four noble truths, see n.­306.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­92
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­17
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­14
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­81
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­22
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­43
  • 24.­11
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­10
  • n.­32
  • n.­306
  • n.­424
  • g.­1065
  • g.­1066
  • g.­1067
  • g.­1068
g.­632

four supports for miraculous ability

Wylie:
  • rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catvāra ṛddhi­pādāḥ

The four supports for miraculous ability, as enumerated in 1.­22, comprise (1) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of resolution with the formative force of exertion, (2) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of perseverance with the formative force of exertion, (3) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of mind with the formative force of exertion, and (4) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of scrutiny with the formative force of exertion.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­22
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­18
  • 8.­27
  • 9.­30
  • 15.­36
  • 20.­32
  • 21.­20
  • 24.­56
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­10
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • g.­1497
  • g.­1498
  • g.­1499
  • g.­1500
  • g.­1501
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
g.­633

four torrents

Wylie:
  • chu bo bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­ogha

The four torrents, which are to be abandoned, comprise the torrent of fundamental ignorance, the torrent of wrong view, the torrent of rebirth, and the torrent of craving. See Nyima and Dorje (2001): 1075. See 6.­52.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­52
  • g.­321
  • g.­619
  • g.­651
  • g.­1287
  • g.­1766
g.­634

fourteen aspects of emptiness

Wylie:
  • stong pa nyid bcu bzhi
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བཅུ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­daśa­śūnyatā

These comprise the first fourteen of the eighteen aspects of emptiness, which have been enumerated in 1.­57. See Lamotte: The Treatise on the Great Virtue of Wisdom, IV: 1670.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­62
  • 32.­1
g.­639

free from harming

Wylie:
  • rnam par tho ’tsham pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐོ་འཚམ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vi­heṭhanā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­1
g.­645

fruit of entering the stream

Wylie:
  • rgyun du zhugs pa’i ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrota’āpanna­phala

First of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas, that of the first stage in progressing toward nirvāṇa.

Located in 71 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­49
  • 7.­22
  • 8.­46
  • 10.­23
  • 12.­40
  • 13.­5-6
  • 13.­55
  • 14.­45-46
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­19
  • 15.­53-54
  • 16.­6
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­27
  • 17.­16
  • 18.­56
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­51-52
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­64
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­39
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­27
  • 23.­42
  • 24.­12
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­12-13
  • 25.­20
  • 26.­33
  • 27.­14
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­33-35
  • 28.­42
  • 29.­2-4
  • 29.­67
  • 29.­74
  • 29.­76-77
  • 29.­79-80
  • 29.­91
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­37-38
  • 31.­31-32
  • 31.­39
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­10
  • 32.­12
  • 32.­23
  • 33.­31
  • 33.­44
  • 33.­46
  • 33.­53
  • n.­4
g.­647

full attainment

Wylie:
  • yongs su bsdu ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་བསྡུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­udāgama

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­37
g.­648

fully ordained monk

Wylie:
  • dge slong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣu, often translated as “monk,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist monks and nuns‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity.

In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a monk follows 253 rules as part of his moral discipline. A nun (bhikṣuṇī; dge slong ma) follows 364 rules. A novice monk (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or nun (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma) follows thirty-six rules of moral discipline (although in other vinaya traditions novices typically follow only ten).

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 4.­55
  • 7.­23
  • 15.­45
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­60
  • 20.­78
  • 23.­48
  • 26.­46
  • 30.­37
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­45
  • 32.­58
  • 33.­71
  • n.­406
  • g.­616
  • g.­1161
  • g.­1509
g.­649

fully ordained nun

Wylie:
  • dge slong ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣuṇī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣuṇī, often translated as “nun,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term bhikṣu (to which the female grammatical ending ṇī is added) literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist nuns and monks‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a bhikṣuṇī follows 364 rules and a bhikṣu follows 253 rules as part of their moral discipline.

For the first few years of the Buddha’s teachings in India, there was no ordination for women. It started at the persistent request and display of determination of Mahāprajāpatī, the Buddha’s stepmother and aunt, together with five hundred former wives of men of Kapilavastu, who had themselves become monks. Mahāprajāpatī is thus considered to be the founder of the nun’s order.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 15.­45
  • 16.­19
  • 20.­78
  • 23.­48
  • 32.­45
g.­651

fundamental ignorance

Wylie:
  • ma rig pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vidyā

First of the twelve links of dependent origination; first of the four torrents; third of the fetters associated with the higher realms.

Located in 62 passages in the translation:

  • i.­82
  • 1.­18-19
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­35
  • 4.­38
  • 4.­44
  • 4.­48
  • 5.­13
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­28
  • 5.­35
  • 5.­127-138
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­192-204
  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • 11.­14
  • 11.­17
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­24-25
  • 15.­5
  • 15.­13
  • 18.­18
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
  • 25.­47
  • g.­43
  • g.­156
  • g.­593
  • g.­633
  • g.­1596
g.­660

garland

Wylie:
  • phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • māla

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­44
  • 10.­3
  • 15.­27
  • 17.­46
  • 17.­50
  • 17.­61
  • 21.­13
  • 27.­7
  • 28.­48
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­5
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­38
  • 33.­51-52
  • 33.­70
g.­663

gateway to liberation

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa’i sgo
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimokṣa­mukha

There are three, namely emptiness as a gateway to liberation, signlessness as a gateway to liberation, and aspirationlessness as a gateway to liberation. Among them, emptiness is characterized as the absence of inherent existence, signlessness as the absence of mental images, and aspirationlessness as the absence of hopes and fears.

Located in 62 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11-12
  • 1.­27-29
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­84
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 6.­27
  • 7.­18
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­37
  • 9.­30
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­6-8
  • 20.­54
  • 21.­20
  • 23.­49
  • 24.­56-57
  • 25.­7-8
  • 25.­10-14
  • 26.­31
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­41
  • 29.­2-3
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­15
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­31
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­22
  • n.­35
  • g.­117
  • g.­445
  • g.­1435
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1609
g.­667

generosity

Wylie:
  • sbyin pa
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dāna

First of the four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva. However, in the context‌ of the transcendent perfections, generosity is the first of the six transcendent perfections.

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­43
  • 2.­75
  • 4.­56
  • 8.­49
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­3-6
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­42
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­46
  • 18.­68
  • 20.­36
  • 21.­33
  • 21.­35
  • 22.­23
  • 22.­36
  • 22.­58
  • 23.­53
  • 23.­55
  • 23.­57-58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­51-52
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­12
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­4-5
  • 28.­39-40
  • 28.­45
  • 28.­48-49
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­84
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­45
  • 32.­8
  • 32.­26
  • 33.­34-35
  • n.­271
  • g.­1447
g.­668

gentle

Wylie:
  • ’jam pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • snigdha

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­76
  • i.­95
  • 24.­1
  • 31.­14
g.­669

genuinely

Wylie:
  • don las
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • arthataḥ

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­13
  • 17.­1
  • 18.­1-2
  • 20.­49
  • 22.­1
  • 23.­9
  • 33.­43
  • 33.­45
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­54
  • 33.­56-57
  • 33.­59-60
  • n.­313
g.­670

genuinely perfect buddha

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­saṃ­buddha
  • samyak­sam­buddha­tva

The attainment of a buddha, who has gained total freedom from conditioned existence, overcome all tendencies imprinted on the mind as a result of a long association with afflicted mental states, and fully manifested all aspects of buddha body, speech, and mind. Also translated here as “completely perfect buddha.”

Located in 135 passages in the translation:

  • i.­68
  • i.­82
  • 1.­51
  • 8.­48
  • 9.­35
  • 11.­10-11
  • 12.­13
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­5-6
  • 13.­29
  • 13.­31
  • 13.­36-39
  • 14.­22
  • 14.­25
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­48
  • 14.­50
  • 15.­10
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­27
  • 15.­33-34
  • 15.­40-42
  • 15.­45-46
  • 15.­48
  • 15.­53-54
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­16-18
  • 16.­28
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­42
  • 17.­60-61
  • 18.­2
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­70
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­20
  • 19.­24
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­37
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­58
  • 20.­43
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­55
  • 20.­57
  • 20.­61-65
  • 20.­67-71
  • 21.­3
  • 21.­10
  • 21.­27
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­41
  • 23.­43
  • 24.­31
  • 25.­45
  • 25.­47
  • 26.­2
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­24-26
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­47
  • 27.­29
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­20
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­48-49
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­18
  • 29.­61
  • 29.­88
  • 29.­90
  • 31.­26-27
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­38
  • 31.­47
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­62-66
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­5
  • 32.­18
  • 32.­40
  • 32.­42
  • 33.­12-13
  • 33.­18-19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­27-28
  • 33.­30-32
  • 33.­40
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­51
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­67-69
  • g.­242
g.­671

genuinely perfect enlightenment

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­saṃ­bodhi

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • i.­35
  • i.­54
  • i.­56
  • i.­63-64
  • i.­69-72
  • i.­75-76
  • i.­83
  • i.­94-95
  • 4.­49
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­53-54
  • 18.­56-57
  • 19.­21-22
  • 24.­18
  • 26.­1
  • 28.­33-35
  • 29.­67
  • 30.­41
g.­672

gift of the sacred doctrine

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sbyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dāna

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­52
  • 24.­54
  • 27.­22
  • 29.­1-2
  • 29.­6-7
  • 29.­37
  • 29.­94
  • 31.­10
g.­675

gnosis

Wylie:
  • ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna

This term denotes the modality of buddha mind. Although all sentient beings possess the potential for actualizing gnosis within their mental continuum, the psychological confusions and deluded tendencies which defile the mind obstruct the natural expression of these inherent potentials, making them appear instead as aspects of mundane consciousness.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • 2.­8
  • 6.­22
  • 6.­25
  • 15.­34
  • 17.­43
  • 17.­45
  • 20.­50
  • 20.­54
  • 21.­10
  • 22.­58
  • 23.­54-55
  • 25.­19
  • 27.­17
  • 29.­23
  • 31.­61
  • 32.­48
  • 33.­65
  • n.­321
  • n.­380
  • g.­163
  • g.­267
  • g.­662
  • g.­924
  • g.­1259
g.­677

god

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

One of the five or six classes of living beings, specifically engendered and dominated by exaltation, indulgence, and pride. The gods are said to exist in realms higher than that of the human realm within in the world system of desire (kāma­dhātu), and also in the world system of form (rūpa­dhātu).

Located in 188 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­2-5
  • 4.­58
  • 6.­23
  • 8.­47-48
  • 9.­37
  • 10.­42-43
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­10
  • 13.­13-14
  • 13.­18-37
  • 13.­39
  • 14.­23
  • 15.­1-2
  • 15.­9
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16
  • 16.­16-19
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­26
  • 16.­28-31
  • 17.­3-4
  • 17.­6
  • 17.­12
  • 17.­14
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­51-59
  • 17.­62
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­27-29
  • 19.­34-36
  • 19.­49-52
  • 20.­44-50
  • 20.­52
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­77
  • 21.­9-12
  • 21.­16
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­8-14
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­24-25
  • 23.­31-32
  • 23.­43
  • 23.­45-46
  • 23.­48
  • 23.­51
  • 23.­59-61
  • 24.­18
  • 24.­20
  • 24.­32
  • 24.­35
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­31
  • 25.­49
  • 26.­1-3
  • 26.­5-6
  • 26.­31-32
  • 26.­42-43
  • 26.­46
  • 26.­59-61
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­19-21
  • 29.­74
  • 30.­19-20
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­47
  • 31.­58
  • 31.­68
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­25-28
  • 33.­50
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­67
  • 33.­71
  • n.­196
  • n.­301
  • g.­4
  • g.­76
  • g.­84
  • g.­101
  • g.­102
  • g.­185
  • g.­186
  • g.­187
  • g.­188
  • g.­192
  • g.­216
  • g.­587
  • g.­736
  • g.­802
  • g.­934
  • g.­1058
  • g.­1169
  • g.­1171
  • g.­1172
  • g.­1232
  • g.­1264
  • g.­1265
  • g.­1342
  • g.­1483
  • g.­1587
  • g.­1593
  • g.­1770
g.­690

great bodhisattva being

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’ sems dpa’ chen po
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ་སེམས་དཔའ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­sattva­mahā­sattva

See “bodhisattva” and 7.­30–7.­32

Located in 786 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­32
  • i.­36
  • i.­42
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­6
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­21
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­73
  • 2.­85-94
  • 3.­2-4
  • 3.­50-51
  • 3.­107
  • 4.­1-2
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­14-15
  • 4.­24-25
  • 4.­27-28
  • 4.­31-32
  • 4.­50-58
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­39
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­3
  • 6.­7-13
  • 6.­17-23
  • 6.­33-34
  • 6.­39-47
  • 6.­49-50
  • 6.­52-53
  • 7.­1-10
  • 7.­14-22
  • 7.­24-29
  • 7.­32
  • 7.­45-46
  • 8.­1-9
  • 8.­12-13
  • 8.­17-22
  • 8.­26-28
  • 8.­31-37
  • 8.­39-41
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­46-54
  • 9.­1-31
  • 9.­35-41
  • 9.­44-47
  • 10.­1-3
  • 10.­5-6
  • 10.­8-9
  • 10.­11-12
  • 10.­14-15
  • 10.­17-18
  • 10.­20-26
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­37
  • 10.­39-46
  • 11.­1-5
  • 11.­8-22
  • 11.­24-25
  • 11.­29
  • 11.­34-35
  • 11.­38-39
  • 11.­41
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­4
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­9-13
  • 12.­15
  • 12.­17-20
  • 12.­23
  • 12.­28
  • 12.­30
  • 13.­12
  • 13.­14-17
  • 13.­33-35
  • 14.­23-26
  • 14.­28
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 14.­44-47
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­2-3
  • 15.­6-13
  • 15.­15-16
  • 15.­20-21
  • 15.­25-26
  • 15.­40
  • 15.­42
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­13-16
  • 16.­18-19
  • 16.­23-31
  • 17.­4-5
  • 17.­7
  • 17.­15
  • 17.­23-24
  • 17.­34
  • 17.­48
  • 18.­1-2
  • 18.­64-67
  • 18.­69-70
  • 18.­75
  • 19.­2
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­11
  • 19.­14
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­21
  • 19.­23
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­30-32
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­37
  • 19.­55
  • 19.­65
  • 21.­9-11
  • 21.­16
  • 21.­26-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­6-13
  • 22.­17-44
  • 22.­51-54
  • 22.­56-57
  • 23.­43
  • 23.­48-51
  • 23.­55-56
  • 23.­58-59
  • 23.­61-62
  • 24.­1-3
  • 24.­5
  • 24.­10-11
  • 24.­14-61
  • 25.­1-5
  • 25.­7-26
  • 25.­31-33
  • 25.­35-37
  • 25.­41-44
  • 25.­46-47
  • 25.­50
  • 25.­52-53
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­3-4
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­9
  • 26.­13-14
  • 26.­16-26
  • 26.­33-36
  • 26.­38-55
  • 26.­57
  • 26.­59-60
  • 27.­1-27
  • 27.­29-33
  • 27.­35-36
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­5-6
  • 28.­8-11
  • 28.­13
  • 28.­15-17
  • 28.­19-24
  • 28.­26-31
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­37
  • 28.­39
  • 28.­42-45
  • 28.­48-50
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­4-10
  • 29.­37-39
  • 29.­60-64
  • 29.­68-72
  • 29.­78
  • 29.­83-87
  • 29.­92-93
  • 30.­1-2
  • 30.­12-14
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­22
  • 30.­25-26
  • 30.­28-32
  • 30.­34
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­39
  • 30.­41-45
  • 30.­47
  • 31.­1-26
  • 31.­28-51
  • 31.­55-69
  • 32.­1-7
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­13
  • 32.­18-34
  • 32.­38
  • 32.­40-48
  • 32.­51-52
  • 32.­54-55
  • 33.­34-35
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­57
  • 33.­59
  • 33.­61-64
  • 33.­71
  • g.­1732
g.­691

great compassion

Wylie:
  • snying rje chen po
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­karuṇā

See 2.­7.

Located in 55 passages in the translation:

  • i.­74
  • i.­84
  • i.­98
  • 1.­11
  • 2.­7
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­42
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­8
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­45
  • 11.­12
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­29
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­18
  • 18.­27
  • 20.­41
  • 20.­54
  • 23.­51
  • 24.­9
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­38
  • 27.­9
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­23
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­46
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­27
  • 33.­61-62
  • n.­57
  • g.­1503
g.­693

great loving kindness

Wylie:
  • byams pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­maitrī

See 2.­7.

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 2.­7
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­41
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­45
  • 11.­12
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­29
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­18
  • 18.­27
  • 24.­9
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­31
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­22
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­27
  • 33.­62
  • n.­57
  • g.­1503
g.­694

great trichiliocosm

Wylie:
  • stong gsum gyi stong chen po’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་གསུམ་གྱི་སྟོང་ཆེན་པོའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • tri­sāhasra­mahā­sāhasra­loka­dhātu

A series of parallel worlds comprising one thousand dichiliocosms, according to traditional Indian cosmology.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­1-3
  • 11.­2
  • 15.­1-2
  • 15.­37
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­51
  • 17.­53
  • 19.­24
  • 19.­35
  • 20.­44
  • 21.­9
  • 23.­44
  • 25.­44-45
  • 26.­5
  • 28.­19-20
  • 29.­37
  • 31.­46
  • 32.­27
  • 32.­29
  • 32.­31
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­46
g.­695

Great Vehicle

Wylie:
  • theg pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཐེག་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­yāna

When the Buddhist teachings are classified according to their power to lead beings to an enlightened state, a distinction is made between the teachings of the Lesser Vehicle, which emphasizes the individual’s own freedom from cyclic existence as the primary motivation and goal, and those of the Great Vehicle, which emphasizes altruism and has the liberation of all sentient beings as the principal objective. As the term “Great Vehicle” implies, the path followed by bodhisattvas is analogous to a large carriage which can transport a vast number of people to liberation, as compared to a smaller vehicle for the individual practitioner.

Located in 85 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • i.­21-22
  • i.­51-52
  • 9.­13-15
  • 9.­18-19
  • 9.­25-30
  • 9.­35
  • 9.­37-38
  • 9.­41
  • 9.­47
  • 11.­32
  • 12.­32
  • 12.­42
  • 13.­12-34
  • 13.­41-42
  • 13.­44
  • 13.­48-66
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­14
  • 14.­23-25
  • 17.­4
  • 33.­52
  • 33.­63
  • 33.­73
  • n.­380
  • n.­457
  • g.­199
  • g.­493
  • g.­973
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1673
g.­696

greeting

Wylie:
  • phebs par smra ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕེབས་པར་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­bhāṣa

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­1
g.­698

ground of training

Wylie:
  • bslab pa’i gzhi
Tibetan:
  • བསླབ་པའི་གཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • śikṣā­pada

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

These basic precepts are five in number for the laity: (1) not killing, (2) not stealing, (3) chastity, (4) not lying, and (5) avoiding intoxicants. For monks, there are three or five more; avoidance of such things as perfumes, makeup, ointments, garlands, high beds, and afternoon meals. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­14
g.­711

happiness

Wylie:
  • bde ba
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sukha

Also translated here as “bliss.”

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­53
  • i.­59-60
  • i.­71
  • 2.­2-5
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­16
  • 4.­19-21
  • 5.­44-45
  • 5.­68-69
  • 5.­92-93
  • 5.­117
  • 5.­129
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­146
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­182
  • 5.­194
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­44
  • 10.­45
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­58
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­20
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­55
  • 19.­3
  • 19.­9-10
  • 19.­38
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­9
  • 22.­30
  • 25.­19
  • 29.­19
  • 30.­39
  • g.­164
  • g.­990
g.­712

Hari­bhadra

Wylie:
  • seng ge bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • hari­bhadra

Indian commentator (fl. late eighth century).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­18
  • n.­20
g.­713

harmful intention

Wylie:
  • gnod sems
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • duṣṭa­citta
  • vyāpāda

Second of the five obscurations. Also translated here as “malice.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 31.­16
  • g.­599
  • g.­946
g.­716

hatred

Wylie:
  • zhe sdang
Tibetan:
  • ཞེ་སྡང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dveśa

Second of the five fetters associated with the lower realms; one of the three poisons (dug gsum) which, along with desire and delusion, perpetuate the sufferings of cyclic existence. In its subtle manifestation as aversion it obstructs the correct perception of forms, and in its extreme manifestation as hatred and fear, it is characteristic of the hells.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­46
  • 4.­52
  • 6.­51
  • 8.­9
  • 10.­44
  • 12.­26
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­37
  • 18.­17
  • 20.­16
  • 22.­42
  • 22.­52
  • 24.­41
  • 25.­42
  • 27.­23
  • 28.­27
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­37
  • g.­361
  • g.­594
  • g.­1551
g.­727

heard

Wylie:
  • thos pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrūta

Located in 44 passages in the translation:

  • i.­57
  • i.­59
  • 1.­2
  • 6.­40
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­10
  • 13.­48
  • 15.­26
  • 15.­45-48
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­21
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­76
  • 21.­9-10
  • 21.­13
  • 21.­15-21
  • 22.­12
  • 24.­24-25
  • 24.­28-29
  • 24.­42-43
  • 25.­46
  • 28.­20
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­66
  • 31.­68
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­9
  • 33.­17
  • 33.­66-67
g.­729

hells

Wylie:
  • dmyal ba
Tibetan:
  • དམྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • naraka

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • i.­95
  • i.­99
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­29
  • 19.­50
  • 24.­25
  • 24.­32
  • 25.­33
  • 26.­31-32
  • 29.­74
  • 31.­26
  • 32.­40
  • 32.­44
  • 33.­3-5
  • 33.­8
  • 33.­10
  • 33.­13
  • 33.­20
  • n.­196
  • g.­425
  • g.­587
  • g.­597
  • g.­716
  • g.­1548
  • g.­1549
g.­733

hesitation

Wylie:
  • the tshom
Tibetan:
  • ཐེ་ཚོམ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­cikitsā

Fifth of the five obscurations; second of the three fetters; and fifth of the five fetters associated with the lower realms.

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­11
  • 2.­27
  • 11.­6-8
  • 21.­17-21
  • 25.­41
  • 26.­55
  • 29.­34
  • 31.­11-13
  • 31.­16
  • 31.­56-57
  • 31.­59
  • 31.­66
  • 31.­68-69
  • n.­198
  • g.­594
  • g.­599
  • g.­1547
g.­734

higher aspiration

Wylie:
  • lhag pa’i bsam pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་པའི་བསམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • adhy­āśaya

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­24-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 23.­58
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­1-2
g.­736

higher realms

Wylie:
  • mtho ris
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • svarga

The auspicious realms of rebirth comprising the abodes of the gods, the domain of the antigods and the human world.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 24.­21
  • 25.­35
  • 28.­39
  • 31.­26
  • 33.­7
  • g.­587
  • g.­651
  • g.­1265
g.­737

holding impermanence to be permanence

Wylie:
  • mi rtag pa la rtag par ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་རྟག་པ་ལ་རྟག་པར་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­nitye nitya­viparyāsā

Fourth of the four misconceptions.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­628
g.­738

holding impurity to be purity

Wylie:
  • mi gtsang pa la gtsang bar ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་གཙང་པ་ལ་གཙང་བར་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­śucau śuci

First of the four misconceptions.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­628
g.­739

holding non-self to be self

Wylie:
  • bdag med pa la bdag tu ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • བདག་མེད་པ་ལ་བདག་ཏུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­ātmanyātmā­viparyāsā

Second of the four misconceptions.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­628
g.­740

holding suffering to be happiness

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal la bde bar ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་ལ་བདེ་བར་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • duḥkhe sukha­viparyāsā

Third of the four misconceptions.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­628
g.­741

hollow

Wylie:
  • gsob
Tibetan:
  • གསོབ།
Sanskrit:
  • riktaka

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 26.­53
  • 27.­24
  • 28.­12
g.­744

human being

Wylie:
  • shed bu
Tibetan:
  • ཤེད་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • mānava

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Manu being the archetypal human, the progenitor of humankind, in the Mahā­bhārata, the Purāṇas, and other Indian texts, “child of Manu” (mānava) or “born of Manu” (manuja) is a synonym of “human being” or humanity in general.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­17-19
  • 3.­4
  • 6.­20
  • 7.­25
  • 8.­47
  • 19.­50
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 24.­29
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­12
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­18
  • 29.­25-27
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­74
  • 30.­36
  • 32.­40
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­5
  • 33.­23
  • 33.­25
  • 33.­28
  • g.­1265
g.­745

humankind

Wylie:
  • shed las skyes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤེད་ལས་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • manuja

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Manu being the archetypal human, the progenitor of humankind, in the Mahā­bhārata, the Purāṇas, and other Indian texts, “child of Manu” (mānava) or “born of Manu” (manuja) is a synonym of “human being” or humanity in general.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­4
  • 6.­20
  • 7.­25
  • 21.­13
  • 21.­16
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 24.­32
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­29
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­36
  • 31.­45
g.­746

hundred billion trillion

Wylie:
  • bye ba khrag khrig ’bum
Tibetan:
  • བྱེ་བ་ཁྲག་ཁྲིག་འབུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • koṭī­niyuta­śata­sahasra

The expression koṭi­niyuta­lakṣa (bye ba khrag khrig ’bum) is equivalent to 10 to the power of 23, i.e., one hundred billion trillion.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­7
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­8-9
  • 10.­11-20
  • 10.­45
  • 17.­60-61
  • 18.­2
  • 25.­32
  • 27.­17
  • 32.­57
g.­749

“I”

Wylie:
  • bdag
Tibetan:
  • བདག
Sanskrit:
  • ātman

Also translated here as “self.”

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • i.­56
  • i.­70
  • 7.­18
  • 11.­26-28
  • 15.­8
  • 21.­33
  • 21.­35
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­21
  • 28.­37
  • 30.­46
  • g.­1371
g.­751

I claim I am one whose contaminants have ceased

Wylie:
  • nga zag pa zad pa do
Tibetan:
  • ང་ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ་དོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣīṇāsravasya me prati­jānata

Second of the Buddha’s four assurances.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­3
  • 29.­20
  • g.­617
g.­752

I claim to have attained genuinely perfect buddhahood

Wylie:
  • nga yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas so
Tibetan:
  • ང་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས་སོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­saṃ­buddhasya me prati­jānata

First of the Buddha’s four assurances.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­2
  • 29.­19
  • g.­617
g.­753

I claim to have explained the path through which suffering will genuinely cease

Wylie:
  • ngas sdug bsngal yang dag par zad par ’gyur ba’i lam gang bshad pa
Tibetan:
  • ངས་སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཡང་དག་པར་ཟད་པར་འགྱུར་བའི་ལམ་གང་བཤད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyagduḥkha­kṣayāya­prati­padākhyātaḥ

Fourth of the Buddha’s four assurances.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­5
  • 29.­21
  • g.­617
g.­754

I claim to have explained those things which cause obstacles

Wylie:
  • ngas bar du gcod pa’i chos gang dag bshad pa
Tibetan:
  • ངས་བར་དུ་གཅོད་པའི་ཆོས་གང་དག་བཤད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mayāntar­āyikā­dharmākhyātaḥ

Third of the Buddha’s four assurances.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 29.­20
  • g.­617
g.­756

ideation

Wylie:
  • rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­tarka

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 3.­3-4
  • 3.­8
  • 9.­13
  • 11.­32
  • 20.­4
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35
  • 29.­17
  • 30.­27
g.­761

illusion

Wylie:
  • sgyu ma
Tibetan:
  • སྒྱུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • māyā

Also translated here as “magical display.”

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • i.­45
  • i.­71
  • i.­85
  • 6.­26-29
  • 6.­38
  • 8.­38
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­17
  • 10.­20
  • 19.­34
  • 26.­10-12
  • 26.­22
  • 27.­5
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­27
  • g.­933
g.­765

imbued with suffering

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal ba
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • duḥkhataḥ

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • i.­56
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­182
  • 5.­194
  • 6.­41-46
  • 7.­2
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­5-6
  • 9.­26
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­58
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­3
  • 15.­17
  • 19.­3
  • 19.­9-10
  • 19.­38
  • 20.­22
  • 22.­30
  • 25.­16
  • 27.­12
g.­768

immaterial

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­rūpin

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­53
  • 6.­23-24
  • 12.­32
  • 13.­57
  • 14.­39
  • 14.­54-55
  • g.­201
g.­769

immaturity

Wylie:
  • skyon
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱོན།
Sanskrit:
  • āma

This term suggests rawness‍—something that is uncooked, unrefined, and flawed‍—while “maturity” (niyāma, skyon ma mchis pa) implies certitude, refinement, cooking, softening, and flawlessness.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41
  • i.­88
  • 8.­1-6
  • 28.­25
  • g.­959
g.­770

immeasurable aspiration

Wylie:
  • tshad med
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • aprameya

See “four immeasurable aspirations.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­25
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­10-11
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­21-25
  • 9.­40
  • 25.­34-35
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­20
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­86
  • 31.­43
g.­772

impermanent

Wylie:
  • mi rtag pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་རྟག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­nityataḥ
  • a­nitya

Located in 74 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­37-38
  • i.­41
  • i.­52
  • i.­56
  • 1.­39
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­19-23
  • 5.­42-43
  • 5.­66-67
  • 5.­90-91
  • 5.­115-116
  • 5.­128
  • 5.­139-143
  • 5.­145
  • 5.­157
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­181
  • 5.­193
  • 6.­40
  • 6.­42-46
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­4
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­4
  • 8.­6
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­24
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­42
  • 11.­22
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­18-21
  • 13.­58
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­3
  • 15.­17-18
  • 19.­3
  • 19.­8-10
  • 19.­38
  • 20.­22
  • 22.­30
  • 25.­16
  • 29.­15
  • 32.­37
g.­776

in addition

Wylie:
  • phyir zhing
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་ཞིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūyaḥ

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­55
  • 9.­36
  • 22.­53
  • 28.­18
  • 29.­18
  • 31.­31-33
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­38
  • n.­4
  • n.­139
  • n.­207
g.­780

in synergy with

Wylie:
  • lhan cig tu gnas
Tibetan:
  • ལྷན་ཅིག་ཏུ་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • vyaharati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­23
g.­797

individual

Wylie:
  • gang zag
Tibetan:
  • གང་ཟག
Sanskrit:
  • pudgala

Also translated as “person” or “personal identity.”

Located in 58 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­40
  • 1.­49-50
  • 3.­4
  • 6.­20
  • 7.­25
  • 10.­44-45
  • 11.­5-8
  • 11.­10
  • 13.­30-31
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­47
  • 16.­27
  • 21.­13-22
  • 21.­24-28
  • 21.­30-32
  • 21.­34-36
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­77
  • 30.­36
  • 33.­7-10
  • 33.­12
  • g.­361
  • g.­695
  • g.­1202
  • g.­1203
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1465
g.­798

individual enlightenment

Wylie:
  • rang byang chub
Tibetan:
  • རང་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • praty­eka­bodhi

Located in 70 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • 4.­49
  • 8.­46
  • 10.­23
  • 12.­40
  • 13.­5
  • 14.­45-46
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­19
  • 15.­53-54
  • 16.­7
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­27
  • 17.­16
  • 18.­56
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­51-52
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­64
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­39
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­27
  • 24.­13
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­12-13
  • 25.­20
  • 26.­33
  • 27.­14
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­33
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­42
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­4
  • 29.­67
  • 29.­74
  • 29.­76
  • 29.­79-80
  • 29.­91
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­38
  • 31.­30-32
  • 31.­39
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­10
  • 32.­12
  • 32.­23
  • 32.­44
  • 33.­32
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­55-56
  • n.­4
  • g.­1237
g.­800

indivisible

Wylie:
  • gnyis su dbyer ma mchis
  • gnyis su dbyer med pa
Tibetan:
  • གཉིས་སུ་དབྱེར་མ་མཆིས།
  • གཉིས་སུ་དབྱེར་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­dvaidhī­kāra

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • i.­61
  • 15.­11-13
  • 15.­15
  • 17.­40
  • 18.­14-17
  • 18.­20-21
  • 18.­23-25
  • 23.­2-8
  • 23.­34-35
  • 23.­37-42
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­32
  • 30.­13
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­37
  • g.­198
g.­802

Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The lord of the Trāyastriṃśa heaven on the summit of Mount Sumeru. As one of the eight guardians of the directions, Indra guards the eastern quarter. In Buddhist sūtras, he is a disciple of the Buddha and protector of the Dharma and its practitioners. He is often referred to by the epithets Śatakratu, Śakra, and Kauśika.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­16-17
  • 26.­42-43
  • g.­1342
g.­808

infinite

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas pa
  • mthar thug pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
  • མཐར་ཐུག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­anta
  • a­paryanta

Also translated here as “limitless.”

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­55
  • 20.­1
  • 23.­10
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­39
  • 29.­17
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­20
  • 30.­26
  • 33.­37
  • n.­330
  • g.­907
g.­809

inherent existence

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • sva­bhāva

This term denotes the ontological status of phenomena, according to which they are attributed with existence in their own right, inherently, in and of themselves, objectively, and independent of any other phenomena such as our conception and labelling. The absence of such an ontological reality is defined as the true nature of reality, emptiness.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­69
  • 11.­28
  • 18.­75
  • 30.­8
  • 30.­49
  • 32.­6-7
  • n.­51
  • g.­445
  • g.­663
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1372
g.­813

inspired eloquence

Wylie:
  • spobs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prati­bhāna

Also translated here as “courage.” See also “exact knowledge of eloquent expression.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 14.­55-56
  • 18.­69
  • n.­298
  • g.­318
  • g.­524
g.­832

investigate

Wylie:
  • so sor brtag
  • yongs su ’dris par bgyi
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོར་བརྟག
  • ཡོངས་སུ་འདྲིས་པར་བགྱི།
Sanskrit:
  • praty­avekṣate
  • pari­caya­karoti

Also translated here as “determine.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­1
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­5
  • g.­371
g.­836

involuntary reincarnation through propensities

Wylie:
  • bag chags dang mtshams sbyor
  • bag chags kyi mtshams sbyor
Tibetan:
  • བག་ཆགས་དང་མཚམས་སྦྱོར།
  • བག་ཆགས་ཀྱི་མཚམས་སྦྱོར།
Sanskrit:
  • vāsanānu­saṃdhi

The mundane process of rebirth within cyclic existence, impelled by the propensities of past actions.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­46
  • 13.­35
  • 15.­34
  • 17.­1
  • 24.­15
  • 28.­19
  • 29.­79
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­47
  • 33.­27
g.­838

irreversible

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ldog pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vi­ni­varta
  • a­vaivartika
  • a­vi­ni­vartanīya

Located in 69 passages in the translation:

  • i.­72
  • i.­84
  • 7.­17
  • 12.­26
  • 22.­50
  • 22.­53
  • 25.­23-24
  • 26.­4
  • 26.­51
  • 31.­1-21
  • 31.­23-26
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­33-37
  • 31.­40-50
  • 31.­55-58
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­63-67
  • 31.­69-70
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­43
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­59
  • 33.­61
g.­839

irreversible bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ldog pa’i byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vaivartika­bodhi­sattva

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­24
  • i.­29
  • i.­39
  • i.­58
  • i.­81
  • i.­95-96
  • 16.­9
  • 25.­23
  • 25.­31
  • 31.­40-41
  • 32.­43
  • 33.­60
  • n.­428
g.­845

Jambu River

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu chu bo
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ་ཆུ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jambu­nadī

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 15.­1
g.­846

Jambu­dvīpa

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu gling
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jambu­dvīpa

The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, signifying either the known human world, or sometimes more specifically the Indian subcontinent. The name comes from the jambu (“rose apple” or “black plum”) tree said to grow near Lake Anavatapta in the continent’s northern mountains, considered to be the source of the four great rivers of India.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 19.­60-61
  • 23.­51-52
  • 25.­44
  • 31.­46
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­25
  • 33.­36
  • 33.­44
  • 33.­46
  • 33.­53
  • 33.­55
  • 33.­57-58
  • 33.­60-61
  • n.­196
  • g.­620
g.­849

Jinamitra

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba bshes gnyen
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བ་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit:
  • jinamitra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Jinamitra was invited to Tibet during the reign of King Tri Songdetsen (khri srong lde btsan, r. 742–98 ᴄᴇ) and was involved with the translation of nearly two hundred texts, continuing into the reign of King Ralpachen (ral pa can, r. 815–38 ᴄᴇ). He was one of the small group of paṇḍitas responsible for the Mahāvyutpatti Sanskrit–Tibetan dictionary.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­15
  • c.­1
g.­853

joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • prīti

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­52
  • 9.­13
  • 21.­24
  • 25.­6
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35
  • 29.­17
  • 32.­51
  • 33.­1-2
  • 33.­41
g.­855

karma

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

The impact of past actions in the present and future. Also translated here as “past action.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 28.­27
  • g.­611
  • g.­1177
g.­859

killing of living creatures

Wylie:
  • srog gcod pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲོག་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prāṇātighāta

First of the ten non-virtuous actions.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 24.­1
  • 27.­30
  • 31.­7
  • 32.­21
  • g.­1109
g.­864

knowledge

Wylie:
  • shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna

Also translated as “cognition.”

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­11
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­32
  • 8.­39
  • 10.­44
  • 20.­40
  • 29.­4
  • n.­349
  • g.­140
  • g.­231
  • g.­361
  • g.­617
  • g.­625
  • g.­875
  • g.­1479
  • g.­1726
g.­887

layman

Wylie:
  • dge bsnyen
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བསྙེན།
Sanskrit:
  • upāsaka

An unordained male practitioner who observes the five vows not to kill, lie, steal, be intoxicated, or commit sexual misconduct.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 4.­55
  • 15.­45
  • 16.­19
  • 20.­78
  • 30.­37
  • 32.­45
  • g.­616
g.­888

laywoman

Wylie:
  • dge bsnyen ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བསྙེན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • upāsikā

An unordained female practitioner who observes the five vows not to kill, lie, steal, be intoxicated, or commit sexual misconduct.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 4.­55
  • 15.­45
  • 16.­19
  • 20.­78
  • 30.­37
  • 32.­45
  • g.­616
g.­890

level of [an arhat’s] spiritual achievement

Wylie:
  • bya ba byas pa’i sa
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་བ་བྱས་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛta­kṛtya­bhūmi

Name of the seventh level of realization attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.­268.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • g.­1527
g.­891

level of bright insight

Wylie:
  • dkar po rnam par mthong ba’i sa
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་པོ་རྣམ་པར་མཐོང་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • śukla­vidarśanā­bhūmi

Name of the first level to be acquired by bodhisattvas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • 13.­54
  • g.­1527
g.­892

level of buddha nature

Wylie:
  • rigs kyi sa
Tibetan:
  • རིགས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • gotra­bhūmi

Name of the second level attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.­268.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • 13.­28
  • 13.­30
  • 13.­54
  • 27.­14
  • g.­1527
g.­893

level of dispassion

Wylie:
  • ’dod chags dang bral ba’i sa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་ཆགས་དང་བྲལ་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • vīta­rāga­bhūmi

Name of the sixth level attainable by bodhisattvas, from which point there is no more rebirth. See n.­268.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • 13.­54
  • g.­1527
g.­894

level of insight

Wylie:
  • mthong ba’i sa
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • darśana­bhūmi

Name of the fourth level of realization attainable by bodhisattvas, equivalent to entering the stream to nirvāṇa. See n.­268.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • 13.­54
  • g.­1527
g.­895

level of the bodhisattvas

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’i sa
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­sattva­bhūmi

Name of the ninth level of realization attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.­268.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • 31.­2
  • g.­1527
g.­896

level of the genuinely perfect buddhas

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas kyi sa
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­sambuddha­bhūmi

Name of the tenth of the levels of realization attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.­268.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • 13.­56
  • g.­1527
g.­897

level of the pratyekabuddhas

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas kyi sa
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • praty­eka­buddha­bhūmi

Name of the eighth level attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.­268.

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1-2
  • 9.­21-22
  • 12.­6
  • 13.­9
  • 13.­54-56
  • 15.­33
  • 21.­23-28
  • 21.­30
  • 21.­34-36
  • 23.­53
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­35
  • 25.­37
  • 26.­18
  • 26.­21-23
  • 26.­26
  • 26.­36-37
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­10-11
  • 27.­13
  • 27.­18-19
  • 27.­22-24
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­23-24
  • 30.­21
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­33
  • 31.­41-42
  • 31.­63
  • 32.­12
  • 33.­20
  • 33.­48
  • g.­1527
g.­898

lexical explanations

Wylie:
  • nges pa’i tshig
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པའི་ཚིག
Sanskrit:
  • nir­ukta

Lexical explanations here implies the exact knowledge of the primary and derivative definitions and explanations of names and words. It is also the third of the four kinds of exact knowledge, see “exact knowledge of language and lexical explanations.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­525
g.­899

liberated

Wylie:
  • rnam par grol
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­mucyate

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In its most general sense, this term refers to the state of freedom from suffering and cyclic existence, or saṃsāra, that is the goal of the Buddhist path. More specifically, the term may refer to a category of advanced meditative attainment such as those of the “eight liberations.”

Located in 70 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­4
  • 3.­52-106
  • 10.­36
  • 10.­44
  • 17.­45
  • 18.­9-11
  • 19.­41
  • 20.­78
  • 21.­33
  • 23.­48
  • 26.­3
  • 30.­46
  • n.­424
g.­900

liberation

Wylie:
  • grol ba
Tibetan:
  • གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mokṣa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In its most general sense, this term refers to the state of freedom from suffering and cyclic existence, or saṃsāra, that is the goal of the Buddhist path. More specifically, the term may refer to a category of advanced meditative attainment such as those of the “eight liberations.”

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • i.­36
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­27
  • 3.­51
  • 6.­22
  • 9.­17
  • 17.­43
  • 20.­35
  • 23.­54-55
  • 24.­46
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­31
  • 29.­16
  • 29.­69
  • 30.­10
  • 33.­7
  • n.­321
  • g.­663
  • g.­695
g.­901

life

Wylie:
  • gso ba
Tibetan:
  • གསོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • poṣa

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • 10.­45
  • 15.­32
  • 17.­46
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­50
  • 17.­55
  • 25.­43
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­13
  • 28.­49
  • 29.­18
  • 31.­49
  • 31.­65
  • g.­334
  • g.­503
  • g.­631
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1449
  • g.­1493
g.­903

light

Wylie:
  • ’od
Tibetan:
  • འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhā

Also translated here as “aureole.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • 1.­7
  • 6.­23
  • 10.­2
  • 13.­61
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­57
  • 26.­46
  • g.­134
  • g.­199
g.­906

limited number of sentient beings

Wylie:
  • nyi tshe ba’i sems can
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་ཚེ་བའི་སེམས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • pradeśika­sattva

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­1-2
g.­907

limitless

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­anta

Also translated here as “infinite.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­65-66
  • 14.­24-25
  • 18.­2
  • 23.­10
  • 24.­46
  • g.­808
g.­915

living being

Wylie:
  • ’byung po
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sattva

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­47
  • 14.­29
  • 26.­31
  • 31.­26
  • g.­677
g.­916

living creature

Wylie:
  • skye ba po
  • skyes bu
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་བ་པོ།
  • སྐྱེས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • jantu
  • prajā

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­4
  • 7.­25
  • 13.­3
  • 16.­18
  • 17.­48
  • 18.­16
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­19
  • 25.­33
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­49
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38
  • 31.­7
  • 31.­53
  • 32.­53
g.­923

longing for sensual pleasure

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa la ’dun pa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པ་ལ་འདུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāmacchanda

First of the five obscurations.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 31.­16
  • g.­599
g.­924

lord

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavat

Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni.

While the Sanskrit term simply means “fortunate,” “illustrious,” or “revered,” Tibetan hermeneutics defines the term as denoting a teacher or buddha who primordially subdues (bcom) the four demonic forces, possesses (ldan) the six attributes of greatness (che ba’i yon tan drug, viz: lordship, noble form, glory, fame, gnosis, and perseverance), and transcends (’das) all sorrow, without abiding in the extremes of existence and quiescence.

Also translated here as “Blessed One.” (See also n.­19).

Located in 81 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10
  • 3.­2-3
  • 3.­7-8
  • 3.­52-102
  • 4.­57
  • 7.­27
  • 7.­45
  • 8.­10
  • 14.­24
  • 15.­42
  • 17.­23
  • 17.­35
  • 17.­38
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­35
  • 20.­44
  • 20.­48
  • 23.­45
  • 23.­61
  • 26.­19
  • 29.­62
  • 31.­51
  • 33.­40
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
  • n.­19
  • g.­163
  • g.­925
  • g.­1329
g.­925

Lord Buddha

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavān­buddha

Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni and general way of addressing the enlightened ones. See “Lord” or “Blessed One.” (See also n.­19).

Located in 90 passages in the translation:

  • i.­31-32
  • i.­55
  • i.­99
  • 2.­34
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­58
  • 2.­63
  • 2.­72
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­57
  • 7.­19
  • 8.­11
  • 8.­48
  • 9.­12
  • 9.­36-37
  • 9.­44
  • 10.­38
  • 10.­40
  • 11.­11
  • 15.­26
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­18
  • 17.­4
  • 17.­48
  • 19.­55
  • 21.­14-15
  • 22.­21
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­54-55
  • 24.­40
  • 24.­44
  • 24.­60
  • 25.­21
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­44-46
  • 26.­48-54
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­16-17
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­40
  • 29.­42
  • 29.­44
  • 29.­47
  • 29.­52
  • 29.­54
  • 29.­72
  • 30.­40
  • 30.­42
  • 31.­46
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­58
  • 31.­61-62
  • 31.­65
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­37
  • 32.­58-59
  • 33.­3
  • 33.­13
  • 33.­18
  • n.­19
  • n.­166
  • n.­373
  • n.­394
  • n.­453
  • n.­465
  • g.­469
  • g.­1179
  • g.­1469
g.­927

loving kindness

Wylie:
  • byams pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maitrī

First of the four immeasurable aspirations.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • i.­59
  • i.­85
  • i.­95
  • 1.­31
  • 2.­7
  • 9.­14
  • 9.­20
  • 16.­20
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­3
  • 24.­20
  • 25.­7
  • 27.­1-2
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­22
  • 29.­23
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­15
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­12
  • g.­623
g.­929

luminosity

Wylie:
  • ’od gsal ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གསལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­bhāsvara

Luminosity refers to the subtlest level of mind, i.e., the fundamental, essential nature of all cognitive events. Though ever present within all sentient beings, this luminosity becomes manifest only when the gross mind has ceased to function. It is said that such a dissolution is experienced by ordinary beings, naturally, at the time of death, but it can also be experientially cultivated through certain meditative practices.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­42
  • 8.­8
  • 13.­37
  • 24.­36
  • 24.­44
  • 28.­20
  • 29.­37
  • g.­4
g.­933

magical display

Wylie:
  • sgyu ma
Tibetan:
  • སྒྱུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • māyā

Also translated here as “illusion.”

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • i.­58
  • 1.­5
  • 6.­4
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­32
  • 12.­35
  • 16.­1-8
  • 19.­31
  • 20.­11
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­26
  • 22.­55-56
  • 27.­24
  • 28.­2-3
  • 28.­6
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­38
  • g.­761
g.­934

Mahā­brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­brahmā

Third god realm of form, meaning “great Brahmā.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 19.­52
  • n.­301
  • g.­1265
g.­942

Maitreya

Wylie:
  • byams pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maitreya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The bodhisattva Maitreya is an important figure in many Buddhist traditions, where he is unanimously regarded as the buddha of the future era. He is said to currently reside in the heaven of Tuṣita, as Śākyamuni’s regent, where he awaits the proper time to take his final rebirth and become the fifth buddha in the Fortunate Eon, reestablishing the Dharma in this world after the teachings of the current buddha have disappeared. Within the Mahāyāna sūtras, Maitreya is elevated to the same status as other central bodhisattvas such as Mañjuśrī and Avalokiteśvara, and his name appears frequently in sūtras, either as the Buddha’s interlocutor or as a teacher of the Dharma. Maitreya literally means “Loving One.” He is also known as Ajita, meaning “Invincible.”

For more information on Maitreya, see, for example, the introduction to Maitreya’s Setting Out (Toh 198).

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­19
  • 1.­6
  • 19.­37-38
  • 21.­16
  • 33.­71
  • n.­173
  • n.­446
  • g.­137
g.­944

major marks

Wylie:
  • mtshan
Tibetan:
  • མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa

See “thirty-two major marks of a superior man that the tathāgatas possess.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 24.­39
  • 29.­37
  • g.­330
g.­946

malice

Wylie:
  • gnod sems
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • duṣṭa­citta
  • vyāpāda

Second of the five obscurations; ninth of the ten non-virtuous actions; second of the four knots. Also translated here as “harmful intention.”

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • 20.­37
  • 24.­20
  • 27.­8
  • 27.­24
  • 28.­11
  • 29.­79
  • 32.­21
  • n.­347
  • g.­626
  • g.­713
  • g.­1109
g.­950

manifestly perfect buddhahood

Wylie:
  • mngon par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas pa
  • mngon par rdzogs pa’i ’tshang rgya ba
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས་པ།
  • མངོན་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་འཚང་རྒྱ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­sam­bodhi

Located in 200 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­35
  • i.­39
  • i.­45-46
  • i.­49
  • i.­63
  • i.­65
  • i.­67
  • i.­69
  • i.­73-75
  • i.­79
  • i.­82
  • i.­88
  • i.­94
  • i.­96-98
  • 1.­9-11
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­94
  • 4.­52
  • 7.­17-18
  • 7.­21-22
  • 9.­36
  • 10.­3
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­38-39
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­12
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­9-12
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­10
  • 15.­34
  • 15.­40
  • 17.­33
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­74-75
  • 19.­23
  • 19.­25
  • 19.­37-38
  • 19.­65
  • 20.­43
  • 20.­49-56
  • 21.­10-11
  • 21.­24
  • 21.­26
  • 21.­28
  • 21.­31
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­17-18
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­57-58
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­43
  • 23.­50-51
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­58-62
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­18-45
  • 24.­50
  • 24.­55
  • 25.­11-12
  • 25.­15-18
  • 25.­20
  • 25.­25
  • 25.­40
  • 25.­45
  • 25.­49
  • 25.­52
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­7-8
  • 26.­10-14
  • 26.­16-17
  • 26.­19-20
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­46
  • 26.­56-59
  • 27.­17
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­34
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­87
  • 30.­41
  • 30.­44-45
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­31-33
  • 31.­38-39
  • 31.­47
  • 31.­60
  • 31.­66
  • 32.­1-2
  • 32.­4-5
  • 32.­12
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­30-33
  • 32.­37-38
  • 32.­47
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­31-32
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­50-52
  • 33.­59-61
  • 33.­64
  • 33.­67-69
  • n.­4
  • n.­62
  • g.­170
  • g.­1259
g.­952

Māra

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

Personification of everything that functions as a hindrance to awakening. See also “demonic force.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­39
  • i.­95
  • 31.­26-33
  • 31.­35
  • 31.­38-39
  • 31.­41
  • 31.­57
  • 31.­59
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­63-64
  • 33.­15
  • 33.­50
  • g.­362
g.­956

mass of foam

Wylie:
  • dbu ba rdos pa
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་བ་རྡོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • phena­piṇḍa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­24
  • 30.­2
g.­959

maturity

Wylie:
  • skyon ma mchis pa
  • skyon med
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱོན་མ་མཆིས་པ།
  • སྐྱོན་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ni­yāma

While “immaturity” (āma, skyon) suggests rawness‍—something that is uncooked, unrefined, and flawed‍— here the term “maturity” implies certitude, refinement, cooking, softening, and flawlessness.

Located in 106 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41-42
  • i.­69
  • i.­74
  • i.­88
  • i.­94-95
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­5-8
  • 8.­12-13
  • 8.­21-22
  • 8.­26-27
  • 8.­31-37
  • 8.­39-41
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­46
  • 8.­50
  • 8.­52
  • 8.­54-55
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­12
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­24
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­35-36
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • 10.­38
  • 11.­10-11
  • 11.­24
  • 11.­37
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­25
  • 17.­49
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­67
  • 19.­55
  • 19.­57
  • 21.­24
  • 22.­5
  • 23.­47
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­51
  • 24.­14
  • 24.­25-37
  • 24.­41-45
  • 24.­50
  • 25.­9
  • 25.­31
  • 25.­48
  • 28.­7-8
  • 28.­24-25
  • 29.­67
  • 30.­21
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­41
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­39
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­57-58
  • 32.­35
  • 32.­46
  • 32.­51
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­48
  • g.­769
g.­968

meditative absorption

Wylie:
  • snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samāpatti

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Sanskrit literally means “attainment,” and is used to refer specifically to meditative attainment and to particular meditative states. The Tibetan translators interpreted it as sama-āpatti, which suggests the idea of “equal” or “level”; however, they also parsed it as sam-āpatti, in which case it would have the sense of “concentration” or “absorption,” much like samādhi, but with the added sense of “attainment.”

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­34
  • 1.­54
  • 3.­28
  • 9.­26
  • 20.­36
  • 24.­3
  • 27.­10
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­17
  • 30.­26
  • g.­969
  • g.­971
  • g.­972
g.­969

meditative absorption of neither perception nor non-perception

Wylie:
  • ’du shes med min gyi snyoms ’jug
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་གྱི་སྙོམས་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • naiva­saṃjñā­saṃjñāyatana

Fourth of the four meditative absorptions.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­32
  • g.­622
g.­970

meditative absorption of the sense field of infinite consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched kyi snyoms ’jug
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཤེས་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཀྱི་སྙོམས་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • vi­jñānāntyāyatana

Second of the four formless meditative absorptions.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­32
  • 24.­3
  • g.­622
g.­971

meditative absorption of the sense field of infinite space

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched kyi snyoms ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཀྱི་སྙོམས་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • ākāśānantyāyatana

First of the four meditative absorptions.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­32
  • 24.­3
  • 27.­10
  • 30.­17
  • g.­622
g.­972

meditative absorption of the sense field of nothing-at-all

Wylie:
  • ci yang med pa’i skye mched kyi snyoms ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཅི་ཡང་མེད་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཀྱི་སྙོམས་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • a­kiṃ­canyāyatana

Third of the four meditative absorptions.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­32
  • 24.­3
  • g.­622
g.­973

meditative concentration

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāna

Meditative concentration is defined as the one-pointed abiding in an undistracted state of mind free from afflicted mental states. It is an advanced form of calm abiding, where often both calm abiding and penetrative insight may be present in perfect union. Four states of meditative concentration are identified as being conducive to birth within the world system of form, each of which has three phases of intensity. However, in the context‌ of the Great Vehicle, meditative concentration is the fifth of the six transcendent perfections. See also “four meditative concentrations” and 1.­30.

Located in 93 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­43
  • i.­45
  • i.­85
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­52-54
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­24
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­37
  • 9.­10-11
  • 9.­13-18
  • 9.­21-25
  • 9.­40
  • 10.­15
  • 14.­29
  • 14.­59
  • 17.­37
  • 18.­67-69
  • 20.­38
  • 21.­32-35
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­36
  • 22.­58
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­53
  • 23.­55
  • 23.­57-58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­2
  • 24.­22
  • 24.­51-52
  • 25.­34-35
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­10
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­25
  • 27.­35-36
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­39-40
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­17
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­30
  • 31.­42-43
  • 31.­55
  • 32.­9
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­33
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­35
  • n.­47
  • g.­627
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1591
g.­974

meditative stability

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi

A generic name for the one hundred and eleven meditative stabilities enumerated in the present text.

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In a general sense, samādhi can describe a number of different meditative states. In the Mahāyāna literature, in particular in the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras, we find extensive lists of different samādhis, numbering over one hundred.

In a more restricted sense, and when understood as a mental state, samādhi is defined as the one-pointedness of the mind (cittaikāgratā), the ability to remain on the same object over long periods of time. The Drajor Bamponyipa (sgra sbyor bam po gnyis pa) commentary on the Mahāvyutpatti explains the term samādhi as referring to the instrument through which mind and mental states “get collected,” i.e., it is by the force of samādhi that the continuum of mind and mental states becomes collected on a single point of reference without getting distracted.

Located in 222 passages in the translation:

  • i.­49
  • i.­85
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­56
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­33
  • 6.­22
  • 8.­39
  • 9.­17
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­24
  • 10.­15
  • 11.­6-8
  • 12.­10-17
  • 12.­43
  • 13.­16
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­29
  • 15.­36
  • 15.­50
  • 16.­18
  • 17.­43
  • 17.­49
  • 17.­62
  • 23.­54-55
  • 24.­3
  • 24.­7
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­12-13
  • 25.­16-18
  • 25.­20
  • 25.­34-35
  • 27.­25
  • 27.­33
  • 27.­35-36
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­21-24
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­39-40
  • 28.­47
  • 29.­10
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­26
  • 32.­57
  • n.­21
  • n.­41-42
  • n.­207-209
  • n.­211-212
  • n.­214-222
  • n.­224-228
  • n.­237-239
  • n.­246-254
  • n.­256
  • n.­258
  • n.­321
  • n.­411
  • n.­434
  • n.­439
  • g.­9
  • g.­13
  • g.­17
  • g.­28
  • g.­36
  • g.­89
  • g.­113
  • g.­149
  • g.­166
  • g.­183
  • g.­184
  • g.­193
  • g.­204
  • g.­220
  • g.­241
  • g.­269
  • g.­270
  • g.­292
  • g.­324
  • g.­325
  • g.­326
  • g.­327
  • g.­346
  • g.­372
  • g.­373
  • g.­374
  • g.­393
  • g.­394
  • g.­395
  • g.­396
  • g.­400
  • g.­471
  • g.­474
  • g.­475
  • g.­488
  • g.­489
  • g.­500
  • g.­501
  • g.­505
  • g.­508
  • g.­516
  • g.­517
  • g.­638
  • g.­640
  • g.­687
  • g.­732
  • g.­757
  • g.­758
  • g.­759
  • g.­760
  • g.­764
  • g.­766
  • g.­794
  • g.­804
  • g.­848
  • g.­883
  • g.­884
  • g.­904
  • g.­913
  • g.­943
  • g.­948
  • g.­949
  • g.­975
  • g.­976
  • g.­977
  • g.­997
  • g.­1061
  • g.­1088
  • g.­1136
  • g.­1142
  • g.­1200
  • g.­1226
  • g.­1242
  • g.­1243
  • g.­1266
  • g.­1267
  • g.­1268
  • g.­1274
  • g.­1320
  • g.­1327
  • g.­1332
  • g.­1346
  • g.­1347
  • g.­1361
  • g.­1362
  • g.­1363
  • g.­1364
  • g.­1437
  • g.­1472
  • g.­1482
  • g.­1485
  • g.­1486
  • g.­1505
  • g.­1506
  • g.­1516
  • g.­1517
  • g.­1518
  • g.­1519
  • g.­1575
  • g.­1578
  • g.­1586
  • g.­1606
  • g.­1612
  • g.­1634
  • g.­1636
  • g.­1640
  • g.­1646
  • g.­1648
  • g.­1655
  • g.­1656
  • g.­1663
  • g.­1686
  • g.­1726
  • g.­1746
  • g.­1771
g.­979

mental agitation

Wylie:
  • rgod pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • auddhatya

Fifth of the five fetters associated with the higher realms.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • g.­593
g.­980

mental consciousness

Wylie:
  • yid kyi rnam par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mano­vijñāna

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­38
  • 10.­24
  • 11.­14
  • 15.­50
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­19
  • 26.­31
  • 30.­8
  • g.­267
g.­981

mental faculty

Wylie:
  • yid
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད།
Sanskrit:
  • manas

The faculty that perceives mental phenomena.

Located in 99 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­58
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­72
  • 3.­89
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­2
  • 4.­9
  • 4.­19
  • 4.­25
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­40
  • 4.­45
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­16
  • 5.­25
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­65
  • 5.­67
  • 5.­69
  • 5.­71
  • 5.­73
  • 5.­75
  • 5.­77
  • 5.­79
  • 5.­81
  • 5.­83
  • 5.­85
  • 5.­87
  • 5.­140
  • 5.­156-167
  • 6.­6
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­27
  • 6.­47
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­4-5
  • 7.­12
  • 7.­18
  • 7.­23
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­37
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­38
  • 9.­32
  • 10.­24
  • 11.­14
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­21
  • 14.­4
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­58
  • 15.­3-4
  • 15.­12
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­50
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­11
  • 17.­16
  • 19.­15
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­47
  • 23.­3
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • 30.­27
  • 32.­24
  • g.­377
  • g.­1338
g.­982

mental image

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • nimitta

Also translated as “sign.”

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 18.­69-72
  • 20.­15
  • n.­322
  • n.­334
  • n.­338
  • g.­663
  • g.­1433
  • g.­1434
g.­983

mental phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

The term dharma (chos) conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s. See also “Dharma.”

Located in 83 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­59
  • 3.­57
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105-106
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­10
  • 4.­20
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­45
  • 5.­5
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­91
  • 5.­93
  • 5.­95
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­99
  • 5.­101
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­107
  • 5.­109
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­141
  • 5.­168-179
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­39
  • 7.­45-46
  • 8.­6
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­32
  • 11.­14
  • 11.­31
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­26
  • 14.­28
  • 14.­58
  • 16.­2
  • 17.­16
  • 19.­15
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­47
  • 23.­4
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­18
  • 26.­7
  • 28.­26
  • 32.­24
  • g.­267
  • g.­377
  • g.­981
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1372
g.­990

merit

Wylie:
  • bsod nams
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya

Merit refers to the wholesome tendencies imprinted in the mind as a result of positive and skillful thoughts, words, and actions that ripen in the experience of happiness and well-being. According to the Greater Vehicle, it is important to dedicate the merit of one’s wholesome actions to the benefit of all sentient beings, ensuring that others also experience the results of the positive actions generated.

(See also n.­380).

Located in 68 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • i.­9
  • i.­21
  • i.­95
  • i.­99
  • 1.­4
  • 2.­75
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­38
  • 15.­9
  • 15.­37
  • 16.­31
  • 18.­67
  • 19.­49-50
  • 24.­47-54
  • 24.­56-61
  • 25.­45-46
  • 26.­2
  • 26.­4-6
  • 26.­9
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­14
  • 32.­35
  • 33.­17-19
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­38-41
  • 33.­43-47
  • 33.­53-62
  • n.­380
  • n.­393
  • n.­457
  • g.­1259
  • g.­1264
g.­991

methodically

Wylie:
  • tshul las
Tibetan:
  • ཚུལ་ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • nayataḥ

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 18.­1-2
  • n.­313
g.­992

mighty nāga

Wylie:
  • glang po chen po
Tibetan:
  • གླང་པོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahānāga

This term, meaning “elephant” in this context‌, is a metaphor, suggesting that those present in the assembly were leaders of considerable stature rather than followers.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­2
g.­993

mind

Wylie:
  • sems
Tibetan:
  • སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • citta

Also translated here as “mindset” and “thought.”

Located in 203 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­33
  • i.­35
  • i.­42
  • i.­54
  • i.­56
  • i.­63
  • i.­72-74
  • i.­78
  • i.­95
  • i.­98
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­55
  • 3.­3-4
  • 3.­8-9
  • 4.­52
  • 6.­32
  • 6.­40-41
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­17
  • 7.­31-35
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­8-12
  • 8.­15
  • 8.­38
  • 8.­51-54
  • 9.­3-6
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­13-16
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­38-41
  • 9.­45
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­42
  • 10.­44
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­12
  • 14.­47
  • 14.­56
  • 15.­2-3
  • 15.­5-9
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­22-23
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­44
  • 15.­49
  • 16.­1
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­21-23
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­43-45
  • 17.­47-48
  • 17.­50-51
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­27
  • 20.­31
  • 20.­73
  • 20.­78
  • 21.­31
  • 21.­35
  • 22.­42
  • 22.­52-56
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­48
  • 23.­51
  • 23.­53
  • 23.­55
  • 23.­58
  • 24.­20
  • 25.­2-3
  • 25.­16-17
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­3-4
  • 26.­6
  • 26.­9-12
  • 26.­20
  • 26.­32
  • 26.­45
  • 26.­55
  • 27.­8
  • 27.­13
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­25
  • 27.­33
  • 27.­35
  • 28.­36
  • 28.­49-50
  • 29.­8
  • 29.­10
  • 29.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­26
  • 31.­32
  • 31.­34
  • 31.­39
  • 31.­47-49
  • 32.­2
  • 32.­13
  • 32.­20-25
  • 32.­32
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­1-3
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­64
  • 33.­70
  • n.­292
  • n.­370
  • n.­373
  • n.­392-393
  • n.­407
  • g.­43
  • g.­140
  • g.­201
  • g.­202
  • g.­254
  • g.­421
  • g.­492
  • g.­520
  • g.­611
  • g.­670
  • g.­675
  • g.­929
  • g.­990
  • g.­997
  • g.­999
  • g.­1047
  • g.­1480
  • g.­1544
  • g.­1599
g.­997

mindfulness

Wylie:
  • dran pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛti

This is the faculty which enables the mind to maintain its attention on a referent object, counteracting the arising of forgetfulness, which is a great obstacle to meditative stability. Together with alertness, mindfulness is one of the two indispensable factors for the development of calm abiding.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 8.­38
  • 9.­13
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35
  • 32.­57
  • g.­1726
g.­999

mindset

Wylie:
  • sems
Tibetan:
  • སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • citta

Also translated here as “mind” and “thought.”

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­1
  • 3.­3
  • 7.­32
  • 8.­9
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­8
  • 9.­16
  • 10.­23
  • 15.­37
  • 27.­30
  • g.­993
  • g.­1544
g.­1002

minor marks

Wylie:
  • dpe byad bzang po
Tibetan:
  • དཔེ་བྱད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • anuvyañjana

See “eighty excellent minor marks.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 8.­43
  • n.­67
  • n.­86
  • n.­140
  • n.­441
  • g.­1214
g.­1005

mirage

Wylie:
  • smig rgyu
Tibetan:
  • སྨིག་རྒྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • marīci

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 1.­5
  • 2.­86
  • 6.­4
  • 6.­37
  • 8.­38
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­32
  • 12.­35
  • 19.­31
  • 19.­34
  • 20.­10
  • 22.­55-56
  • 27.­24
  • 28.­2-3
  • 28.­6
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­38
  • 30.­5
g.­1006

misconception

Wylie:
  • phyin ci log pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­paryāsa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 28.­30
  • g.­611
g.­1007

misconstrue

Wylie:
  • rtog
Tibetan:
  • རྟོག
Sanskrit:
  • parā­mṛśati

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­1
g.­1008

miserliness

Wylie:
  • ser sna
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྣ།
Sanskrit:
  • mātsarya

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • i.­42
  • i.­95
  • 2.­76
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­51
  • 9.­44
  • 20.­36
  • 24.­18
  • 25.­42
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­23
  • 27.­29
  • 28.­39
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­22
  • g.­1109
g.­1015

motion

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • gamana

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­51
  • i.­65
  • 13.­5
  • 19.­61-62
  • 19.­65-66
  • 22.­34
  • g.­140
g.­1021

mundane

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • laukika

Located in 42 passages in the translation:

  • i.­91
  • 2.­73
  • 2.­75
  • 6.­49
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­42-44
  • 9.­46-47
  • 10.­33
  • 11.­4
  • 19.­54
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­65
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­14
  • 24.­23
  • 27.­11
  • 28.­33
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­43
  • 29.­1-2
  • 29.­4
  • 29.­73
  • 29.­84
  • 29.­88
  • 30.­15
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­5
  • 32.­41
  • 33.­33
  • 33.­71
  • n.­141
  • g.­267
  • g.­675
  • g.­836
  • g.­1693
g.­1022

mundane gift of the sacred doctrine

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten pa’i chos kyi sbyin pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་པའི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • laukika­dharma­dāna

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­1
  • 29.­6
g.­1023

mundane phenomena

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten pa’i chos
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • laukika­dharma

These comprise the five psycho-physical aggregates, the twelve sense fields, the eighteen sensory elements, the ten virtuous actions, the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable aspirations, the four formless absorptions, and the five extrasensory powers.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­91
  • i.­95
  • 3.­4
  • 9.­27
  • 17.­11
  • 29.­1
  • 32.­25
  • n.­142
g.­1028

name

Wylie:
  • ming
Tibetan:
  • མིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • nāma
  • varṇa

Located in 105 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­10-49
  • 6.­31-32
  • 9.­31-35
  • 10.­45
  • 12.­41-42
  • 17.­35
  • 24.­24-25
  • 24.­28-29
  • 24.­37
  • 24.­42-43
  • 26.­46-54
  • 30.­25
  • 32.­38
  • 33.­21
  • n.­24
  • n.­301
  • g.­74
  • g.­79
  • g.­85
  • g.­138
  • g.­157
  • g.­210
  • g.­586
  • g.­681
  • g.­803
  • g.­846
  • g.­935
  • g.­942
  • g.­951
  • g.­1032
  • g.­1059
  • g.­1060
  • g.­1235
  • g.­1279
  • g.­1280
  • g.­1281
  • g.­1346
  • g.­1352
  • g.­1436
  • g.­1470
  • g.­1484
  • g.­1507
  • g.­1508
  • g.­1510
  • g.­1660
  • g.­1671
  • g.­1672
  • g.­1695
  • g.­1768
g.­1034

narratives

Wylie:
  • rtogs par brjod pa’i sde
Tibetan:
  • རྟོགས་པར་བརྗོད་པའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • ava­dāna

Ninth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­16
  • 33.­17-18
  • g.­1541
g.­1037

nature

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­kṛti

Located in 109 passages in the translation:

  • i.­34
  • i.­42-43
  • i.­58
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­58-72
  • 4.­24-31
  • 4.­39-44
  • 6.­47-48
  • 7.­24
  • 8.­8-11
  • 8.­39
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­41
  • 11.­15-19
  • 11.­21
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­30
  • 14.­2-13
  • 14.­42-43
  • 15.­9
  • 16.­14
  • 17.­2
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­75
  • 19.­46
  • 19.­59
  • 20.­7
  • 20.­42
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­57
  • 20.­68-71
  • 21.­25-26
  • 22.­58
  • 23.­50-51
  • 23.­53-54
  • 25.­51
  • 26.­39
  • 27.­8
  • 29.­64
  • 30.­24
  • 31.­49
  • 33.­26
  • n.­188
  • n.­428
  • g.­43
  • g.­170
  • g.­202
  • g.­581
  • g.­932
  • g.­1560
  • g.­1603
  • g.­1768
g.­1039

nature of reality

Wylie:
  • chos kyi tshul gyi rang bzhin
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཚུལ་གྱི་རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmatā­prakṛti

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 27.­19
  • g.­29
  • g.­445
  • g.­809
g.­1040

nature of their own deeds

Wylie:
  • las bdag gir bya ba nyid
Tibetan:
  • ལས་བདག་གིར་བྱ་བ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • karma­svaka­tā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­3
g.­1046

negative and non-virtuous attributes

Wylie:
  • sdig pa mi dge ba’i chos
Tibetan:
  • སྡིག་པ་མི་དགེ་བའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • pāpakānākuśala­dharma

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­21
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­52
  • 8.­23-24
  • 9.­13
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35
  • 29.­9
  • 29.­17
g.­1054

night lotus

Wylie:
  • ku mu da
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་མུ་ད།
Sanskrit:
  • kumuda

The water plant Nymphae esculenta.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 19.­60
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­45
  • 32.­57
g.­1057

nine serial steps of meditative absorption

Wylie:
  • mthar gyis gnas pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa dgu
Tibetan:
  • མཐར་གྱིས་གནས་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་དགུ
Sanskrit:
  • navānu­pūrva­vihāra­samāpatti

See 1.­34.

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­34
  • 3.­28
  • 8.­38
  • 20.­36
  • 21.­20
  • 21.­22
  • 24.­8
  • 27.­34-35
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­17
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­12
  • n.­37-38
  • g.­1146
  • g.­1148
  • g.­1149
  • g.­1150
g.­1058

Nirmāṇa­rata

Wylie:
  • ’phrul dga’
Tibetan:
  • འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirmāṇa­rata

Fifth god realm of desire, meaning “delighting in emanation.”

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­23
  • 11.­3
  • 15.­1
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 24.­18
  • 28.­7
  • 30.­26
  • g.­1265
g.­1063

noble eightfold path

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i lam yan lag brgyad
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་ལམ་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭaṅgārya­mārga

The noble eightfold path, enumerated in 1.­26, comprises (1) correct view, (2) correct ideation, (3) correct speech, (4) correct action, (5) correct livelihood, (6) correct effort, (7) correct recollection, and (8) correct meditative stability.

Located in 147 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11-12
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­45
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­2-3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­65
  • 3.­82
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­51
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­25-27
  • 6.­48
  • 6.­52
  • 7.­18
  • 7.­21
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­43-46
  • 8.­7-8
  • 8.­36
  • 8.­45
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­34
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­3
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­38
  • 12.­40
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­17
  • 13.­27
  • 14.­21
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­31
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­23
  • 15.­50
  • 15.­52
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­17-18
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­7
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­17
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­63
  • 20.­33
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­20
  • 21.­25
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
  • 22.­38
  • 22.­49
  • 23.­6
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26-27
  • 24.­6
  • 24.­32
  • 24.­56
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4-5
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­14
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­28
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­26
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­14
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­77
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­92-93
  • 30.­17
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • 33.­62
  • g.­297
  • g.­300
  • g.­303
  • g.­304
  • g.­306
  • g.­310
  • g.­311
  • g.­312
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
g.­1064

noble form

Wylie:
  • lus gzugs bzang ba
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་གཟུགས་བཟང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­rūpa­pra­sādika

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 32.­34-35
  • n.­441
  • g.­163
  • g.­924
g.­1065

noble truth of suffering

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • duḥkhārya­satya

First of the four noble truths.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­17
  • 4.­30
  • 4.­34
  • 4.­38
  • 4.­47
  • 24.­11
  • g.­630
g.­1066

noble truth of the cessation of suffering

Wylie:
  • ’gog pa ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan:
  • འགོག་པ་འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ni­rodhārya­satya

Third of the four noble truths.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­17
  • 4.­30
  • 4.­34
  • 4.­38
  • 4.­47
  • 24.­11
  • g.­630
g.­1067

noble truth of the origin of suffering

Wylie:
  • kun ’byung ba ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་འབྱུང་བ་འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­udayārya­satya

Second of the four noble truths.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­17
  • 4.­30
  • 4.­34
  • 4.­38
  • 4.­47
  • 24.­11
  • g.­630
g.­1068

noble truth of the path

Wylie:
  • lam ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan:
  • ལམ་འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mārgārya­satya

Fourth of the four noble truths.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­17
  • 4.­30
  • 4.­34
  • 4.­38
  • 4.­47
  • 24.­11
  • g.­630
g.­1075

non-apprehensible

Wylie:
  • dmigs su ma mchi
  • dmigs su med
  • dmigs su med pa
  • mi dmigs su med
  • dmigs pa med
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་སུ་མ་མཆི།
  • དམིགས་སུ་མེད།
  • དམིགས་སུ་མེད་པ།
  • མི་དམིགས་སུ་མེད།
  • དམིགས་པ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • an­upa­labdhya
  • an­upa­labdha
  • nopa­labhyate

Located in 168 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­35
  • i.­43-44
  • i.­46
  • i.­51
  • i.­54
  • i.­56
  • i.­60
  • i.­64
  • i.­84
  • 1.­66-67
  • 3.­4
  • 5.­144-203
  • 6.­35-36
  • 8.­11
  • 8.­37
  • 9.­31-35
  • 10.­26-29
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­13
  • 11.­36-37
  • 12.­10
  • 12.­25
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­3-8
  • 13.­10-11
  • 13.­13
  • 13.­45-46
  • 13.­64-65
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­17-19
  • 14.­47
  • 15.­8-9
  • 16.­16-17
  • 17.­9
  • 17.­17
  • 18.­39
  • 18.­41
  • 18.­46
  • 18.­50
  • 19.­1
  • 19.­54-55
  • 20.­48
  • 20.­73
  • 22.­24-40
  • 22.­57
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­59
  • 23.­61
  • 26.­19
  • 26.­24
  • 26.­37
  • 26.­39
  • 26.­41-42
  • 26.­57-58
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­23
  • 29.­63
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­71
  • 30.­5-6
  • 30.­27
  • 30.­36
g.­1076

non-apprehension

Wylie:
  • dmigs su med pa nyid
  • dmigs su ma mchis pa
  • mi dmigs pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་སུ་མེད་པ་ཉིད།
  • དམིགས་སུ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
  • མི་དམིགས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • an­upa­labdhi­tā
  • an­upa­lambha
  • an­upa­lambha­tā

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 1.­72-73
  • 5.­38
  • 6.­13
  • 7.­47
  • 9.­31
  • 11.­33
  • 11.­35
  • 12.­30-31
  • 13.­6-8
  • 13.­12
  • 14.­22
  • 19.­47
  • 20.­2-4
  • 20.­7-12
  • 20.­15-16
  • 20.­20-21
  • 20.­23-39
  • 22.­20
  • 23.­29-30
  • 28.­26
  • 29.­70
  • n.­336
  • n.­338
  • n.­341
  • n.­343-347
  • n.­377
g.­1078

non-arising

Wylie:
  • mi skye ba
  • skye ba ma mchis pa
  • skye ba med pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྐྱེ་བ།
  • སྐྱེ་བ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
  • སྐྱེ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­ut­pādita
  • anutpāda
  • asamutthāna

Located in 91 passages in the translation:

  • i.­34
  • i.­53
  • i.­57-58
  • i.­60
  • i.­68
  • i.­88
  • i.­96
  • 2.­82
  • 3.­4-5
  • 5.­125
  • 6.­13-17
  • 6.­41-46
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­6
  • 10.­32-36
  • 10.­39
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­22
  • 12.­42
  • 13.­2
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­7
  • 14.­36-38
  • 14.­42-46
  • 14.­48-49
  • 14.­52-56
  • 16.­10-11
  • 19.­6
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­60
  • 20.­6
  • 20.­18
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­78
  • 21.­9
  • 22.­30
  • 23.­10
  • 23.­28-29
  • 23.­48
  • 24.­17
  • 25.­20
  • 26.­53
  • 28.­8
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­14
  • 30.­2
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­61
  • 32.­14
  • 32.­36
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­33
  • n.­287
  • n.­289
  • g.­202
  • g.­1560
  • g.­1611
g.­1082

non-conceptual

Wylie:
  • rnam par mi rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་མི་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­vi­kalpa

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­92
  • 20.­20
  • 26.­21
  • 26.­28-31
  • 26.­33
  • 29.­75
  • 31.­2
g.­1090

non-duality

Wylie:
  • gnyis su med pa
Tibetan:
  • གཉིས་སུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­dvaya

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­27
  • i.­61
  • i.­87-88
  • 9.­14
  • 9.­36
  • 12.­32
  • 17.­38-40
  • 18.­2
  • 18.­15
  • 28.­32
  • 31.­2
  • n.­283
g.­1092

non-entity

Wylie:
  • dngos po med pa
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­bhāva

See n.­50.

Located in 140 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­42
  • i.­48
  • i.­90
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­78
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­51
  • 3.­69-106
  • 4.­18-21
  • 5.­62-63
  • 5.­86-87
  • 5.­110-111
  • 5.­126
  • 5.­138-143
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­167
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­191
  • 5.­203-204
  • 6.­41-46
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­5-6
  • 8.­42
  • 11.­40
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­10
  • 13.­15
  • 13.­18-40
  • 14.­15
  • 15.­18
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­7
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­41
  • 20.­11
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­60
  • 22.­30
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­45
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­20
  • 27.­11
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­38
  • 28.­42-43
  • 29.­71
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­38
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­38-39
  • 31.­56
  • n.­49-50
  • n.­334
g.­1093

non-existent

Wylie:
  • bdag nyid med pa
Tibetan:
  • བདག་ཉིད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāsti­tā
  • nair­ātmya

Located in 67 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­45
  • i.­50-51
  • i.­54
  • i.­56
  • i.­67
  • 3.­51
  • 6.­4-13
  • 6.­17-23
  • 7.­45-46
  • 10.­24-25
  • 10.­32-36
  • 10.­39
  • 11.­36-37
  • 12.­23-25
  • 13.­3
  • 13.­64
  • 14.­47
  • 15.­8
  • 16.­23
  • 17.­30
  • 19.­24
  • 20.­3
  • 20.­48
  • 20.­73-74
  • 23.­46
  • 23.­59
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­18-23
  • 24.­32
  • 24.­35
  • 26.­12
  • 27.­11
  • 29.­64
  • 30.­27
  • n.­330
g.­1104

non-self

Wylie:
  • bdag med pa
Tibetan:
  • བདག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­ātman

The view that there is no self existing independent of the five psycho-physical aggregates. Also translated here as “selflessness” and “absence of self.”

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­52
  • 4.­16
  • 4.­19-20
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­159
  • 5.­171
  • 5.­183
  • 5.­195
  • 8.­48
  • 14.­15
  • 18.­63
  • 32.­37
  • g.­1372
g.­1115

not empty

Wylie:
  • mi stong pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­śūnya

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19-21
  • 5.­48-49
  • 5.­72-73
  • 5.­96-97
  • 5.­119
  • 5.­131
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­148
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­172
  • 5.­184
  • 5.­196
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­59
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­17
  • 19.­4
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­39
  • 22.­30
  • 27.­28-29
  • 30.­47-48
g.­1119

notion of self

Wylie:
  • bdag tu ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • བདག་ཏུ་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • ātma­saṃjñā

Third of the four misconceptions; the mistaken notion of a self existing independent of the five psycho-physical aggregates.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­54
  • 9.­44
  • 25.­16
  • g.­567
  • g.­628
g.­1120

notion that existence is pleasant

Wylie:
  • sdug par ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་པར་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • śubha­saṃjñā

Literally, the “notion of pleasantness;” fourth of the four misconceptions.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­16
  • g.­628
g.­1121

notion that there is happiness

Wylie:
  • bde ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • sukha­saṃjñā

Second of the four misconceptions.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­16
  • g.­628
g.­1122

notion that there is permanence

Wylie:
  • rtag pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • nitya­saṃjñā

First of the four misconceptions.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­16
  • g.­628
g.­1134

objective

Wylie:
  • don gyi dbang
Tibetan:
  • དོན་གྱི་དབང་།
Sanskrit:
  • artha­vaśa

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 23.­9
  • 25.­38
  • 26.­27-28
  • 31.­65
  • 33.­50
  • n.­318
  • g.­695
  • g.­1375
g.­1137

obscuration

Wylie:
  • sgrib pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲིབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āvaraṇa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The obscurations to liberation and omniscience. They are generally categorized as two types: affective obscurations (kleśāvaraṇa), the arising of afflictive emotions; and cognitive obscurations (jñeyāvaraṇa), those caused by misapprehension and incorrect understanding about the nature of reality.

The term is used also as a reference to a set five hindrances on the path: longing for sense pleasures (Skt. kāmacchanda), malice (Skt. vyāpāda), sloth and torpor (Skt. styānamiddha), excitement and remorse (Skt. auddhatyakaukṛtya), and doubt (Skt. vicikitsā).

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 26.­20
  • 29.­68
  • 30.­36
  • g.­611
g.­1139

obstruct

Wylie:
  • bkag par ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • བཀག་པར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • pratyā­khyā­tā bhavati

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 26.­44
  • 33.­3
  • g.­361
  • g.­617
  • g.­675
  • g.­716
g.­1140

obstructed

Wylie:
  • thogs
Tibetan:
  • ཐོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • prati­hanyate

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­55
  • 13.­57
  • 23.­28
  • 27.­33
  • 29.­16
g.­1141

occur

Wylie:
  • ’byung bar ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་བར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • prādur­bhāvo bhavati

Also translated here as “emerge.”

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­21
  • 8.­3
  • 16.­23
  • 20.­65
  • 24.­18-23
  • 33.­22
  • n.­322
  • g.­442
  • g.­611
g.­1144

omniscience

Wylie:
  • rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­jña­tā

Located in 375 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32
  • i.­35-36
  • i.­38
  • i.­43
  • i.­45-47
  • i.­51
  • i.­56
  • i.­60-61
  • i.­78
  • i.­84
  • i.­88
  • i.­91
  • i.­97
  • 1.­12
  • 2.­11
  • 2.­73
  • 3.­2-3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­67
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­101
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­28-31
  • 4.­51-52
  • 6.­24-25
  • 6.­30
  • 6.­32-33
  • 6.­35-38
  • 6.­40-41
  • 6.­45
  • 7.­1-6
  • 7.­8-11
  • 7.­20-21
  • 7.­31
  • 9.­5-6
  • 9.­8-9
  • 9.­15-18
  • 9.­21-24
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­37-41
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25-26
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­37-38
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­12
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­41
  • 12.­27-30
  • 12.­32-42
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­12
  • 13.­35
  • 14.­23-25
  • 14.­32
  • 14.­35-36
  • 14.­38-41
  • 14.­43-45
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­3
  • 15.­5-7
  • 15.­15-16
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­50
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­21-24
  • 17.­1-2
  • 17.­5
  • 17.­8-9
  • 17.­12-13
  • 17.­16-18
  • 17.­36-39
  • 17.­41
  • 17.­49-50
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­7-11
  • 18.­14-17
  • 18.­20-23
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­29
  • 18.­31
  • 18.­33
  • 18.­35
  • 18.­37
  • 18.­47-48
  • 18.­58-59
  • 18.­66-68
  • 19.­2
  • 19.­8
  • 19.­10-12
  • 19.­18
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­42
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­64
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­58-60
  • 20.­62-64
  • 20.­68-76
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­7-8
  • 21.­23-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­34
  • 21.­36
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16-17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­22-24
  • 22.­43-44
  • 22.­50-51
  • 22.­54-58
  • 23.­2-8
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26-30
  • 23.­42
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­51
  • 23.­53
  • 23.­55-56
  • 23.­58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­17
  • 24.­24-46
  • 24.­48
  • 24.­54
  • 24.­57
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­7-8
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­31-32
  • 25.­36
  • 25.­39
  • 25.­47
  • 25.­49-51
  • 26.­1-2
  • 26.­14-16
  • 26.­21
  • 26.­35
  • 26.­39
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­50
  • 26.­54-55
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­16-17
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­23
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­28
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­19-20
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­26-27
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­5-6
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­42
  • 30.­44
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­34
  • 31.­37-39
  • 31.­43-44
  • 31.­53
  • 32.­2
  • 32.­5
  • 32.­47
  • 33.­3
  • 33.­13
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­35-36
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­57
  • 33.­59
  • n.­4
  • n.­205
  • n.­380
  • g.­492
g.­1146

one achieves and abides in the cessation of all perceptions and feelings

Wylie:
  • ’du shes dang tshor ba ’gog pa bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས་དང་ཚོར་བ་འགོག་པ་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­jnāvedita­nirodhakayena sākṣāt­krtvopa­sam­padya viharati

Eighth of the eight aspects of liberation. Also the ninth of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33-34
  • 27.­33
  • g.­421
g.­1147

one achieves and abides in the sense field of infinite consciousness, thinking, ‘Consciousness is infinite’

Wylie:
  • rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཤེས་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­jñānāntyāyatanam­upasampadya­viharati

Fifth of the eight aspects of liberation.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 27.­33
  • g.­421
g.­1148

one achieves and abides in the sense field of infinite space, thinking, ‘Space is infinite.’

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ākāśānantyāyatanam­upasampadya vi­harati

Fourth of the eight aspects of liberation. Also the fifth of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33-34
  • 27.­33
  • 29.­16
  • g.­421
g.­1149

one achieves and abides in the sense field of neither perception nor non-perception

Wylie:
  • ’du shes med ’du shes med min skye mched bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • naiva­saṃjnā­saṃjnāyatanam­upasam­padya vi­harati

Seventh of the eight aspects of liberation. Also the eighth of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33-34
  • 27.­33
  • g.­421
g.­1150

one achieves and abides in the sense field of nothing-at-all, thinking, ‘There is nothing at all.’

Wylie:
  • ci yang med pa’i skye mched bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཅི་ཡང་མེད་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­kiṃc­anyāyatanam­upasam­padya vi­harati

Sixth of the eight aspects of liberation. Also the seventh of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33-34
  • 27.­33
  • g.­421
g.­1155

opinion

Wylie:
  • lta bar gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྟ་བར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dṛṣṭi­kṛta

Also translated here as “false view.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­52
  • 12.­26
  • 14.­29
  • n.­158
  • g.­566
g.­1160

outcome

Wylie:
  • rgyu ’thun pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུ་འཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • niṣyanda

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­24
  • 23.­54
  • 33.­8
  • g.­617
g.­1169

Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin

Wylie:
  • gzhan ’phrul dbang byed
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་འཕྲུལ་དབང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin

Sixth god realm of desire, meaning “mastery over transformations.”

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­23
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­10
  • 15.­1
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 19.­52
  • 24.­18
  • 28.­7
  • 30.­19
  • 30.­26
  • n.­301
  • g.­1265
g.­1171

Parī­ttābha

Wylie:
  • ’od chung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • parī­ttābha

Fourth god realm of form, meaning “little radiance.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 19.­52
  • g.­1265
g.­1172

Parītta­śubha

Wylie:
  • dge chung
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • parītta­śubha

Seventh god realm of form, meaning “little virtue.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • 19.­52
  • g.­1265
g.­1177

past action

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

The impact of past actions in the present and future. Also rendered here as “karma.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 14.­51
  • 15.­1
  • 17.­55
  • 26.­32
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­9
  • 29.­62-63
  • 29.­74
  • 32.­46
  • 33.­4
  • g.­334
  • g.­586
  • g.­611
  • g.­835
  • g.­836
  • g.­855
  • g.­1596
g.­1180

path of cultivation

Wylie:
  • sgom lam
Tibetan:
  • སྒོམ་ལམ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāvanā­mārga

Fourth of the five paths, preceded by the paths of provisions, connection, and insight, and followed by the path of no-more-learning.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­22
  • i.­25
  • 11.­6-8
  • g.­431
g.­1182

path of preparation

Wylie:
  • sbyor lam
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱོར་ལམ།
Sanskrit:
  • prayoga­mārga

Second of the five paths.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • i.­24-25
  • i.­80
  • n.­430
  • g.­24
  • g.­1180
  • g.­1181
  • g.­1184
  • g.­1504
  • g.­1558
  • g.­1705
g.­1183

peace

Wylie:
  • zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śānta

Also translated here as “calm” and “calmness.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­16
  • 30.­10
  • g.­43
  • g.­207
  • g.­208
  • g.­1056
g.­1186

perceive

Wylie:
  • kun tu shes
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­jānite

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32
  • i.­42
  • i.­88
  • i.­93
  • 1.­55
  • 2.­74
  • 2.­85-89
  • 2.­91-94
  • 6.­22
  • 8.­48
  • 10.­42
  • 10.­44
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­12
  • 17.­15
  • 17.­24
  • 18.­68
  • 20.­54
  • 25.­16-19
  • 25.­51-52
  • 26.­7
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­28
  • 28.­32
  • 28.­38
  • 28.­49
  • 30.­2-11
  • 30.­27-28
  • 30.­32
  • 30.­39
  • 31.­29
  • n.­46
  • n.­205
  • g.­777
  • g.­981
g.­1187

perceiving

Wylie:
  • kun tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­janāna

Located in 60 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­52-106
  • 8.­38
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­68
  • 29.­68
  • g.­1732
g.­1195

perceptions

Wylie:
  • ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­jñā

It is perceptions that recognize and identify forms and objects, differentiating and designating them.

Located in 301 passages in the translation:

  • i.­63
  • i.­93
  • 1.­13
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­55
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­77
  • 2.­89
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­15-18
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­57
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­14
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­41
  • 5.­43
  • 5.­45
  • 5.­47
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­55
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­61
  • 5.­63
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144-155
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­26-27
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­40-41
  • 6.­43-47
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­1-3
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­44
  • 8.­4
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­26
  • 10.­30-33
  • 11.­14-16
  • 11.­22
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­32-34
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­1-2
  • 12.­5
  • 12.­7-8
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­20
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­3
  • 14.­16
  • 14.­18
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­36
  • 14.­38-40
  • 14.­42
  • 14.­44-45
  • 14.­47
  • 14.­53
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­58
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­3-4
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­18
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­49
  • 15.­51
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­8-9
  • 17.­16-20
  • 17.­22-26
  • 17.­28-34
  • 17.­39-40
  • 18.­4
  • 18.­8-11
  • 18.­13
  • 18.­16-17
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­44
  • 18.­53-54
  • 18.­62-63
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­2-8
  • 19.­10-12
  • 19.­14
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­41-45
  • 20.­4
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51-52
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­72-75
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­6
  • 21.­8
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­2-3
  • 22.­12-13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­22-24
  • 22.­35
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­25
  • 23.­28-30
  • 23.­38
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­17
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­28
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­39
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­28
  • 27.­33-35
  • 28.­26-27
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­37
  • 29.­16-17
  • 29.­69-70
  • 29.­75
  • 30.­5
  • 30.­23-25
  • 30.­32
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38-40
  • 30.­43-47
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­24
  • g.­586
  • g.­601
  • g.­1311
  • g.­1603
g.­1196

perfected

Wylie:
  • yongs su rdzogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་རྫོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­pūrṇa

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • i.­94
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­4
  • 6.­53
  • 9.­14
  • 9.­42
  • 11.­11
  • 11.­34
  • 19.­11
  • 25.­6
  • 25.­17-18
  • 28.­19
  • 29.­60
  • 30.­41
  • 32.­47
  • 33.­65
g.­1198

perishable

Wylie:
  • ’jig pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­nāśita

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­6
  • 17.­1
  • 20.­60
  • n.­198
g.­1199

permanent

Wylie:
  • rtag pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nitya

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­48
  • i.­52
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­19-23
  • 5.­42-43
  • 5.­66-67
  • 5.­90-91
  • 5.­115-116
  • 5.­128
  • 5.­139-143
  • 5.­145
  • 5.­157
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­181
  • 5.­193
  • 9.­26
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­18-21
  • 13.­58
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­17-18
  • 19.­3
  • 19.­8-10
  • 19.­38
  • 22.­30
  • 30.­39
  • g.­581
g.­1202

person

Wylie:
  • gang zag
Tibetan:
  • གང་ཟག
Sanskrit:
  • pudgala

Also translated as “individual” or “personal identity.”

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 6.­5-8
  • 6.­24-25
  • 6.­34
  • 7.­14
  • 11.­5
  • 17.­47
  • 18.­67
  • 19.­20
  • 23.­25
  • 23.­50-51
  • 23.­53-54
  • 24.­19
  • 25.­6
  • 25.­40-41
  • 26.­22
  • 30.­7
  • 30.­37-38
  • 31.­57
  • 31.­65
  • 33.­12-15
  • n.­289
  • g.­581
  • g.­797
  • g.­1203
g.­1203

personal identity

Wylie:
  • gang zag
Tibetan:
  • གང་ཟག
Sanskrit:
  • pudgala

Also translated as “individual” or “person.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • n.­4
  • g.­797
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1202
g.­1206

phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

The term dharma (chos) conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyā­yukti. See also “Dharma.”

Located in 227 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1-3
  • i.­17
  • i.­26
  • i.­32-38
  • i.­40-45
  • i.­48
  • i.­50
  • i.­52
  • i.­54
  • i.­57-58
  • i.­61
  • i.­64
  • i.­66
  • i.­68
  • i.­71
  • i.­78-79
  • i.­86
  • i.­88
  • i.­90
  • i.­93
  • i.­96
  • 1.­4-5
  • 1.­12
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­55
  • 1.­58-61
  • 1.­71-72
  • 1.­79-80
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­73-74
  • 2.­85
  • 2.­90
  • 2.­93-95
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­50-51
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­81
  • 3.­103-105
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­57
  • 5.­37-38
  • 6.­1
  • 6.­3
  • 6.­23-24
  • 7.­18
  • 8.­12
  • 8.­16
  • 8.­39
  • 8.­49
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­7-9
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • 11.­14
  • 11.­32
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­37
  • 12.­41
  • 13.­66
  • 14.­26-28
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­47
  • 15.­8
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­14
  • 17.­11
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­22-23
  • 18.­26-43
  • 18.­45-46
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­73
  • 18.­75
  • 19.­1
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­54
  • 19.­60
  • 20.­24-25
  • 20.­30-31
  • 20.­50
  • 20.­65
  • 20.­78
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­22
  • 22.­17-18
  • 22.­20
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­28
  • 23.­48
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­9
  • 26.­12
  • 26.­53
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­8
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­14
  • 28.­26
  • 28.­38
  • 29.­8
  • 29.­16
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­71-72
  • 29.­80
  • 29.­84
  • 29.­87
  • 30.­12-16
  • 30.­21
  • 30.­23
  • 30.­25
  • 30.­27
  • 30.­29-30
  • 30.­32
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­1-4
  • 31.­11-12
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­37-38
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­54
  • 31.­59
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­65
  • 32.­2
  • 32.­6-7
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­25
  • 32.­36
  • 32.­41
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­35
  • n.­4-5
  • n.­29
  • n.­141
  • n.­328
  • n.­330
  • n.­434
  • g.­170
  • g.­377
  • g.­445
  • g.­611
  • g.­617
  • g.­777
  • g.­809
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1560
  • g.­1603
g.­1207

phenomenal existence

Wylie:
  • srid pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲིད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhava

Also translated here as “rebirth” and “rebirth process”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­23-24
  • 1.­47
  • g.­581
  • g.­1287
g.­1210

physical form

Wylie:
  • gzugs
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpa

Physical forms include the subtle and manifest forms derived from the material elements.

Located in 327 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 1.­13
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­55
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­77
  • 2.­22
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­69
  • 3.­86
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­15-18
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­56-57
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­14
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­37-38
  • 5.­40
  • 5.­42
  • 5.­44
  • 5.­46
  • 5.­48
  • 5.­50
  • 5.­52
  • 5.­54
  • 5.­56
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­60
  • 5.­62
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144-155
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­5
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­26-27
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­40-47
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­1-3
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­4-5
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­26
  • 10.­30-33
  • 11.­14-15
  • 11.­22-23
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­32-34
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­1-2
  • 12.­5
  • 12.­7-8
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­20
  • 14.­1-2
  • 14.­16-17
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­36
  • 14.­38-42
  • 14.­44-45
  • 14.­53
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­58
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­3-4
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16-17
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­49
  • 15.­51
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­8-9
  • 17.­16-26
  • 17.­28-34
  • 17.­39-40
  • 18.­4
  • 18.­8-11
  • 18.­13-17
  • 18.­21-23
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­31
  • 18.­33
  • 18.­35
  • 18.­37
  • 18.­44
  • 18.­51-52
  • 18.­62-63
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­2-9
  • 19.­11-12
  • 19.­14
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­38-45
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51-52
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­72-76
  • 21.­3-5
  • 21.­8
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­2-3
  • 22.­12-13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­22-24
  • 22.­35
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­25
  • 23.­28-30
  • 23.­38
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 24.­28
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­17
  • 25.­26-27
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­39
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­28
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­26-27
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­37
  • 29.­16
  • 29.­31
  • 29.­69-70
  • 29.­73-75
  • 30.­2-3
  • 30.­23-25
  • 30.­32
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38-40
  • 30.­43-48
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­6
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­43
  • 32.­24
  • 33.­35
  • n.­265
  • n.­282
  • n.­295
  • n.­362
  • n.­375
  • g.­586
  • g.­601
g.­1216

plantain

Wylie:
  • chu shing
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kadali

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 27.­24
  • 30.­6
g.­1223

powder

Wylie:
  • phye ma
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱེ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • cūrṇa

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­46
  • 17.­50
  • 17.­61
  • 19.­35
  • 20.­44
  • 21.­13
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­45
  • 28.­48
  • 31.­5
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­38
  • 33.­51-52
  • 33.­66
  • 33.­70
g.­1224

power of faith

Wylie:
  • dad pa’i stobs
Tibetan:
  • དད་པའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • śraddhā­bala

First of the five powers.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 8.­33
  • 29.­12
  • g.­600
g.­1225

power of meditative stability

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin gyi stobs
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi­bala

Fourth of the five powers.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 8.­33
  • 29.­12
  • g.­600
g.­1226

Power of Perseverance

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus kyi stobs
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • vīrya­bala

Both the name of the fourteenth meditative stability and the second of the five powers.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 8.­33
  • 12.­12
  • 19.­23
  • 29.­12
  • g.­600
g.­1227

power of recollection

Wylie:
  • dran pa’i stobs
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛti­bala

Third of the five powers.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 8.­33
  • 29.­12
  • g.­600
g.­1228

power of wisdom

Wylie:
  • shes rab kyi stobs
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā­bala

Fifth of the five powers.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­24
  • 8.­33
  • 29.­12
  • g.­600
g.­1233

Prajñā­pāramitā

Wylie:
  • shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin ma
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā­pāramitā

Name of a female deity.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­10
  • i.­12
  • n.­205
  • n.­268
  • n.­300
  • g.­1453
  • g.­1540
g.­1234

Prajñāvarman

Wylie:
  • shes rab go cha
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་གོ་ཆ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñāvarman

Indian paṇḍita (fl. ninth century).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­15
  • c.­1
g.­1236

prattle incoherently

Wylie:
  • byung rgyal du smra
Tibetan:
  • བྱུང་རྒྱལ་དུ་སྨྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­bhinna­pralāpī bhavati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­2
g.­1237

pratyekabuddha

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas
  • rang rgyal
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
  • རང་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • praty­eka­buddha

A hermit buddha who attains individual enlightenment, either in solitude or in small groups, without relying on a teacher.

(See also n.­4).

Located in 144 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­22-23
  • 1.­69
  • 2.­9-10
  • 4.­49
  • 6.­43
  • 6.­46
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­53
  • 7.­1-6
  • 7.­8-9
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­19-20
  • 7.­31-32
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­5-7
  • 8.­9
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­4-5
  • 9.­7-8
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­16-18
  • 9.­24
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­29
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­10
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­26
  • 12.­39
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­29
  • 13.­31
  • 14.­22
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­46
  • 14.­50
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­19-20
  • 15.­33
  • 15.­37
  • 15.­39
  • 15.­53
  • 16.­27
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­4
  • 17.­42
  • 17.­45
  • 17.­48
  • 20.­20
  • 20.­41
  • 21.­3
  • 21.­9-11
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53-54
  • 24.­49-50
  • 25.­7
  • 25.­15
  • 25.­38-40
  • 25.­48-50
  • 26.­3
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­54
  • 27.­30
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­14-16
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­44-45
  • 28.­48
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­72
  • 29.­88
  • 29.­90
  • 30.­13
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­41
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­59
  • 31.­63
  • 32.­30-32
  • 32.­37
  • 32.­42
  • 32.­46
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­32
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­51
  • 33.­64-65
  • 33.­69
  • n.­4-5
  • n.­22
  • n.­62
  • n.­157
  • n.­268
  • g.­431
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1420
  • g.­1469
g.­1247

pride

Wylie:
  • nga rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ང་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • māna

Fourth of the five fetters associated with the higher realms.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 4.­52
  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • 14.­15
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­43
  • n.­197
  • g.­43
  • g.­593
  • g.­677
  • g.­1109
g.­1249

production

Wylie:
  • rab tu skye ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­bhāvana

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 1.­56
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­10
g.­1259

provision

Wylie:
  • tshogs
Tibetan:
  • ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­bhāra

This term denotes the two provisions of merit and gnosis which are gathered by bodhisattvas on the path to manifestly perfect buddhahood. The fulfilment of these two provisions constitutes the fruition of the entire path, resulting respectively in the maturation of the buddha body of form and the buddha body of reality.

(See also n.­380).

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • i.­24
  • 9.­44
  • 24.­24
  • n.­380
  • n.­430
  • g.­1180
  • g.­1181
g.­1263

psycho-physical aggregate

Wylie:
  • phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • skandha

See “five psycho-physical aggregates.”

Located in 102 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • i.­88
  • 1.­18-19
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­103
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­36
  • 5.­203-204
  • 6.­22
  • 6.­27
  • 6.­42-43
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­45-46
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­7
  • 8.­44
  • 9.­44
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­32-33
  • 11.­15-16
  • 11.­23
  • 11.­28
  • 11.­33
  • 11.­39
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­25-26
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­40
  • 14.­29
  • 14.­36
  • 14.­38-40
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­18
  • 15.­32
  • 15.­35
  • 15.­50
  • 16.­10
  • 17.­40
  • 17.­43
  • 17.­45
  • 18.­4
  • 18.­9-11
  • 18.­66
  • 19.­26
  • 20.­4
  • 20.­59
  • 20.­74
  • 21.­11
  • 22.­15
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­46-47
  • 25.­17
  • 25.­32
  • 26.­8
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­38
  • 28.­40
  • 28.­49
  • 29.­63
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­69
  • 29.­73-74
  • 30.­24
  • 30.­46-48
  • 31.­51
  • 33.­67-69
  • n.­50
  • n.­321
  • g.­49
  • g.­52
  • g.­53
  • g.­56
  • g.­57
  • g.­362
  • g.­581
  • g.­586
  • g.­602
  • g.­1103
g.­1264

Puṇya­prasava

Wylie:
  • bsod nams ’phel
  • chung che
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་འཕེལ།
  • ཆུང་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­prasava

Eleventh god realm of form, meaning “increasing merit.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • n.­311
  • g.­1265
g.­1265

Pure Abode

Wylie:
  • gnas gtsang ma’i ris
Tibetan:
  • གནས་གཙང་མའི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddha­nivāsa

These realms and abodes denote the hierarchy of the gods who, in the manner of human beings and antigods, partake of the higher realms (svarga, mtho ris) of rebirth, but nonetheless remain trapped within cyclic existence. The gods altogether comprise (i) six god realms within the world system of desire, commencing with Catur­mahā­rāja­kāyika and Trayas­triṃśa, and concluding with Yāma, Tuṣita, Nirmāṇa­rata, and Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin; (ii) the twelve Brahmā realms, extending from Brahmakāyika through Brahmapurohita, Mahā­brahmā, Parī­ttābha, A­pramāṇābha, Ābhāsvara, Parītta­śubha, A­pramāṇa­śubha, Śubha­kṛtsna, An­abhraka, and Puṇya­prasava to Bṛhat­phala, which are attained corresponding to lesser, middling, and higher degrees of the four meditative concentrations; and (iii) the five Pure Abodes at the pinnacle of the world system of form, extending from Avṛha, through Atapa, Su­dṛśa, and Sudarśana to Akaniṣṭha. See also 15.­1 and 17.­51. This hierarchy is conveniently illustrated in the form of a chart. See, for example, Dudjom Rinpoche (1991): 14–15.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­23
  • 15.­1-2
  • 16.­23
  • 17.­51-52
  • 19.­35-36
  • 19.­49
  • 26.­43
  • 30.­20
  • n.­291
  • n.­301
  • g.­61
  • g.­122
  • g.­139
  • g.­1491
  • g.­1492
g.­1271

purity

Wylie:
  • rnam par dag pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­śuddhi

Located in 63 passages in the translation:

  • i.­22
  • i.­35
  • i.­61
  • 4.­52
  • 9.­45
  • 12.­22
  • 18.­13-43
  • 18.­45-47
  • 18.­49-61
  • 18.­78
  • 19.­43-45
  • 22.­41
  • n.­173
  • n.­315
  • n.­318
  • g.­140
  • g.­166
g.­1272

Pūrṇa­maitrāyaṇī­putra

Wylie:
  • byams ma’i bu gang po
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་མའི་བུ་གང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇa­maitrāyaṇī­putra

Name of an elder and senior disciple of Buddha Śākyamuni. Also called Pūrṇa.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­55
  • 10.­31-37
  • 10.­39
  • 16.­9
  • 33.­71
  • n.­177
  • n.­181
g.­1275

Pūrva­videha

Wylie:
  • lus ’phags
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་འཕགས།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrva­videha

The eastern continent of the human world according to traditional Indian cosmology, characterized as “sublime in physique”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • n.­196
  • g.­620
g.­1278

Rāja­gṛha

Wylie:
  • rgyal po’i khab
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཁབ།
Sanskrit:
  • rāja­gṛha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The ancient capital of Magadha prior to its relocation to Pāṭaliputra during the Mauryan dynasty, Rājagṛha is one of the most important locations in Buddhist history. The literature tells us that the Buddha and his saṅgha spent a considerable amount of time in residence in and around Rājagṛha‍—in nearby places, such as the Vulture Peak Mountain (Gṛdhrakūṭaparvata), a major site of the Mahāyāna sūtras, and the Bamboo Grove (Veṇuvana)‍—enjoying the patronage of King Bimbisāra and then of his son King Ajātaśatru. Rājagṛha is also remembered as the location where the first Buddhist monastic council was held after the Buddha Śākyamuni passed into parinirvāṇa. Now known as Rajgir and located in the modern Indian state of Bihar.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • 1.­2
  • g.­1702
g.­1282

real nature

Wylie:
  • de bzhin nyid
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • tatha­tā

Located in 98 passages in the translation:

  • i.­73
  • i.­81
  • 1.­80
  • 2.­82
  • 5.­23-38
  • 6.­4
  • 9.­35
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­22
  • 14.­2-13
  • 19.­33
  • 22.­33
  • 22.­55
  • 22.­58
  • 23.­2-8
  • 23.­10
  • 23.­32-48
  • 25.­10
  • 25.­27-31
  • 25.­46
  • 25.­53
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­56-59
  • 27.­11
  • 29.­72-73
  • 29.­87
  • 30.­2-7
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­29
  • 33.­26
  • n.­371
  • g.­1611
g.­1283

real nature of phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos kyi de bzhin nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­tatha­tā

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­24
  • 31.­2
  • 32.­38
g.­1285

reality

Wylie:
  • chos nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­tā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The real nature, true quality, or condition of things. Throughout Buddhist discourse this term is used in two distinct ways. In one, it designates the relative nature that is either the essential characteristic of a specific phenomenon, such as the heat of fire and the moisture of water, or the defining feature of a specific term or category. The other very important and widespread way it is used is to designate the ultimate nature of all phenomena, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms and is often synonymous with emptiness or the absence of intrinsic existence.

Located in 41 passages in the translation:

  • i.­45
  • i.­90
  • i.­92
  • 2.­82
  • 6.­4
  • 10.­5
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­17
  • 10.­20
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • 11.­24
  • 11.­33
  • 11.­37
  • 15.­37
  • 18.­66
  • 20.­42
  • 20.­49
  • 23.­10
  • 25.­9-10
  • 27.­8
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­31
  • 28.­33
  • 29.­72
  • 29.­75
  • 29.­85
  • 31.­2
  • 32.­40
  • 32.­42
  • 32.­44
  • 33.­26
  • n.­350
  • g.­249
  • g.­809
  • g.­1311
  • g.­1522
  • g.­1611
g.­1286

rebirth

Wylie:
  • skye
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­padyate

Located in 44 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­47
  • 9.­10
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­42
  • 10.­45
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­10
  • 12.­21
  • 15.­32
  • 18.­2
  • 21.­13-20
  • 25.­35
  • 26.­6
  • 27.­20
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­49
  • 30.­19-20
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­6
  • 31.­26
  • 31.­42
  • 31.­55
  • 32.­40-41
  • 32.­44-46
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­4-6
  • 33.­9-10
  • 33.­28
g.­1287

rebirth, rebirth process

Wylie:
  • srid pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲིད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhava

Tenth of the twelve links of dependent origination; third of the four torrents. Also translated here as “phenomenal existence.”

Located in 57 passages in the translation:

  • i.­91
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­18-19
  • 2.­1
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­48
  • 9.­23
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­11
  • 12.­5-6
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­19-20
  • 16.­6
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­27
  • 16.­29
  • 18.­18
  • 18.­38-41
  • 19.­51
  • 20.­78
  • 23.­48
  • 25.­34
  • 26.­4
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­9
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­39
  • 29.­18
  • 30.­19
  • 30.­46
  • 32.­20
  • 32.­43
  • n.­4
  • n.­292
  • g.­104
  • g.­156
  • g.­334
  • g.­362
  • g.­597
  • g.­633
  • g.­656
  • g.­736
  • g.­835
  • g.­836
  • g.­875
  • g.­893
  • g.­1207
  • g.­1265
  • g.­1415
g.­1303

regards blue external forms

Wylie:
  • phyi rol gyi gzugs sngon po la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གཟུགས་སྔོན་པོ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bahīr­dha rūpāṇi nīlāni paśyati

Third of the eight sense fields of mastery.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­1304

regards greater external forms

Wylie:
  • gzugs chen por gyur pa la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཆེན་པོར་གྱུར་པ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahad­gatāni paśyati

Second of the eight sense fields of mastery.

See also n.­44.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­1305

regards lesser external forms

Wylie:
  • gzugs chung ngu la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཆུང་ངུ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • parīttāni paśyati

First of the eight sense fields of mastery.

See also n.­44.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­1306

regards red external forms

Wylie:
  • phyi rol gyi gzugs dmar po la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གཟུགས་དམར་པོ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bahīr­dha rūpāṇi lohitāni paśyati

Fifth of the eight sense fields of mastery.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­1307

regards white external forms

Wylie:
  • phyi rol gyi gzugs dkar po la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གཟུགས་དཀར་པོ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bahīr­dha rūpāṇi ava­dātāni paśyati

Sixth of the eight sense fields of mastery.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­1308

regards yellow external forms

Wylie:
  • phyi rol gyi gzugs ser po la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གཟུགས་སེར་པོ་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bahīr­dha rūpāṇi pītāni paśyati

Fourth of the eight sense fields of mastery.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­1309

rejoice

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rab tu dga’ bar byed
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­praharṣayati

Located in 41 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • i.­76-77
  • 9.­46
  • 15.­2
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­59
  • 18.­69
  • 24.­1-16
  • 24.­60-61
  • 25.­6
  • 26.­4
  • 26.­6-7
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­42
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­7
  • 31.­31-32
  • 31.­45
  • 33.­8
  • 33.­70
g.­1316

remembered

Wylie:
  • dran pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mata

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­48
  • g.­1726
g.­1319

renunciation

Wylie:
  • gtong ba
  • yongs su gtong ba
Tibetan:
  • གཏོང་བ།
  • ཡོངས་སུ་གཏོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • tyāga
  • pari­tyāga

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 20.­53
  • 21.­24-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­8
  • 29.­4
  • g.­617
  • g.­875
g.­1323

repulsive phenomena

Wylie:
  • mi sdug pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྡུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­śubha

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 29.­1
g.­1324

resolve

Wylie:
  • ’dun pa skyed pa
Tibetan:
  • འདུན་པ་སྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • chandaṃ janayati

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­83-84
  • 1.­21
  • 8.­23-26
  • 26.­3
  • 26.­37
  • 28.­40
  • 29.­9
  • n.­4
  • g.­1726
g.­1325

resources

Wylie:
  • yo byad
Tibetan:
  • ཡོ་བྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­karaṇa

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • i.­45
  • 9.­44
  • 10.­3-5
  • 24.­18
  • 25.­45
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­12
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­16-17
  • 28.­39
  • 31.­31
  • 32.­8
  • 32.­26
  • 33.­62
g.­1326

resting place

Wylie:
  • gnas
Tibetan:
  • གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • layana

Also translated here as “sanctuary,” and “abode.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • g.­14
  • g.­1348
g.­1328

retinue

Wylie:
  • g.yog ’khor
Tibetan:
  • གཡོག་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­vāra

Also translated here as “assembly.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • g.­118
  • g.­1670
g.­1329

Reverend Lord

Wylie:
  • btsun pa bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཙུན་པ་བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadanta­bhagavat

Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni.

See “Lord” or “Blessed One,” and also n.­19.

Located in 669 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8-9
  • 1.­11-12
  • 2.­73
  • 2.­75
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­51
  • 3.­105-106
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­55-57
  • 5.­1-36
  • 5.­38
  • 5.­40-138
  • 5.­144-203
  • 6.­3
  • 6.­14
  • 6.­24-32
  • 6.­34-38
  • 6.­40
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­27
  • 7.­30-33
  • 7.­35-45
  • 8.­1-4
  • 8.­9-12
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­42
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­4
  • 10.­7
  • 10.­10
  • 10.­13
  • 10.­16
  • 10.­19
  • 10.­24-26
  • 10.­30
  • 11.­2-5
  • 11.­12-22
  • 11.­24-28
  • 11.­34-35
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­3-4
  • 12.­18-25
  • 12.­27-32
  • 13.­13
  • 14.­24
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­10
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­23-28
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­8-16
  • 17.­18
  • 17.­24
  • 17.­34-39
  • 17.­42
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­56
  • 18.­1
  • 18.­3-4
  • 18.­12
  • 18.­26
  • 18.­28
  • 18.­30
  • 18.­32
  • 18.­34
  • 18.­36
  • 18.­38-43
  • 18.­45-66
  • 18.­70
  • 18.­73-77
  • 19.­1-2
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­20-21
  • 19.­23-26
  • 19.­28
  • 19.­38
  • 19.­43-49
  • 19.­62
  • 19.­65
  • 20.­1-44
  • 20.­48
  • 20.­50-51
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­66
  • 20.­71
  • 20.­74
  • 20.­76
  • 21.­1
  • 21.­4-7
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­11
  • 21.­13-14
  • 21.­29
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­41-45
  • 22.­54
  • 22.­56
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­17-18
  • 23.­27-31
  • 23.­47
  • 23.­50-52
  • 23.­56-59
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­47
  • 24.­49
  • 24.­51
  • 24.­53
  • 24.­56
  • 24.­58
  • 24.­60
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­10
  • 25.­23-30
  • 25.­36
  • 25.­44-45
  • 25.­48
  • 26.­3-4
  • 26.­6
  • 26.­10-13
  • 26.­17
  • 26.­19-28
  • 26.­41-42
  • 26.­51-52
  • 26.­57
  • 26.­59
  • 27.­1-6
  • 27.­12-27
  • 27.­30-33
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­13-14
  • 28.­24-26
  • 28.­29
  • 28.­33-35
  • 28.­43
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­5-6
  • 29.­62-64
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­73-74
  • 29.­76
  • 29.­78-82
  • 29.­85
  • 29.­88-91
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­12
  • 30.­14-16
  • 30.­22
  • 30.­30
  • 30.­37
  • 30.­43
  • 31.­1-3
  • 31.­12
  • 31.­22
  • 31.­36
  • 31.­40-41
  • 31.­48
  • 31.­67-68
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­14
  • 32.­17-21
  • 32.­42-44
  • 32.­46-51
  • 32.­53
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­9-12
  • 33.­14
  • 33.­16-17
  • 33.­25
  • 33.­34
  • 33.­37-38
  • 33.­40
  • 33.­43-44
  • 33.­53
  • 33.­55
  • 33.­58
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
  • n.­19
g.­1335

round

Wylie:
  • zlum po
Tibetan:
  • ཟླུམ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vṛtta

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­42
  • 21.­33
  • g.­1493
g.­1338

sacred doctrine

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

The term dharma (chos) conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyā­yukti. In the context‌ of the present work, it may mean “sacred doctrine” (also rendered “Dharma” in this translation), the “attributes” which buddhas and bodhisattvas acquire, “phenomena” or “things” in general, and, more specifically, “mental phenomena” which are the object of the mental faculty (manas, yid).

Located in 181 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­58
  • i.­65
  • i.­81
  • i.­91
  • i.­95-96
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­9
  • 2.­2-5
  • 4.­57
  • 6.­42
  • 7.­25-27
  • 7.­29
  • 8.­4
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­36-37
  • 10.­3
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­38
  • 11.­9-10
  • 11.­33
  • 13.­39
  • 14.­46
  • 14.­48
  • 14.­57
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­26
  • 15.­34
  • 15.­45-46
  • 15.­48
  • 15.­51-53
  • 16.­1-2
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­16
  • 16.­28-29
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­4
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­71
  • 19.­20
  • 19.­24
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­36
  • 19.­38-42
  • 19.­49
  • 19.­60-61
  • 19.­65-66
  • 20.­55-56
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­21
  • 21.­27
  • 22.­12-13
  • 22.­18-19
  • 22.­22-24
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­27-30
  • 24.­16-17
  • 24.­31
  • 24.­47
  • 24.­53
  • 24.­58-59
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­16
  • 25.­32-33
  • 25.­47
  • 26.­17-18
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­46-55
  • 26.­57-59
  • 26.­61
  • 27.­16
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­32
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­19
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­37
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­61-63
  • 29.­68-70
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­32-33
  • 30.­37
  • 31.­5-6
  • 31.­25-27
  • 31.­39
  • 31.­47
  • 31.­54-55
  • 31.­58
  • 31.­65
  • 32.­5
  • 32.­37-40
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­8-13
  • 33.­15
  • 33.­30
  • 33.­32
  • 33.­41
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­50
  • 33.­61-63
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­69-70
  • n.­306
  • n.­328
  • n.­434
  • g.­377
  • g.­642
  • g.­875
  • g.­1552
g.­1342

Śakra

Wylie:
  • brgya byin
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śakra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The lord of the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three (trāyastriṃśa). Alternatively known as Indra, the deity that is called “lord of the gods” dwells on the summit of Mount Sumeru and wields the thunderbolt. The Tibetan translation brgya byin (meaning “one hundred sacrifices”) is based on an etymology that śakra is an abbreviation of śata-kratu, one who has performed a hundred sacrifices. Each world with a central Sumeru has a Śakra. Also known by other names such as Kauśika, Devendra, and Śacipati.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • i.­55
  • 1.­7
  • 15.­1-2
  • 15.­9
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­29
  • 17.­3-4
  • 17.­6
  • 17.­12
  • 17.­14
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­27-29
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­36
  • 26.­1-2
  • 26.­5-6
  • 26.­59-61
  • 33.­29
  • n.­307
  • n.­446
  • n.­457-459
  • g.­802
  • g.­856
g.­1343

Śākyamuni

Wylie:
  • shAkya thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākyamuni

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An epithet for the historical Buddha, Siddhārtha Gautama: he was a muni (“sage”) from the Śākya clan. He is counted as the fourth of the first four buddhas of the present Good Eon, the other three being Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, and Kāśyapa. He will be followed by Maitreya, the next buddha in this eon.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­4
  • 16.­18
  • 19.­35
  • 23.­45
  • g.­77
  • g.­137
  • g.­163
  • g.­196
  • g.­199
  • g.­924
  • g.­925
  • g.­936
  • g.­937
  • g.­962
  • g.­1272
  • g.­1329
  • g.­1351
  • g.­1480
  • g.­1494
  • g.­1509
  • g.­1522
  • g.­1523
  • g.­1676
g.­1345

sameness

Wylie:
  • mnyam nyid
Tibetan:
  • མཉམ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sama­tā

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • i.­23-24
  • 1.­3
  • 10.­15
  • 12.­16-17
  • 14.­14-15
  • 14.­19
  • 14.­21-23
  • 20.­1
  • 22.­33
  • 22.­55
  • 23.­28
  • 25.­25
  • n.­269
  • n.­319
g.­1346

sameness of all things

Wylie:
  • chos thams cad mnyam pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­sama­tā

As well as its more general meaning, this is the name of the fifty-seventh meditative stability.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­63
  • i.­85
  • 12.­12
  • 18.­69
  • 20.­1
  • 27.­36
g.­1348

sanctuary

Wylie:
  • gnas
Tibetan:
  • གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • layana

Also translated here as “abode,” and “resting place.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­53-55
  • 19.­28-33
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­10
  • 26.­46
  • 28.­50
  • g.­14
  • g.­1326
g.­1351

Śāradvatī­putra

Wylie:
  • sha ra dwa ti’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ར་དྭ་ཏིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāradvatī­putra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, he was renowned for his discipline and for having been praised by the Buddha as foremost of the wise (often paired with Maudgalyā­yana, who was praised as foremost in the capacity for miraculous powers). His father, Tiṣya, to honor Śāriputra’s mother, Śārikā, named him Śāradvatīputra, or, in its contracted form, Śāriputra, meaning “Śārikā’s Son.”

Located in 575 passages in the translation:

  • i.­31
  • 1.­8-13
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­1-2
  • 2.­73-75
  • 2.­85-94
  • 3.­1-4
  • 3.­7-86
  • 3.­88-103
  • 3.­105
  • 3.­107
  • 4.­1-2
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­14-15
  • 4.­24-25
  • 4.­27-28
  • 4.­31-32
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­50-55
  • 5.­1-15
  • 5.­17
  • 5.­19-31
  • 5.­33-113
  • 5.­115
  • 5.­117-139
  • 5.­144
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­1-24
  • 6.­26-47
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­53
  • 7.­1-7
  • 7.­9-23
  • 7.­25-30
  • 7.­32-46
  • 8.­1-13
  • 8.­17-22
  • 8.­26-27
  • 8.­31-37
  • 8.­39-41
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­46-54
  • 9.­1-13
  • 9.­15-20
  • 9.­24-31
  • 9.­35-47
  • 11.­36-42
  • 12.­5-13
  • 12.­15
  • 12.­17
  • 12.­19-20
  • 12.­22-23
  • 12.­25
  • 12.­27-30
  • 14.­26
  • 14.­28-29
  • 14.­32-33
  • 14.­35-43
  • 14.­45-59
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­41-42
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­13-15
  • 17.­1-4
  • 17.­6
  • 17.­8-11
  • 18.­1-2
  • 18.­26
  • 18.­28-43
  • 18.­45
  • 18.­47
  • 18.­49
  • 18.­67
  • 23.­47
  • 23.­49-56
  • 23.­62
  • 26.­29-35
  • 32.­58
  • 33.­71
  • n.­151
  • n.­166-168
  • n.­172
  • n.­280
  • n.­321
g.­1360

scrutiny

Wylie:
  • dpyod pa
Tibetan:
  • དཔྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­cāra

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 3.­3-4
  • 3.­8
  • 9.­13
  • 11.­32
  • 20.­4
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35
  • 29.­10
  • 29.­17
  • 30.­27
g.­1370

seen

Wylie:
  • mthong ba
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dṛṣṭa

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­57
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­79
  • 13.­48
  • 18.­2-3
  • 18.­76
  • 19.­60
  • 29.­68
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­39
  • 32.­8
  • g.­1648
g.­1371

self

Wylie:
  • bdag
Tibetan:
  • བདག
Sanskrit:
  • ātman

Also translated here as “I.”

Located in 86 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­52
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­16
  • 4.­19-21
  • 5.­46-47
  • 5.­70-71
  • 5.­94-95
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­130
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­147
  • 5.­159
  • 5.­171
  • 5.­183
  • 5.­195
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­41-43
  • 6.­45-46
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­23-26
  • 8.­5-6
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­51
  • 9.­26
  • 10.­26
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­21
  • 13.­3
  • 13.­58
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­2
  • 18.­51-59
  • 18.­62-63
  • 19.­3
  • 19.­9-10
  • 19.­38
  • 20.­23
  • 22.­29-30
  • 22.­45
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­39
  • 25.­17
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38-40
  • 31.­53
  • 32.­39
  • n.­146
  • n.­377
  • g.­749
  • g.­1104
  • g.­1119
g.­1372

selflessness

Wylie:
  • bdag med
Tibetan:
  • བདག་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ātmāsadbhūta­tva
  • nair­ātmya

Selflessness denotes the lack of inherent existence in self-identity and also, more subtly, in all physical and mental phenomena. Also translated here as “non-self” or “absence of self.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­20
  • 9.­24
  • 18.­52
  • 18.­54
  • 18.­56
  • 18.­59
  • g.­170
  • g.­1104
  • g.­1173
g.­1373

sensation

Wylie:
  • tshor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vedanā

Seventh of the twelve links of dependent origination. Also translated here as “feelings.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­18-19
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­48
  • 18.­18
  • g.­573
g.­1375

sense field

Wylie:
  • skye mched
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • āyatana

The subjective and objective polarities of sense perception.

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­55-56
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­36
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­25
  • 6.­6
  • 7.­25
  • 8.­39
  • 8.­44
  • 12.­21
  • 13.­4
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­29
  • 14.­39
  • 24.­3
  • 25.­17
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­37-39
  • 29.­16-17
  • 29.­63
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­9
  • 30.­20
  • 30.­23-24
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­30
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­51
  • g.­1374
g.­1376

sense field of mastery

Wylie:
  • zil gyis gnon pa’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • ཟིལ་གྱིས་གནོན་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­bhvāyatana

See “eight sense fields of mastery.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­35
  • 8.­39
  • n.­46
g.­1377

sense field of mental phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos kyi skye mched
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmāyatana

Twefth of the twelve sense fields

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 6.­6
  • 8.­44
  • 13.­21
  • 30.­23
  • g.­1444
g.­1378

sense field of neither perception nor non-perception

Wylie:
  • ’du shes med min gyi skye mched
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་གྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • naiva­saṃjnā­saṃjnāyatana

Fourth of the four formless absorptions.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­54
  • 19.­51-52
  • 24.­3
  • 27.­33
  • 27.­35-36
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­39
  • 29.­16
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­17
  • 30.­20
  • 30.­26
g.­1379

sense field of odors

Wylie:
  • dri’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • དྲིའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhāyatana

Ninth of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 13.­21
  • g.­1444
g.­1380

sense field of sights

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi skye mched
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpāyatana

Seventh of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 6.­6
  • 8.­44
  • 13.­21
  • 17.­16
  • 26.­31-32
  • g.­1444
g.­1381

sense field of sounds

Wylie:
  • sgra’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • śabdāyatana

Eighth of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 13.­21
  • g.­1444
g.­1382

sense field of tangibles

Wylie:
  • reg bya’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • རེག་བྱའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • spraṣṭavyāyatana

Eleventh of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 13.­21
  • g.­1444
g.­1383

sense field of tastes

Wylie:
  • ro’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • རོའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • rasāyatana

Tenth of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 13.­21
  • g.­1444
g.­1384

sense field of the body

Wylie:
  • lus kyi skye mched
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • kāyāyatana

Fifth of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • g.­1443
g.­1385

sense field of the ears

Wylie:
  • rna ba’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • རྣ་བའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • śrotrāyatana

Second of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • g.­1443
g.­1386

sense field of the eyes

Wylie:
  • mig gi skye mched
Tibetan:
  • མིག་གི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • cakṣur­āyatana

First of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 8.­44
  • 30.­23
  • g.­1443
g.­1387

sense field of the mental faculty

Wylie:
  • yid kyi skye mched
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • mana ā­yatana

Sixth of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 8.­44
  • 26.­31
  • g.­1443
g.­1388

sense field of the nose

Wylie:
  • sna’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • སྣའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ghrāṇāyatana

Third of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • g.­1443
g.­1389

sense field of the tongue

Wylie:
  • lce’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • ལྕེའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • jihvāyatana

Fourth of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • g.­1443
g.­1390

sense of moral and ascetic supremacy

Wylie:
  • tshul khrims dang brtul zhugs mchog tu ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་དང་བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་མཆོག་ཏུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śīla­vrata­parā­marśa

Third of the three fetters; also fourth of the five fetters associated with the lower realms.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • g.­1547
g.­1391

sense of moral supremacy

Wylie:
  • tshul khrims mchog ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་མཆོག་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śīla­parā­marśa­granthā

Third of the four knots.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­626
g.­1394

sensory element

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

See “eighteen sensory elements.”

Located in 75 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­13
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­33
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­42
  • 5.­19
  • 5.­27
  • 5.­34
  • 5.­114
  • 5.­116-126
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­180-191
  • 6.­1-3
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­42
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­6-8
  • 8.­44
  • 11.­14
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­4
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­29
  • 14.­39
  • 22.­15
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­19
  • 25.­17
  • 28.­37-38
  • 29.­63
  • 30.­8
  • 30.­23
  • 31.­51
g.­1395

sensory element of auditory consciousness

Wylie:
  • rna ba’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • རྣ་བའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrotra­vijñāna­dhātu

Sixth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­59
  • 3.­76
  • 3.­93
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­7
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1396

sensory element of consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­jñāna­dhātu

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 6.­1
g.­1397

sensory element of gustatory consciousness

Wylie:
  • lce’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • ལྕེའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • jihva­vijñāna­dhātu

Twelfth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­61
  • 3.­78
  • 3.­95
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­9
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1398

sensory element of mental consciousness

Wylie:
  • yid kyi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • mano­vijñāna­dhātu

Eighteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 71 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­63
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­97
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­42
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­11
  • 5.­27
  • 5.­34
  • 5.­114
  • 5.­116-126
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­180-191
  • 6.­2-3
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­8
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • 30.­8
  • 30.­23
  • 32.­25
  • g.­430
g.­1399

sensory element of mental phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu

Seventeenth of the eighteen sensory elements

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­63
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­97
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­11
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­42
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­44
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1400

sensory element of odors

Wylie:
  • dri’i khams
Tibetan:
  • དྲིའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • gandha­dhātu

Eighth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­60
  • 3.­77
  • 3.­94
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­8
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1401

sensory element of olfactory consciousness

Wylie:
  • sna’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • སྣའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • ghrāṇa­vijñāna­dhātu

Ninth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­60
  • 3.­77
  • 3.­94
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­8
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1402

sensory element of sights

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpa­dhātu

Second of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 60 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­58
  • 3.­75
  • 3.­92
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­115
  • 5.­117-126
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­180-191
  • 6.­1
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­44
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • 30.­8
  • g.­430
g.­1403

sensory element of sounds

Wylie:
  • sgra’i khams
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • śabda­dhātu

Fifth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­59
  • 3.­76
  • 3.­93
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­7
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1404

sensory element of tactile consciousness

Wylie:
  • lus kyi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • kāya­vijñāna­dhātu

Fifteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­96
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­10
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1405

sensory element of tangibles

Wylie:
  • reg bya’i khams
Tibetan:
  • རེག་བྱའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • spraṣṭavya­dhātu

Fourteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­96
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­10
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1406

sensory element of tastes

Wylie:
  • ro’i khams
Tibetan:
  • རོའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • rasa­dhātu

Eleventh of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­61
  • 3.­78
  • 3.­95
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­9
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1407

sensory element of the body

Wylie:
  • lus kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • kāya­dhātu

Thirteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­96
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­10
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1408

sensory element of the ears

Wylie:
  • rna ba’i khams
Tibetan:
  • རྣ་བའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrotra­dhātu

Fourth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­59
  • 3.­76
  • 3.­93
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­7
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1409

sensory element of the eyes

Wylie:
  • mig gi khams
Tibetan:
  • མིག་གི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • cakṣur­dhātu

First of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 73 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­58
  • 3.­75
  • 3.­92
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­42
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­19
  • 5.­26
  • 5.­33
  • 5.­112-113
  • 5.­115
  • 5.­117-126
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­180-191
  • 6.­2
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­40
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­44
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • 30.­8
  • 30.­23
  • 32.­25
  • g.­430
g.­1410

sensory element of the mental faculty

Wylie:
  • yid kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • mano­dhātu

Sixteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­63
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­97
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­11
  • 5.­19
  • 6.­2
  • 8.­44
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1411

sensory element of the nose

Wylie:
  • sna’i khams
Tibetan:
  • སྣའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • ghrāṇdhātu

Seventh of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­60
  • 3.­77
  • 3.­94
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­8
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1412

sensory element of the tongue

Wylie:
  • lce’i khams
Tibetan:
  • ལྕེའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • jihv­dhātu

Tenth of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­61
  • 3.­78
  • 3.­95
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­9
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­19
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • g.­430
g.­1413

sensory element of visual consciousness

Wylie:
  • mig gi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • མིག་གི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • cakṣur­vijñāna­dhātu

Third of the eighteen sensory elements.

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 3.­58
  • 3.­75
  • 3.­92
  • 4.­4
  • 4.­11
  • 4.­21
  • 4.­26
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­46
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­115
  • 5.­117-126
  • 5.­142
  • 5.­180-191
  • 6.­2
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­44
  • 16.­2
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­48
  • 23.­5
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 28.­26
  • 30.­8
  • g.­430
g.­1414

sentient being

Wylie:
  • sems can
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • sattva

Located in 396 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­35
  • i.­40
  • i.­43
  • i.­45
  • i.­51
  • i.­54
  • i.­58-59
  • i.­61
  • i.­69
  • i.­76-77
  • i.­79
  • i.­81-82
  • i.­84
  • i.­88
  • i.­90-92
  • i.­94-99
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­40
  • 2.­7
  • 3.­4
  • 4.­52
  • 5.­38-39
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­42
  • 6.­53
  • 7.­25-27
  • 7.­29
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­1-6
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­12
  • 9.­15-17
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­31
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­40
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­46
  • 10.­3-21
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25-26
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­38
  • 10.­42
  • 10.­44-45
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­10-11
  • 12.­21
  • 13.­3
  • 13.­11
  • 13.­40
  • 13.­64-66
  • 14.­22
  • 14.­46-47
  • 15.­27
  • 15.­35
  • 15.­37
  • 15.­45-46
  • 15.­48
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­12
  • 16.­20
  • 16.­28
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­4
  • 17.­26-34
  • 17.­49
  • 17.­55
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­16
  • 18.­67-68
  • 18.­71-72
  • 19.­23-25
  • 19.­50
  • 19.­55
  • 20.­18
  • 20.­41
  • 20.­57-64
  • 20.­67
  • 20.­69-70
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­23-24
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­6-13
  • 22.­18-19
  • 22.­21-24
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­18-47
  • 24.­53
  • 24.­58-61
  • 25.­6
  • 25.­11-12
  • 25.­16-18
  • 25.­21
  • 25.­31-33
  • 25.­37-39
  • 25.­44-45
  • 25.­47
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­3
  • 26.­6-8
  • 26.­32
  • 26.­37-39
  • 26.­44-46
  • 26.­57-59
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­3-5
  • 27.­7-10
  • 27.­12-25
  • 27.­31-32
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­11-12
  • 28.­16-18
  • 28.­20
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­39-42
  • 28.­45-46
  • 28.­48-50
  • 29.­1-2
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­22-23
  • 29.­37-39
  • 29.­62-65
  • 29.­67-70
  • 29.­72
  • 29.­74
  • 29.­78
  • 29.­83-85
  • 29.­87
  • 30.­19
  • 30.­21
  • 30.­26-28
  • 30.­30-34
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38-41
  • 31.­9-10
  • 31.­14
  • 31.­34
  • 31.­39
  • 31.­42-43
  • 31.­45
  • 31.­53-55
  • 31.­57-58
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­69
  • 32.­5
  • 32.­8
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­26
  • 32.­28-35
  • 32.­37-41
  • 32.­46
  • 32.­51-52
  • 32.­54-55
  • 32.­57
  • 32.­59
  • 33.­1-2
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­10
  • 33.­17-18
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­44-47
  • 33.­50
  • 33.­53-58
  • 33.­60-63
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­70
  • n.­4
  • n.­292
  • g.­170
  • g.­197
  • g.­267
  • g.­342
  • g.­656
  • g.­675
  • g.­695
  • g.­929
  • g.­990
  • g.­1420
  • g.­1596
g.­1417

serial clear realization

Wylie:
  • mthar gyis pa’i mngon rtogs
Tibetan:
  • མཐར་གྱིས་པའི་མངོན་རྟོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • ānu­pūrvābhi­samaya

Sixth of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­29
  • i.­86
  • n.­404
g.­1420

setting of the mind on enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems bskyed pa
  • sems bskyed pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་བསྐྱེད་པ།
  • སེམས་བསྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­cittotpāda
  • cittotpāda

The setting of the mind on enlightenment for the sake of all sentient beings, which marks the onset of the bodhisattva path and culminates in the actual attainment of buddhahood, distinguishes the compassionate bodhisattva path from that of the śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas who are both preoccupied with their own emancipation from cyclic existence. See Dayal (1932): 50–79, Williams (1989): 197–204, and Padmakara Translation Group (1994): 218–234.

(See also n.­4).

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • 7.­32
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­36
  • 10.­9
  • 13.­33
  • 13.­53
  • 15.­54
  • 17.­4
  • 18.­2
  • 18.­71
  • 23.­55-56
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­18
  • 26.­5-7
  • 26.­9
  • 26.­50
  • 27.­13
  • 27.­19
  • 27.­29-30
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­34
  • 30.­21
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­39
  • 32.­13
  • 32.­20
  • 32.­43
  • 32.­45
  • 32.­47
  • 33.­57
  • n.­4
g.­1421

seven branches of enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi yan lag bdun
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • sapta­bodhyaṅga

The seven branches of enlightenment, as found in 1.­25, comprise the branches of enlightenment that entail: (1) correct recollection, (2) correct doctrinal analysis, (3) correct perseverance, (4) correct delight, (5) correct mental and physical refinement, (6) correct meditative stability, and (7) correct equanimity.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­25
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­21
  • 8.­34
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­33
  • 18.­55
  • 20.­33
  • 21.­20
  • 24.­56
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­13
  • 29.­92
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • g.­191
  • g.­298
  • g.­299
  • g.­301
  • g.­305
  • g.­307
  • g.­308
  • g.­309
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
g.­1425

sexual misconduct

Wylie:
  • ’dod pas log par g.yem pa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པས་ལོག་པར་གཡེམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāma­mithyācāra

Third of the ten non-virtuous actions.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 27.­7
  • 32.­21
  • g.­598
  • g.­887
  • g.­888
  • g.­1109
g.­1433

sign

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • nimitta

Also translated here as “mental image.”

Located in 83 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • i.­33
  • i.­43
  • i.­52
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19-21
  • 5.­50-51
  • 5.­74-75
  • 5.­98-99
  • 5.­120
  • 5.­132
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­149
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­173
  • 5.­185
  • 5.­197
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­21
  • 11.­32
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­59
  • 14.­28
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­17
  • 19.­4
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­38-39
  • 22.­30
  • 22.­42
  • 25.­18
  • 27.­21
  • 29.­85
  • 29.­93
  • 31.­2-4
  • 31.­6-10
  • 31.­13-19
  • 31.­21
  • 31.­23-26
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­33
  • 31.­35
  • 31.­41-44
  • 31.­46
  • 31.­48-50
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­63-65
  • 31.­69
  • 33.­33
  • n.­334
  • g.­982
g.­1434

signless

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­nimitta

Also translated here as “without mental images.”

Located in 58 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­58
  • i.­61
  • 1.­28
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19-21
  • 5.­50-51
  • 5.­74-75
  • 5.­98-99
  • 5.­120
  • 5.­132
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­149
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­173
  • 5.­185
  • 5.­197
  • 6.­41-46
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­5-6
  • 8.­43
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­59
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­10-11
  • 18.­2
  • 19.­4
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­39
  • 20.­34
  • 22.­30
  • 28.­1
  • 29.­85
  • 29.­87-88
  • 32.­36
  • 33.­33
  • n.­342
g.­1435

signlessness

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­nimitta

Second of the three gateways to liberation.

Located in 66 passages in the translation:

  • i.­65
  • i.­74
  • i.­78
  • i.­92
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­28
  • 6.­26
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­21
  • 8.­2
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­18-19
  • 9.­24
  • 11.­5
  • 11.­7
  • 12.­42
  • 13.­2
  • 16.­10-11
  • 16.­19
  • 19.­66
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­54
  • 22.­24
  • 22.­55-56
  • 23.­28
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53-55
  • 24.­7
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4-5
  • 25.­7-8
  • 25.­11
  • 25.­13-14
  • 25.­17-18
  • 25.­20-21
  • 26.­46
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­47
  • 29.­15
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­89-93
  • 30.­18
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­36
  • 33.­33
  • g.­663
g.­1442

six extrasensory powers

Wylie:
  • mngon shes drug
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་ཤེས་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍ­abhi­jñā

As mentioned in 2.­13, they comprise (1) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of [miraculous] activities, (2) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairvoyance, (3) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairaudience, (4) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of other minds, (5) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of recollection of past lives, and (6) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of the cessation of contaminants.

(See also n.­62).

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 3.­46
  • 8.­43
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­37
  • 29.­63
  • n.­22
  • n.­28
  • n.­61
  • g.­542
  • g.­543
  • g.­544
  • g.­545
  • g.­546
  • g.­547
g.­1443

six inner sense fields

Wylie:
  • nang gi skye mched drug
Tibetan:
  • ནང་གི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍ­ādhyātmikāyatana

The six inner sense fields, as listed in 1.­14, comprise (1) the sense field of the eyes, (2) the sense field of the ears, (3) the sense field of the nose, (4) the sense field of the tongue, (5) the sense field of the body, and (6) the sense field of the mental faculty. These are part of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­14
  • 1.­60
  • 3.­11
  • 22.­45
  • g.­1597
g.­1444

six outer sense fields

Wylie:
  • phyi’i skye mched drug
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍ­bāhyāyatana

The six outer sense fields, as listed in 1.­15, comprise (1) the sense field of sights, (2) the sense field of sounds, (3) the sense field of odors, (4) the sense field of tastes, (5) the sense field of tangibles, and (6) the sense field of mental phenomena. These are part of the twelve sense fields.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­15
  • 1.­60
  • 3.­12
  • 22.­45
  • g.­1597
g.­1445

six recollections

Wylie:
  • rjes su dran pa drug
Tibetan:
  • རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍ­anusmṛti

See i.­26.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­86
  • n.­404
g.­1447

six transcendent perfections

Wylie:
  • pha rol tu phyin pa drug
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaṭ­pāramitā

The practice of the six transcendent perfections, comprising generosity, ethical discipline, tolerance, perseverance, meditative concentration, and wisdom or discriminative awareness, is the foundation of the entire bodhisattva’s way of life. These six are known as “transcendent perfections” when they are motivated by an altruistic intention to attain full enlightenment for the sake of all beings, when they are undertaken within a sixfold combination of all the perfections, and when they are performed with an awareness of the emptiness of the agent, the object, and their interaction. See 2.­12.

(See also n.­61).

Located in 112 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­43
  • i.­67
  • i.­70
  • i.­78-79
  • i.­86
  • i.­90
  • i.­92
  • i.­98
  • 1.­11-12
  • 2.­12
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­50-51
  • 3.­68
  • 3.­85
  • 3.­102-103
  • 3.­105
  • 7.­15
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­42
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­25
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­40
  • 10.­3
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­39
  • 12.­21
  • 13.­14
  • 15.­10
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­60
  • 21.­34
  • 21.­36
  • 22.­8
  • 24.­24-46
  • 25.­7
  • 25.­19
  • 25.­22-23
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­29
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­39
  • 27.­20
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­45
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­38-39
  • 29.­62-63
  • 29.­84
  • 29.­92-93
  • 30.­42
  • 31.­34
  • 31.­39
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­7-8
  • 32.­19
  • 33.­27
  • 33.­34
  • 33.­64
  • n.­61
  • n.­404
  • n.­438
  • g.­667
  • g.­973
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1558
  • g.­1579
  • g.­1580
  • g.­1581
  • g.­1582
  • g.­1583
  • g.­1584
  • g.­1585
  • g.­1726
g.­1450

skill in means

Wylie:
  • thabs la mkhas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐབས་ལ་མཁས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upāya­kauśalya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The concept of skillful or expedient means is central to the understanding of the Buddha’s enlightened deeds and the many scriptures that are revealed contingent on the needs, interests, and mental dispositions of specific types of individuals. It is, therefore, equated with compassion and the form body of the buddhas, the rūpakāya.

According to the Great Vehicle, training in skillful means collectively denotes the first five of the six perfections when integrated with wisdom, the sixth perfection. It is therefore paired with wisdom (prajñā), forming the two indispensable aspects of the path. It is also the seventh of the ten perfections. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)

Located in 55 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • i.­91
  • i.­94
  • i.­97
  • 6.­40
  • 7.­25-26
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­6-7
  • 8.­13
  • 11.­27
  • 12.­6-7
  • 18.­66-67
  • 21.­27-28
  • 21.­30-32
  • 21.­34-36
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53-58
  • 24.­17
  • 25.­9
  • 25.­11
  • 25.­15-18
  • 25.­21
  • 25.­34-35
  • 25.­54
  • 27.­11
  • 28.­39
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­6
  • 30.­28-29
  • 31.­45
  • 31.­59
  • 32.­8
  • 32.­46
  • 32.­55
g.­1452

slander

Wylie:
  • phra ma
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • paiśunya

Fifth of the ten non-virtuous actions.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 27.­7
  • 28.­49
  • 32.­21
  • g.­1109
g.­1455

son of enlightened heritage

Wylie:
  • rigs kyi bu
Tibetan:
  • རིགས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kula­putra

A term of endearment, used by a teacher when addressing a male follower of the bodhisattva path.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 25.­45-46
  • 33.­61
g.­1456

sophistry

Wylie:
  • rtog ge
Tibetan:
  • རྟོག་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • tarka

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­9
  • 21.­9
  • 23.­1
g.­1457

sound

Wylie:
  • sgra
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • śabda
  • ghoṣa

Located in 75 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­39
  • 1.­59
  • 2.­91
  • 3.­57
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­106
  • 4.­3
  • 4.­10
  • 4.­29
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­37
  • 4.­41
  • 4.­45
  • 5.­5
  • 5.­18
  • 5.­89
  • 5.­91
  • 5.­93
  • 5.­95
  • 5.­97
  • 5.­99
  • 5.­101
  • 5.­103
  • 5.­105
  • 5.­107
  • 5.­109
  • 5.­111
  • 5.­141
  • 5.­168-179
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­33
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­32
  • 10.­43
  • 11.­14
  • 11.­31
  • 12.­26
  • 14.­28
  • 14.­58
  • 15.­47
  • 16.­2
  • 19.­15
  • 20.­9
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­47
  • 23.­4
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­18
  • 26.­7
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­26
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­69
  • 32.­24
  • 32.­28
  • 32.­36
  • 32.­57
  • g.­1659
g.­1458

space

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ།
Sanskrit:
  • gagana
  • ākāśa

Located in 77 passages in the translation:

  • i.­51
  • i.­64
  • i.­75
  • i.­84
  • i.­96
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­55-56
  • 2.­90
  • 9.­14
  • 10.­41
  • 13.­13-14
  • 13.­41-65
  • 13.­67
  • 19.­20-23
  • 19.­25
  • 19.­27
  • 19.­30
  • 19.­44-47
  • 20.­1
  • 20.­3
  • 20.­48
  • 20.­77
  • 23.­10
  • 23.­28
  • 23.­62
  • 24.­46
  • 26.­21
  • 26.­38
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­39
  • 29.­17
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­20
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­48
  • 31.­38-39
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­52
  • n.­335
  • n.­340
g.­1465

spiritual mentor

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i bshes gnyen
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit:
  • kalyāṇa­mitra

A spiritual teacher who can contribute to an individual’s progress on the spiritual path to enlightenment and act wholeheartedly for the welfare of students.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­38
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­1-9
  • 7.­25-26
  • 16.­9
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­41
  • 31.­55
g.­1466

spiritual teacher

Wylie:
  • bla ma
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • guru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A spiritual teacher, in particular one with whom one has a personal teacher–student relationship.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • g.­598
  • g.­1465
g.­1469

śrāvaka

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

The pious attendants heeding the words spoken by Lord Buddha, contrasted in terms of their realization with both pratyekabuddhas and bodhisattvas (See also n.­4).

Located in 185 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­22-23
  • 1.­69
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­9-10
  • 4.­58
  • 6.­43
  • 6.­46
  • 6.­49
  • 6.­53
  • 7.­1-6
  • 7.­8-9
  • 7.­16
  • 7.­19-21
  • 7.­31-32
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­44
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­5-7
  • 8.­9
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­4-5
  • 9.­7-8
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­16-18
  • 9.­21-22
  • 9.­24
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­29
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­10
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­56
  • 14.­22
  • 15.­33
  • 15.­37
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­4
  • 17.­45
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­72
  • 20.­20
  • 20.­41
  • 21.­3
  • 21.­23-28
  • 21.­30
  • 21.­34-36
  • 23.­31-32
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53-54
  • 24.­44
  • 24.­50
  • 24.­60
  • 25.­7-8
  • 25.­15
  • 25.­22
  • 25.­35
  • 25.­37-40
  • 25.­48-50
  • 26.­3
  • 26.­18
  • 26.­21-23
  • 26.­26
  • 26.­36-37
  • 26.­54
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­10-11
  • 27.­13
  • 27.­18-19
  • 27.­22-24
  • 27.­30
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­14-16
  • 28.­23-24
  • 28.­44-45
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­21
  • 29.­72
  • 29.­88-89
  • 30.­13
  • 30.­21
  • 30.­41
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­32-33
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­41-42
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­58-59
  • 31.­63-64
  • 31.­68
  • 32.­30-32
  • 32.­37
  • 32.­39
  • 32.­42
  • 32.­46
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­31-32
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­51
  • 33.­63-64
  • 33.­67-69
  • n.­4-5
  • n.­22
  • n.­60
  • n.­62
  • n.­157
  • n.­268
  • g.­104
  • g.­431
  • g.­433
  • g.­644
  • g.­645
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1420
g.­1474

state of mind

Wylie:
  • sems gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • citta­sthiti

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­78
  • 1.­27-29
  • 25.­7
  • g.­973
g.­1477

strive

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus rtsom
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་རྩོམ།
Sanskrit:
  • vīryam­ārabhate

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­71
  • i.­94
  • 1.­21
  • 8.­23-26
  • 19.­23
  • 22.­6
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­30
  • 29.­9
  • 30.­30
  • 30.­36
g.­1479

study

Wylie:
  • thos pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śruti

Twelfth of the eighteen fields of knowledge

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 26.­55
  • 30.­1
  • g.­428
g.­1483

Śubha­kṛtsna

Wylie:
  • dge rgyas
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • śubha­kṛtsna

Ninth god realm of form, meaning “most extensive virtue.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­21
  • 17.­51
  • 19.­52
  • 26.­43
  • 30.­19
  • n.­301
  • g.­1265
g.­1484

Su­bhūti

Wylie:
  • rab ’byor
Tibetan:
  • རབ་འབྱོར།
Sanskrit:
  • su­bhūti

Name of an elder.

Located in 778 passages in the translation:

  • i.­31
  • i.­55
  • 4.­55
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­3-32
  • 10.­40-46
  • 11.­1-5
  • 11.­8-14
  • 11.­36
  • 11.­39-42
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­5
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­10-13
  • 12.­15-16
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­32-42
  • 13.­1-3
  • 13.­6-7
  • 13.­10
  • 13.­12-15
  • 13.­17-66
  • 14.­1-17
  • 14.­19-26
  • 14.­28
  • 14.­36
  • 14.­39
  • 14.­41-42
  • 14.­44-46
  • 14.­49-58
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­9-11
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­41-49
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­1-2
  • 16.­8-9
  • 16.­12-16
  • 17.­15-19
  • 18.­3-18
  • 18.­21
  • 18.­23-25
  • 18.­51-57
  • 18.­60
  • 18.­64-68
  • 18.­70-77
  • 19.­1-2
  • 19.­11
  • 19.­13-14
  • 19.­19-21
  • 19.­27
  • 19.­29
  • 19.­31-34
  • 19.­36-38
  • 19.­43-50
  • 19.­52-59
  • 19.­61-62
  • 19.­65
  • 20.­1
  • 20.­55-77
  • 21.­1-8
  • 21.­13-17
  • 21.­19-38
  • 22.­1-3
  • 22.­6-13
  • 22.­16
  • 22.­18-44
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­50
  • 22.­54
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­27
  • 23.­31-33
  • 23.­35-37
  • 23.­44-46
  • 23.­61-62
  • 24.­1-3
  • 24.­5
  • 24.­10-11
  • 24.­14-47
  • 24.­49-61
  • 25.­1-12
  • 25.­14-19
  • 25.­21-25
  • 25.­27-33
  • 25.­35-50
  • 25.­53
  • 26.­10-12
  • 26.­14-16
  • 26.­18
  • 26.­29
  • 26.­31-32
  • 26.­34-35
  • 26.­37
  • 26.­40
  • 26.­43-45
  • 26.­47-48
  • 26.­50-56
  • 26.­58
  • 26.­60-61
  • 27.­1-27
  • 27.­29-33
  • 27.­35-36
  • 28.­1-6
  • 28.­8-11
  • 28.­13-17
  • 28.­20-22
  • 28.­24-30
  • 28.­33-36
  • 28.­42-45
  • 28.­48-49
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­4-7
  • 29.­10
  • 29.­18
  • 29.­37-40
  • 29.­60-62
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­68-75
  • 29.­77-78
  • 29.­80-87
  • 29.­89-93
  • 30.­1-2
  • 30.­12-15
  • 30.­24-26
  • 30.­28-32
  • 30.­34
  • 30.­37-38
  • 30.­42
  • 30.­44-45
  • 30.­48
  • 31.­1-2
  • 31.­4-11
  • 31.­13-31
  • 31.­33-38
  • 31.­40-52
  • 31.­55-67
  • 31.­69
  • 32.­1-7
  • 32.­13-20
  • 32.­22-34
  • 32.­38-39
  • 32.­41-55
  • 32.­58
  • 33.­71
  • n.­151
  • n.­167-169
  • n.­172
  • n.­321
  • n.­394
  • n.­443
  • n.­465
  • g.­469
g.­1487

sublime

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārya

‍—

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 4.­55
  • 9.­13
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 12.­26
  • 16.­8-9
  • 16.­12
  • 22.­22
  • 26.­43
  • 28.­5-6
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­2-4
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­72
  • 29.­77
  • 32.­48-49
  • 32.­51-52
  • 32.­54-55
  • 33.­63
  • n.­368
  • g.­1275
g.­1490

subtle quiescence

Wylie:
  • zhi ba zhib mo
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ་ཞིབ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūkṣma­śānti

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 23.­1
g.­1491

Sudarśana

Wylie:
  • shin tu mthong
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

Fourth of the pure abodes, meaning “extreme insight.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • g.­1265
g.­1492

Su­dṛśa

Wylie:
  • gya nom snang ba
Tibetan:
  • གྱ་ནོམ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • su­dṛśa

Third of the pure abodes, meaning “attractive.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • g.­1265
g.­1493

suffering

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • duḥkha

The term “suffering” includes all essentially unsatisfactory experiences of life in cyclic existence, whether physical or mental. These comprise (1) the suffering of suffering, i.e., the physical sensations and mental experiences which are self-evident as suffering and toward which spontaneous feelings of aversion arise; (2) the suffering of change, i.e., all experiences which are normally recognised as pleasant and desirable, but which are nonetheless suffering in that persistent indulgence in these always results in changing attitudes of dissatisfaction and boredom; and (3) the suffering of the pervasive conditioning underlying the round of birth, aging, and death.

Located in 88 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­33
  • i.­53
  • i.­56
  • i.­77
  • i.­83
  • i.­93
  • i.­95
  • i.­99
  • 1.­18-19
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­42-45
  • 2.­5
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­51
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­12
  • 4.­16
  • 4.­19-21
  • 4.­38
  • 5.­44-45
  • 5.­68-69
  • 5.­92-93
  • 5.­117
  • 5.­129
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­146
  • 7.­22
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­24
  • 10.­45
  • 11.­9
  • 12.­5-6
  • 12.­21
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­35
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­5
  • 15.­32
  • 18.­18-19
  • 21.­33
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­12
  • 22.­22
  • 23.­52
  • 24.­11
  • 26.­3
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35
  • 29.­15
  • 29.­21
  • 30.­10
  • 30.­46
  • 31.­26
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­37
  • 32.­52
  • 33.­4-5
  • 33.­9-13
  • 33.­23
  • 33.­40
  • 33.­61
  • n.­306
  • g.­170
  • g.­334
  • g.­361
  • g.­581
  • g.­716
  • g.­1559
  • g.­1596
g.­1497

support for miraculous ability

Wylie:
  • rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan:
  • རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛddhi­pādāḥ

See “four supports for miraculous ability.”

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­18
  • 7.­7
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­35
  • 12.­38
  • 13.­27
  • 16.­4
  • 18.­55
  • 20.­32
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­6
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­5
  • 29.­10
  • 29.­66
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­31
g.­1498

support for miraculous ability combining meditative stability of mind with the formative force of exertion

Wylie:
  • sems kyi ting nge ’dzin spang ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཀྱི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • citta­samādhi­prahāṇa­saṃskāra­samanv­ā­gata­ṛddhi­pāda

Third of the four supports for miraculous abilities.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­22
  • 8.­29
  • g.­632
g.­1499

support for miraculous ability combining meditative stability of perseverance with the formative force of exertion

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus kyi ting nge ’dzin spang ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vīrya­samādhi­prahāṇa­saṃskāra­samanvāgata­ṛddhi­pāda

Second of the four supports for miraculous abilities.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­22
  • 8.­30
  • g.­632
g.­1500

support for miraculous ability combining meditative stability of resolution with the formative force of exertion

Wylie:
  • ’dun pa’i ting nge ’dzin spang ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan:
  • འདུན་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • chanda­samādhi­prahāṇa­saṃskāra­samanvā­gata­ṛddhi­pāda

First of the four supports for miraculous abilities.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­22
  • 8.­28
  • 29.­10
  • g.­632
g.­1501

support for miraculous ability combining meditative stability of scrutiny with the formative force of exertion

Wylie:
  • dpyod pa’i ting nge ’dzin spang ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan:
  • དཔྱོད་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mīmāṃsā­vīrya­samādhi­prahāṇa­saṃskāra­samanvāgata­ṛddhi­pāda

Fourth of the four supports for miraculous abilities.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­22
  • 8.­31
  • g.­632
g.­1502

supramundane

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokottara

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • i.­91
  • 2.­73
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­42-43
  • 9.­45-47
  • 10.­33
  • 11.­4
  • 19.­54
  • 20.­47
  • 24.­23
  • 27.­11
  • 28.­6
  • 28.­33
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­43
  • 29.­1-2
  • 29.­6-7
  • 29.­84
  • 29.­88
  • 30.­15
  • 31.­47
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­5
  • 32.­41
  • 33.­33
  • n.­141
g.­1504

supremacy

Wylie:
  • chos mchog
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • agra­dharma

Fourth of the four aspects of the path of preparation.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • i.­25
  • i.­80
  • i.­95
  • 27.­7
  • 28.­7
  • 31.­5
g.­1509

sūtra

Wylie:
  • mdo
Tibetan:
  • མདོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūtra

The sūtras or “discourses” are the teachings included in the three turnings of the doctrinal wheel, which Śākyamuni Buddha promulgated to his disciples as a fully ordained monk, consequent to his attainment of buddhahood.

Located in 63 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1-5
  • i.­8-19
  • i.­29
  • i.­55
  • i.­62
  • i.­66
  • i.­80
  • i.­86
  • i.­89
  • i.­99-100
  • 21.­10
  • 31.­64
  • 31.­67-68
  • 33.­17-18
  • 33.­73
  • n.­1
  • n.­5-6
  • n.­17
  • n.­34
  • n.­49
  • n.­60-61
  • n.­67
  • n.­199
  • n.­205
  • n.­300
  • n.­321
  • n.­330
  • n.­387-388
  • n.­404
  • n.­412
  • n.­428
  • n.­434
  • n.­436
  • n.­449
  • n.­457
  • g.­493
  • g.­615
  • g.­1453
  • g.­1540
  • g.­1541
  • g.­1697
g.­1522

tathāgata

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A frequently used synonym for buddha. According to different explanations, it can be read as tathā-gata, literally meaning “one who has thus gone,” or as tathā-āgata, “one who has thus come.” Gata, though literally meaning “gone,” is a past passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. Tatha­(tā), often rendered as “suchness” or “thusness,” is the quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Therefore, this epithet is interpreted in different ways, but in general it implies one who has departed in the wake of the buddhas of the past, or one who has manifested the supreme awakening dependent on the reality that does not abide in the two extremes of existence and quiescence. It is also often used as a specific epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 220 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 1.­8-9
  • 1.­48
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­80
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­7-8
  • 2.­11
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­32
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 6.­4
  • 6.­9-11
  • 6.­22-23
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­35
  • 8.­48
  • 11.­10-11
  • 12.­13
  • 12.­15
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­35
  • 12.­39
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­31
  • 13.­36-40
  • 14.­22
  • 14.­25
  • 14.­46
  • 14.­48
  • 15.­1
  • 15.­10
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­20
  • 15.­27
  • 15.­34
  • 15.­40-42
  • 15.­45-46
  • 15.­48
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­16-18
  • 16.­28
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­34
  • 17.­42
  • 17.­44
  • 17.­60-62
  • 18.­1-2
  • 18.­70-72
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­20
  • 19.­24
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­32
  • 19.­37
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­59
  • 20.­42
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­49-65
  • 20.­67-71
  • 20.­77-78
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­32-43
  • 23.­45
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­54
  • 24.­31
  • 25.­31-32
  • 25.­45
  • 26.­2
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­24-27
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­47
  • 26.­52
  • 26.­55
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­29
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­20
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­18
  • 29.­21-23
  • 29.­34
  • 29.­37
  • 29.­40
  • 29.­60-61
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­72
  • 29.­79
  • 29.­84
  • 30.­13
  • 30.­15
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­37
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­26-27
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­34
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­62-68
  • 32.­18-19
  • 32.­28-32
  • 32.­38
  • 32.­46
  • 32.­48-50
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­12-13
  • 33.­17-19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­27-32
  • 33.­39-40
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­49
  • 33.­51
  • 33.­63
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­67-70
  • c.­1
  • n.­55-56
  • n.­409
  • g.­617
  • g.­1214
g.­1523

Teacher

Wylie:
  • ston pa
Tibetan:
  • སྟོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāstṛ

Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • i.­40
  • 15.­42
  • 16.­18
  • 17.­2
  • 18.­2
  • 27.­29
  • 31.­65
  • 33.­7
  • n.­4
  • g.­163
  • g.­336
  • g.­924
  • g.­1237
  • g.­1455
g.­1524

teaching

Wylie:
  • bstan pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྟན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­deśa

Located in 79 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­20
  • i.­41-42
  • i.­57
  • i.­73
  • 1.­4
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­40
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­13-14
  • 7.­22-23
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­48
  • 9.­48
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­24
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­10
  • 15.­43
  • 15.­46
  • 15.­51
  • 16.­13
  • 17.­60
  • 19.­36
  • 21.­10
  • 21.­12
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­31
  • 24.­1
  • 26.­19-20
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­46-55
  • 26.­61
  • 28.­37
  • 30.­42
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­38
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­65
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­37
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­12
  • 33.­17
  • 33.­30
  • 33.­32
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­61
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­69
  • 33.­71
  • n.­4
  • n.­21
  • n.­445
  • g.­342
  • g.­524
  • g.­625
  • g.­695
  • g.­1161
  • g.­1349
  • g.­1509
  • g.­1591
  • g.­1637
g.­1527

ten levels

Wylie:
  • sa bcu
Tibetan:
  • ས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśa­bhūmi

The ten levels, as found in 13.­9, comprise (1) the level of bright insight, (2) the level of buddha nature, (3) the level of eighth-lowest stage, (4) the level of insight, (5) the level of attenuated refinement, (6) the level of dispassion, (7) the level of [an arhat’s] spiritual achievement, (8) the level of the pratyekabuddhas, (9) the level of the bodhisattvas, and (10) the actual level of the genuinely perfect buddhas.

(See also n.­268).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • n.­268
  • g.­431
g.­1528

ten powers of the tathāgatas

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i stobs bcu
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśa­tathā­gata­bala

The ten powers of the tathāgatas, as presented in 2.­1, are: (1) definitive knowledge that things which are possible are indeed possible; (2) definitive knowledge that things which are impossible are indeed impossible; (3) definitive knowledge, through possibilities and causes, of the maturation of past, future, and present actions, and of those who undertake such actions; (4) definitive knowledge of multiple world systems and diverse dispositions; (5) definitive knowledge of the diversity of inclinations and the multiplicity of inclinations that other sentient beings and other individuals have; (6) definitive knowledge of whether the acumen of other sentient beings and other individuals is supreme or not; (7) definitive knowledge of the paths that lead anywhere; (8) definitive knowledge of all the afflicted and purified mental states and their emergence, with respect to the faculties, powers, branches of enlightenment, aspects of liberation, meditative concentrations, meditative stabilities, and formless absorptions; (9) definitive knowledge of the recollection of multiple past abodes, and of the transference of consciousness at the death and birth of all sentient beings; and (10) definitive knowledge that through one’s own extrasensory powers one has actualized, achieved, and maintained in this very lifetime the liberation of mind and the liberation of wisdom in the state that is free from contaminants because all contaminants have ceased.

Located in 146 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­84
  • 3.­2-3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­38
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­67
  • 3.­84
  • 3.­101
  • 4.­51
  • 4.­54
  • 6.­8
  • 6.­17
  • 6.­19
  • 6.­25-27
  • 6.­48
  • 6.­52
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­18
  • 7.­24-25
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­7-8
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­45
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­34
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­12
  • 11.­34
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­3
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­38
  • 13.­17
  • 13.­27
  • 14.­21
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­31
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­24
  • 15.­29
  • 15.­50
  • 15.­52
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­17-18
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­7
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­18
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­63
  • 20.­54
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­20
  • 21.­22
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
  • 22.­38
  • 22.­49
  • 23.­7
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26-27
  • 24.­9
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16-18
  • 26.­31
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­26
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­3-4
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­18
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­62
  • n.­55
  • g.­347
  • g.­348
  • g.­349
  • g.­350
  • g.­351
  • g.­352
  • g.­353
  • g.­354
  • g.­355
  • g.­356
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1609
g.­1531

ten virtuous actions

Wylie:
  • dge ba bcu
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśa­kusala

The ten virtuous actions are divided into three modes of excellent physical conduct, four modes of excellent verbal conduct, and three modes of excellent mental conduct.

See 27.­7.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • i.­59
  • 2.­75
  • 6.­52
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­39
  • 10.­6-8
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­42
  • 19.­52
  • 20.­60
  • 22.­9
  • 31.­7
  • 31.­55
  • 33.­65
  • n.­431
  • g.­1023
g.­1534

terrified

Wylie:
  • ’gong
Tibetan:
  • འགོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­kocayati

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­39-40
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­13-14
  • 11.­38
  • 16.­22
  • 26.­20
  • 26.­40
  • 26.­42
  • 31.­62
g.­1539

thirty-seven aspects of enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos sum cu rtsa bdun
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • sapta­triṃśad­bodhi­pakṣa­dharma

The thirty-seven aspects of enlightenment comprise the four applications of mindfulness, the four correct exertions, the four supports for miraculous ability, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven branches of enlightenment, and the noble eightfold path. See 1.­20–1.­26.

For a summary of the relevant Pāli and Sanskrit sources on all see the extensive discussion in Dayal (1932): 80–164.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­84
  • 20.­54
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­3-4
  • 29.­62
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­33
  • n.­32
  • n.­34
  • g.­1609
g.­1540

thirty-two major marks of a superior man that the tathāgatas possess

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i skyes bu chen po’i mtshan sum cu rtsa gnyis
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྐྱེས་བུ་ཆེན་པོའི་མཚན་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit:
  • tathā­gata­dvātriṃśan­mahā­puruṣa­lakṣaṇa

These are the major physical marks that identify the buddha body of emanation, and which, in some sources and traditions, portend the advent of a universal monarch.

As well as being listed in this and other Prajñā­pāramitā sūtras (see n.­64), they are to be found detailed in the Lalita­vistara (7.98–103 and 26.145–173), Mahā­yānopadeśa, Rāṣṭra­pāla­paripṛcchā, Ratna­gotra­vibhāgottara­tantra­śāstra (3.17–25), Mahā­vastu, and in the Pali Lakkhaṇa­sutta.

See 2.­15 and 29.­24.

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 2.­15
  • 3.­48
  • 13.­36
  • 15.­30
  • 15.­37
  • 17.­60
  • 24.­39
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­24
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • n.­64
  • n.­104
  • n.­128
  • n.­131
  • n.­136
  • n.­139
  • g.­75
  • g.­109
  • g.­135
  • g.­173
  • g.­195
  • g.­209
  • g.­229
  • g.­233
  • g.­243
  • g.­289
  • g.­343
  • g.­359
  • g.­404
  • g.­576
  • g.­577
  • g.­613
  • g.­674
  • g.­679
  • g.­705
  • g.­707
  • g.­708
  • g.­710
  • g.­789
  • g.­912
  • g.­918
  • g.­919
  • g.­944
  • g.­1424
  • g.­1495
  • g.­1525
  • g.­1658
  • g.­1694
  • g.­1720
g.­1541

thoroughbred

Wylie:
  • cang shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཅང་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­jāneya

Meaning “thoroughbred horse,” the term is used here and in the introductory narratives of many sūtras as a metaphor for fearlessness.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­2
g.­1544

thought

Wylie:
  • sems
Tibetan:
  • སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • citta

Also translated here as “mind” and “mindset.”

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • i.­42
  • i.­56
  • i.­59
  • i.­83
  • i.­95
  • 1.­3
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­54
  • 6.­49
  • 8.­41-42
  • 8.­51
  • 9.­8
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­45
  • 13.­33
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­8-9
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­43-44
  • 15.­49
  • 15.­51
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­1
  • 16.­20
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­3
  • 23.­51
  • 23.­62
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­25
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­36
  • 27.­23
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­50
  • 31.­14
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­58-59
  • 32.­13
  • 32.­22
  • n.­322
  • n.­370
  • g.­15
  • g.­249
  • g.­990
  • g.­993
  • g.­999
g.­1546

three essenceless natures

Wylie:
  • ngo bo nyid med pa gsum
Tibetan:
  • ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་མེད་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tri­vidhā niḥ­sva­bhāva­tā

These comprise the imaginary, dependent, and consummate essenceless natures, which are elaborated particularly in the discourses associated with the third turning of the doctrinal wheel.

(See also n.­1).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • n.­1
g.­1547

three fetters

Wylie:
  • kun tu sbyor gsum
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tri­saṃ­yojana

The three fetters, as found in 11.­8, comprise false views about perishable composites, hesitation, and a sense of moral and ascetic supremacy. See also n.­198.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­44
  • 11.­6-8
  • 14.­46
  • 29.­79
  • n.­198
  • g.­567
  • g.­733
  • g.­1390
g.­1551

three poisons

Wylie:
  • dug gsum
Tibetan:
  • དུག་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tri­viṣa

A collective name for desire, hatred, and delusion.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­52
  • g.­361
  • g.­716
g.­1555

three times

Wylie:
  • dus gsum
Tibetan:
  • དུས་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tri­kala

Past, present, and future.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­11
  • 9.­26
  • 13.­13
  • 14.­14-15
  • 14.­19
  • 14.­21-23
  • 17.­1
  • 25.­32
  • 28.­19
  • n.­306
g.­1558

tolerance

Wylie:
  • bzod pa
Tibetan:
  • བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣānti

Third of the four aspects of the path of preparation, also translated here as “acceptance.” However, in the context of the transcendent perfections, tolerance is the third of the six transcendent perfections.

Located in 60 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­43
  • i.­45
  • 1.­5
  • 6.­44
  • 9.­39
  • 10.­9-11
  • 14.­29
  • 14.­59
  • 15.­54
  • 17.­37
  • 18.­67-69
  • 20.­37
  • 21.­24-28
  • 21.­30-35
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­36
  • 22.­58
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­53
  • 23.­55
  • 23.­57-58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­51-52
  • 27.­12
  • 27.­31
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­12-13
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­68
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­43
  • 32.­9
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­35
  • n.­179
  • n.­347
  • g.­24
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1559
  • g.­1560
g.­1576

training

Wylie:
  • bslab pa
Tibetan:
  • བསླབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śikṣā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Refers to the five fundamental precepts of abstaining from killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, and consuming intoxicants.

Located in 41 passages in the translation:

  • i.­20
  • i.­23-25
  • i.­27
  • i.­29
  • i.­47
  • i.­66
  • i.­80-81
  • i.­92
  • i.­94-95
  • i.­97
  • 6.­24-25
  • 6.­54
  • 7.­21
  • 10.­21
  • 11.­41
  • 12.­30
  • 19.­53
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­31
  • 25.­33
  • 25.­38
  • 26.­52
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­1
  • 32.­2
  • 32.­5-6
  • 32.­8
  • 33.­7
  • n.­330
  • n.­387-388
  • n.­404
  • n.­428
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1705
g.­1579

transcendent perfection

Wylie:
  • pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāramitā

See “six transcendent perfections.”

Located in 175 passages in the translation:

  • i.­18
  • i.­35
  • i.­37
  • i.­39
  • i.­41-45
  • i.­49-50
  • i.­56
  • i.­60
  • i.­64
  • i.­70
  • i.­72
  • i.­85
  • i.­88
  • i.­94-95
  • i.­97
  • 3.­2
  • 4.­55-56
  • 5.­39
  • 6.­44
  • 7.­10-11
  • 7.­14
  • 8.­45
  • 9.­42
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­46-47
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­34
  • 10.­37-38
  • 11.­19
  • 11.­39
  • 12.­19
  • 12.­26
  • 12.­30
  • 13.­24
  • 14.­29
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­59
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­50-51
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­17
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­5-8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­18-19
  • 17.­23
  • 17.­34
  • 17.­36
  • 17.­38-41
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­5
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­29
  • 18.­66
  • 19.­21-22
  • 19.­53-55
  • 19.­62
  • 19.­65
  • 20.­1-43
  • 20.­60
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­11
  • 21.­33
  • 21.­35-36
  • 22.­36
  • 23.­40
  • 24.­4
  • 25.­31
  • 25.­42-43
  • 26.­29-30
  • 26.­43
  • 27.­12
  • 27.­32
  • 28.­21-24
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­29
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­27-28
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­33
  • 31.­35
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­45
  • 31.­56
  • 32.­8-9
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­26-27
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­34-35
  • 33.­62
  • g.­667
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1558
  • g.­1726
g.­1580

transcendent perfection of ethical discipline

Wylie:
  • tshul khrims kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śīla­pāramitā

Second of the six transcendent perfections.

Located in 121 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­12
  • 4.­50
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­43
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­14-15
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­1-2
  • 9.­4
  • 9.­6-9
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­38-39
  • 9.­43
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­34
  • 11.­19
  • 11.­36
  • 11.­39
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­28
  • 12.­36
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­14
  • 13.­24
  • 14.­9
  • 14.­20
  • 14.­37
  • 15.­7
  • 15.­22
  • 15.­38
  • 16.­5
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­5-7
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­24
  • 17.­35
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­1-3
  • 18.­5
  • 18.­19
  • 18.­22
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­16
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­53
  • 21.­18
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­50-52
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­15
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­25-27
  • 24.­19
  • 25.­4
  • 26.­13-14
  • 26.­35
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­6-11
  • 27.­13
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­23
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­6
  • 28.­8-9
  • 29.­38
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­11
  • 33.­34-35
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
g.­1581

transcendent perfection of generosity

Wylie:
  • sbyin pa’i pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱིན་པའི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dāna­pāramitā

First of the six transcendent perfections.

Located in 185 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­12
  • 4.­50
  • 4.­56
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­42
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­14-15
  • 7.­18
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­49
  • 9.­1-3
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­10
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­20
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­42-45
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­1-2
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­34
  • 10.­37-38
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­19
  • 11.­36
  • 11.­39
  • 12.­18-19
  • 12.­26
  • 12.­28
  • 12.­30
  • 12.­36
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­14
  • 13.­23
  • 14.­9
  • 14.­19-20
  • 14.­29
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­37
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­59
  • 15.­7
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­22
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­50-51
  • 16.­5
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­17-18
  • 16.­20
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­5-8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­24
  • 17.­35-36
  • 17.­38-39
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­1-3
  • 18.­5
  • 18.­19-20
  • 18.­22
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­29
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68-69
  • 19.­16
  • 19.­21-22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­62
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­53
  • 20.­60
  • 21.­18
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­33-38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­50-52
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­15
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­25-27
  • 23.­40
  • 24.­4
  • 24.­18
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­36
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­13-14
  • 26.­29-30
  • 26.­35
  • 26.­43
  • 27.­1-7
  • 27.­12
  • 27.­17
  • 27.­21-22
  • 27.­27
  • 27.­29
  • 27.­32
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­39
  • 29.­38
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­27-28
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­33
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­45
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­34-35
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
  • n.­376
g.­1582

transcendent perfection of meditative concentration

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan gyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན་གྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāna­pāramitā

Fifth of the six transcendent perfections.

Located in 126 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­12
  • 4.­50
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­46
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­14-15
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­1-2
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­8
  • 9.­10-11
  • 9.­17
  • 9.­23
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­40
  • 9.­43
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­15-17
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­34
  • 11.­19
  • 11.­36
  • 11.­39
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­28
  • 12.­36
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­14
  • 13.­24
  • 14.­9
  • 14.­20
  • 14.­37
  • 15.­7
  • 15.­22
  • 16.­5
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­5-7
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­24
  • 17.­35
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­1-3
  • 18.­5
  • 18.­19
  • 18.­22
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­16
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­53
  • 21.­18
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­50-52
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­15
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­25-27
  • 24.­22
  • 25.­4
  • 26.­13-14
  • 26.­29-30
  • 26.­35
  • 26.­43
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­6
  • 27.­10
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20-26
  • 27.­33
  • 27.­36
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­27
  • 29.­38
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­54
  • 31.­56
  • 32.­11
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­35
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
g.­1583

transcendent perfection of perseverance

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vīrya­pāramitā

Fourth of the six transcendent perfections.

Located in 116 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­12
  • 4.­50
  • 6.­25
  • 6.­45
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­14-15
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­1-2
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­8
  • 9.­10
  • 9.­17
  • 9.­23
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­40
  • 9.­43
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­12-14
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­34
  • 11.­19
  • 11.­36
  • 11.­39
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­28
  • 12.­36
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­14
  • 13.­24
  • 14.­9
  • 14.­20
  • 14.­37
  • 15.­7
  • 15.­22
  • 16.­5
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­5-7
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­24
  • 17.­35
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­1-3
  • 18.­5
  • 18.­19
  • 18.­22
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­16
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­53
  • 21.­18
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­50-52
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­15
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­25-27
  • 24.­21
  • 25.­4
  • 26.­13-14
  • 26.­35
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­6
  • 27.­9
  • 27.­14
  • 27.­17-21
  • 27.­25
  • 27.­32
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­20
  • 29.­38
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­11
  • 33.­35
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
g.­1584

transcendent perfection of tolerance

Wylie:
  • bzod pa’i pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • བཟོད་པའི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣānti­pāramitā

Third of the six transcendent perfections.

Located in 120 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­12
  • 4.­50
  • 6.­25
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­14-15
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­1-2
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­7
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­22
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­38-39
  • 9.­43
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­9-10
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­34
  • 11.­19
  • 11.­36
  • 11.­39
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­28
  • 12.­36
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­14
  • 13.­24
  • 14.­9
  • 14.­20
  • 14.­37
  • 15.­7
  • 15.­22
  • 15.­55
  • 16.­5
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­5-7
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­24
  • 17.­35
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­1-3
  • 18.­5
  • 18.­19
  • 18.­22
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­16
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­53
  • 21.­18
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­50-52
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­15
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­25-27
  • 24.­20
  • 25.­4
  • 26.­13-14
  • 26.­35
  • 27.­2
  • 27.­6
  • 27.­8
  • 27.­12-16
  • 27.­19
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­31
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­10-12
  • 28.­16
  • 29.­38
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­11
  • 33.­35
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
  • n.­180
g.­1585

transcendent perfection of wisdom

Wylie:
  • shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā­pāramitā

Sixth of the six transcendent perfections.

Located in 720 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • i.­12
  • i.­23
  • i.­32
  • i.­35-37
  • i.­46-48
  • i.­51-52
  • i.­56
  • i.­58-61
  • i.­63-65
  • i.­67-69
  • i.­71-74
  • i.­82
  • i.­84
  • i.­88
  • i.­99-100
  • 1.­9-11
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­12
  • 2.­94
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­107
  • 4.­1-8
  • 4.­14-15
  • 4.­24-25
  • 4.­27-28
  • 4.­31-32
  • 4.­50-58
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­7-13
  • 6.­17-24
  • 6.­30
  • 6.­32-47
  • 6.­49-53
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­12-15
  • 7.­18
  • 7.­28-29
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­4-8
  • 8.­12
  • 8.­18
  • 8.­20-22
  • 8.­40
  • 8.­44-47
  • 8.­49-52
  • 8.­54
  • 9.­1-5
  • 9.­9-11
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­24
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­41-43
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­18-21
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­34
  • 10.­37-38
  • 10.­41-46
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­13-22
  • 11.­24-29
  • 11.­34-36
  • 11.­38-39
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­3-10
  • 12.­15-20
  • 12.­26-30
  • 12.­36
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­12
  • 13.­14
  • 13.­24
  • 14.­9
  • 14.­20
  • 14.­23
  • 14.­26
  • 14.­28-35
  • 14.­37
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­2-3
  • 15.­7-16
  • 15.­20-22
  • 15.­26
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­40
  • 15.­42-45
  • 15.­49-51
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­5
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­11-19
  • 16.­21-24
  • 17.­1-2
  • 17.­4-24
  • 17.­26-44
  • 17.­46-60
  • 18.­1-5
  • 18.­12
  • 18.­14
  • 18.­19
  • 18.­21
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­29
  • 18.­47-50
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­64-68
  • 18.­73-74
  • 18.­76-77
  • 19.­1-9
  • 19.­11-12
  • 19.­14-18
  • 19.­21-22
  • 19.­26-28
  • 19.­30-32
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­36-38
  • 19.­43-50
  • 19.­52-53
  • 19.­55-59
  • 19.­61-62
  • 19.­65-66
  • 20.­1
  • 20.­44-45
  • 20.­50-51
  • 20.­53
  • 20.­55-70
  • 21.­1-11
  • 21.­13-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­33-38
  • 22.­1-4
  • 22.­41-57
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­15
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­25-27
  • 23.­40
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53-58
  • 24.­4
  • 24.­17
  • 24.­23
  • 24.­47-61
  • 25.­1-2
  • 25.­4-5
  • 25.­9
  • 25.­14-18
  • 25.­21
  • 25.­35-36
  • 25.­38
  • 25.­41-44
  • 25.­46-47
  • 25.­49-53
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­13-16
  • 26.­19-29
  • 26.­33-36
  • 26.­39-44
  • 26.­47-53
  • 26.­55-56
  • 26.­59-60
  • 27.­5-6
  • 27.­11
  • 27.­16
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­26-27
  • 27.­29-33
  • 27.­36
  • 28.­1-2
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­6
  • 28.­8-10
  • 28.­16-17
  • 28.­21-22
  • 28.­27-32
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­37
  • 28.­42-45
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­37-38
  • 29.­60-61
  • 29.­63-64
  • 29.­68-71
  • 29.­78
  • 29.­83-87
  • 30.­1-2
  • 30.­12-13
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­25-26
  • 30.­28-31
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­39
  • 30.­45
  • 30.­47
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­27-28
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­33
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­45
  • 31.­51
  • 31.­53-54
  • 31.­56
  • 31.­59
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­26
  • 32.­33-34
  • 32.­55-56
  • 32.­58
  • 33.­1-3
  • 33.­7-8
  • 33.­13-15
  • 33.­17-22
  • 33.­24
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­28-38
  • 33.­41-43
  • 33.­45
  • 33.­47-52
  • 33.­54
  • 33.­56-57
  • 33.­59-62
  • 33.­65-70
  • n.­457
  • g.­592
g.­1587

Trayas­triṃśa

Wylie:
  • sum cu rtsa gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • trayas­triṃśa

Second god realm of desire, abode of the thirty-three gods.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­23
  • 11.­3
  • 15.­1
  • 16.­16
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 24.­18
  • 28.­7
  • 30.­19
  • 30.­26
  • g.­1265
g.­1589

Tree of Enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi shing
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­vṛkṣa

Tree of Enlightenment at Vajrāsana.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­37
  • 17.­60
  • g.­606
g.­1590

trillion

Wylie:
  • bye ba phrag ’bum
Tibetan:
  • བྱེ་བ་ཕྲག་འབུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • koṭi­śata­sahasra

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­61
  • 27.­17
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­3-5
  • 33.­28
  • g.­746
g.­1593

Tuṣita

Wylie:
  • dga’ ldan
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • tuṣita

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Tuṣita (or sometimes Saṃtuṣita), literally “Joyous” or “Contented,” is one of the six heavens of the desire realm (kāmadhātu). In standard classifications, such as the one in the Abhidharmakośa, it is ranked as the fourth of the six counting from below. This god realm is where all future buddhas are said to dwell before taking on their final rebirth prior to awakening. There, the Buddha Śākyamuni lived his preceding life as the bodhisattva Śvetaketu. When departing to take birth in this world, he appointed the bodhisattva Maitreya, who will be the next buddha of this eon, as his Dharma regent in Tuṣita. For an account of the Buddha’s previous life in Tuṣita, see The Play in Full (Toh 95), 2.12, and for an account of Maitreya’s birth in Tuṣita and a description of this realm, see The Sūtra on Maitreya’s Birth in the Heaven of Joy, (Toh 199).

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­23
  • 11.­3
  • 15.­1
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 21.­16
  • 24.­18
  • 28.­7
  • 30.­26
  • g.­1265
g.­1595

twelve Brahmā realms

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i ’jig rten bcu gnyis
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit:
  • dvādaśa­brahma­loka

See notes n.­291 and n.­301.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­1
  • g.­1265
g.­1596

twelve links of dependent origination

Wylie:
  • rten ’brel gyi yan lag bcu gnyis
Tibetan:
  • རྟེན་འབྲེལ་གྱི་ཡན་ལག་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit:
  • dvā­daśāṅga­pratītya­samutpāda

The principle of dependent origination asserts that nothing exists independently of other factors, the reason for this being that things and events come into existence only by dependence on the aggregation of multiple causes and conditions. In general, the processes of cyclic existence, through which the external world and the sentient beings within it revolve in a continuous cycle of suffering, propelled by the propensities of past actions and their interaction with afflicted mental states, originate dependent on the sequential unfolding of twelve links, commencing from fundamental ignorance and ending with birth, aging, and death (see 1.­18–1.­19). It is only through deliberate reversal of these twelve links that one can succeed in bringing the whole cycle to an end. See 24.­10.

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • i.­92
  • 1.­11-12
  • 1.­18-19
  • 3.­15
  • 20.­60
  • 24.­10
  • 29.­93
  • n.­4
  • n.­32-33
  • g.­33
  • g.­58
  • g.­267
  • g.­321
  • g.­573
  • g.­611
  • g.­651
  • g.­684
  • g.­911
  • g.­1029
  • g.­1287
  • g.­1373
  • g.­1393
  • g.­1415
  • g.­1446
g.­1597

twelve sense fields

Wylie:
  • skye mched bcu gnyis
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit:
  • dvā­daśāyatana

These comprise six inner sense fields and six outer sense fields. See 1.­14 and respective glossary entries.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­71
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­77
  • 2.­79
  • 20.­60
  • 20.­62-63
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­33
  • n.­30
  • g.­274
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1106
  • g.­1377
  • g.­1379
  • g.­1380
  • g.­1381
  • g.­1382
  • g.­1383
  • g.­1384
  • g.­1385
  • g.­1386
  • g.­1387
  • g.­1388
  • g.­1389
  • g.­1443
  • g.­1444
g.­1608

unchanging

Wylie:
  • ’gyur ba med pa
Tibetan:
  • འགྱུར་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avi­kāra

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­42
  • 8.­11
  • 13.­18-21
  • 31.­2
g.­1610

unconditioned

Wylie:
  • mngon par ’dus ma byas pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་འདུས་མ་བྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhyasaṃ­skṛta

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • i.­45
  • i.­63
  • 2.­73
  • 3.­5
  • 6.­2
  • 6.­12
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­29
  • 10.­25-29
  • 11.­4
  • 12.­22
  • 14.­28
  • 16.­11
  • 17.­14
  • 18.­74
  • 19.­54
  • 19.­59
  • 20.­47
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­11
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­28
  • 27.­32
  • 28.­33
  • 29.­78-80
  • 29.­82
  • 29.­88
  • 30.­15
  • 30.­40
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­41
  • 33.­33
  • n.­141
  • g.­540
g.­1614

uncontaminated

Wylie:
  • ma ’dres pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་འདྲེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­śabala

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­73
  • 7.­31
  • 10.­33
  • 11.­4
  • 19.­54
  • 27.­11
  • 28.­6
  • 28.­33
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­43
  • 29.­84
  • 29.­88
  • 30.­15
  • 30.­40
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­41
  • 32.­51
  • n.­141
g.­1621

understanding of all phenomena

Wylie:
  • rnam mkhyen
  • rnam par mkhyen pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་མཁྱེན།
  • རྣམ་པར་མཁྱེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvākāra­jñāna

First of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • i.­29
  • i.­31
  • 1.­11
  • 2.­9
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­44
  • 8.­42
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­38
  • 11.­33
  • 14.­32
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 18.­7
  • 18.­20
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
  • 22.­49
  • 22.­58
  • 33.­65
g.­1623

understanding of the aspects of the path

Wylie:
  • lam gyi rnam pa shes pa nyid
  • lam gyi rnam pa shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ལམ་གྱི་རྣམ་པ་ཤེས་པ་ཉིད།
  • ལམ་གྱི་རྣམ་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mārgākāra­jña­tā

Second of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • i.­22
  • i.­29
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­41
  • 2.­10
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­44
  • 8.­42
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­38
  • 14.­32
  • 15.­34
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 18.­7
  • 18.­20
  • 18.­65
  • 20.­40
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
  • 22.­49
  • 22.­58
  • 28.­16
  • 30.­41
  • 33.­65
  • n.­320
  • n.­349
g.­1631

unguent

Wylie:
  • byug pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­lepa

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­44
  • 10.­3
  • 15.­27
  • 17.­46
  • 17.­50
  • 17.­61
  • 21.­13
  • 27.­7
  • 28.­48
  • 31.­5
  • 32.­31
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­38
  • 33.­51-52
  • 33.­66
  • 33.­70
g.­1635

union

Wylie:
  • rnal ’byor
Tibetan:
  • རྣལ་འབྱོར།
Sanskrit:
  • yoga

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­53-54
  • 4.­59
  • 5.­1
  • 17.­62
  • 19.­27
  • 24.­48
  • 24.­50
  • 24.­52
  • 24.­56
  • g.­973
  • g.­1451
g.­1637

universal monarch

Wylie:
  • ’khor los sgyur ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakra­vartī­rāja

The concept of the benign universal monarch or emperor who rules in accordance with the law of the sacred teachings of Buddhism is one that has permeated Buddhist literature since the time of A­śoka. Their appearance in the world is considered a unique and rare event, just as the appearance of a buddha is considered to be unique and rare.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­3
  • 10.­5-6
  • 16.­25
  • 25.­39
  • 28.­7
  • 33.­29
  • g.­1540
  • g.­1591
g.­1649

unskilled

Wylie:
  • thabs la mi mkhas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐབས་ལ་མི་མཁས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upāyākuśala

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • i.­41
  • i.­46
  • i.­48
  • i.­70
  • i.­74
  • 6.­39
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­12-13
  • 7.­28-29
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­5-7
  • 11.­26
  • 11.­28
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­27
  • 28.­36
g.­1651

unsullied

Wylie:
  • nag nog med pa
Tibetan:
  • ནག་ནོག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­kalmāṣa

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­1
  • 19.­45-46
  • 19.­55
  • 20.­12
  • 23.­48
  • 25.­8
  • 28.­6
  • 28.­9
g.­1653

unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment

Wylie:
  • bla na med pa yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
Tibetan:
  • བླ་ན་མེད་པ་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­uttarābhi­sambodhi

Located in 295 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­9-11
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­94
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­56
  • 6.­46
  • 7.­17-18
  • 7.­21-22
  • 8.­46
  • 9.­3
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­17
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­38
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­46
  • 10.­3
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­10-12
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­9-13
  • 13.­5-6
  • 14.­46-47
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­10
  • 15.­19
  • 15.­27
  • 15.­34
  • 15.­37
  • 15.­40
  • 16.­7-8
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­21
  • 17.­4
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­51-52
  • 17.­55
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­1-2
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68-72
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­23
  • 19.­25
  • 19.­37-38
  • 19.­51-52
  • 19.­65
  • 20.­55
  • 21.­10-11
  • 21.­24-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­35-38
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­5-7
  • 22.­18
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­40-41
  • 22.­46
  • 22.­52-54
  • 23.­50-51
  • 23.­54-62
  • 24.­1-2
  • 24.­10
  • 24.­14-16
  • 24.­19-45
  • 24.­50
  • 24.­55
  • 24.­58-61
  • 25.­9-12
  • 25.­15-18
  • 25.­20-21
  • 25.­25
  • 25.­40-41
  • 25.­45-46
  • 25.­49-50
  • 25.­52
  • 26.­1-3
  • 26.­6-14
  • 26.­16-17
  • 26.­19-23
  • 26.­26
  • 26.­36
  • 26.­38
  • 26.­44
  • 26.­46
  • 26.­54
  • 26.­56-59
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­12-15
  • 27.­17-25
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­42
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­3
  • 29.­74
  • 29.­76-77
  • 29.­79-80
  • 29.­91
  • 30.­25
  • 30.­30
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38
  • 30.­41
  • 30.­43
  • 30.­45-47
  • 31.­10
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­26-29
  • 31.­31-33
  • 31.­35
  • 31.­38-39
  • 31.­41
  • 31.­47
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­58
  • 31.­60-64
  • 31.­66
  • 32.­1-2
  • 32.­4-5
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­10
  • 32.­12-13
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­30-33
  • 32.­37-38
  • 32.­41
  • 32.­45-47
  • 32.­55
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­31-32
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­50-52
  • 33.­57
  • 33.­59-64
  • 33.­67-69
g.­1659

Uttarakuru

Wylie:
  • sgra mi snyan
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་མི་སྙན།
Sanskrit:
  • uttara­kuru

The northern continent of the human world according to traditional Indian cosmology, characterized as “unpleasant sound.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • n.­196
  • g.­620
g.­1661

utter purity

Wylie:
  • shin tu rnam par dag pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • aty­anta­viśuddhi

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • i.­50-51
  • i.­60
  • 6.­18-20
  • 12.­21
  • 13.­4-8
  • 13.­10-11
  • 14.­44
  • 17.­1
g.­1665

utterly fallacious

Wylie:
  • shin tu gsong ldong
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་གསོང་ལྡོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • aty­antān­ṛtata

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 30.­2
g.­1667

utterly porous

Wylie:
  • shin tu gse tshags
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་གསེ་ཚགས།
Sanskrit:
  • aty­antacchidrata

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 30.­2
g.­1673

vehicle of the bodhisattvas

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’i theg pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­sattva­yāna

This is equivalent to the Great Vehicle.

Located in 46 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­1
  • 9.­36
  • 13.­14
  • 14.­15
  • 15.­14
  • 17.­1
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­13
  • 21.­13-28
  • 21.­30-32
  • 21.­34-36
  • 23.­53-54
  • 23.­57
  • 24.­42
  • 25.­40-41
  • 25.­45-46
  • 26.­2-3
  • 26.­55-56
  • 33.­42-43
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­63
g.­1674

vehicle of the pratyekabuddhas

Wylie:
  • rang rgyal gyi theg pa
Tibetan:
  • རང་རྒྱལ་གྱི་ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • praty­eka­buddha­yāna

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­28
  • 14.­45
  • 15.­14
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 17.­1
  • 24.­42
  • 28.­49
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­51-52
  • 33.­63
g.­1675

vehicle of the śrāvakas

Wylie:
  • nyan thos kyi theg pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས་ཀྱི་ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka­yāna

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­28
  • 15.­14
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 17.­1
  • 21.­10
  • 24.­42
  • 28.­49
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­51-52
g.­1676

venerable

Wylie:
  • tshe dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚེ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āyuṣmān

A monk or mendicant of seniority.

Āyuṣmān (tshe dang ldan pa) is a title of respect directed toward a monk or wandering mendicant who is venerable and in a position of seniority, but not a fully realized buddha. (In the Lalita­vistara, ch. 26, Śākyamuni famously rejects this title as a suitable term of address for himself. See, e.g., Dudjom Rinpoche 1991: 423). Āyuṣmān may imply one who has held monastic ordination for a significant number of years, and who has some level of realization, but is still “mortal” and tied to cyclic existence, in contrast to the buddhas, who are “immortal.” Even today Thai monks colloquially address each other, using ayusma for someone senior and avuso (“friend”) for someone junior.

Located in 329 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­8-10
  • 1.­12-13
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­73-74
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­51-52
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­55
  • 5.­1-2
  • 5.­38
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144
  • 6.­3-4
  • 6.­14
  • 6.­24
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­39
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­27-28
  • 7.­30
  • 7.­32-35
  • 7.­45
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­9-12
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­42-43
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­24-26
  • 10.­30-37
  • 10.­39
  • 11.­2
  • 11.­12-14
  • 11.­36-37
  • 11.­39-42
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­5-13
  • 12.­15-20
  • 12.­22
  • 12.­27
  • 12.­29
  • 12.­32
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­13-14
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­24-26
  • 14.­28
  • 14.­32-33
  • 14.­35-59
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­9-11
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­41-45
  • 15.­49
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­1-2
  • 16.­8-9
  • 16.­12-15
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­3-4
  • 17.­6
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­10
  • 17.­15-16
  • 17.­18
  • 17.­35-36
  • 17.­38
  • 17.­42-43
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­56-57
  • 18.­1-4
  • 18.­12
  • 18.­26
  • 18.­51
  • 18.­67-68
  • 18.­70
  • 18.­73
  • 18.­76
  • 19.­1
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­20-21
  • 19.­27
  • 19.­29
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­37-38
  • 19.­43
  • 19.­49-50
  • 19.­61-62
  • 19.­65
  • 20.­1
  • 20.­55
  • 20.­58
  • 20.­66
  • 20.­71
  • 20.­74-75
  • 21.­1-2
  • 21.­4-5
  • 21.­13-15
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­41
  • 22.­50
  • 22.­54
  • 22.­56
  • 23.­27
  • 23.­32
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­61-62
  • 24.­1
  • 25.­1-3
  • 25.­10
  • 25.­25
  • 25.­27
  • 25.­36
  • 26.­10
  • 26.­14
  • 26.­29-35
  • 26.­37
  • 26.­40
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­51
  • 26.­58
  • 26.­60-61
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­6-7
  • 27.­12
  • 27.­17
  • 27.­22-27
  • 28.­1-2
  • 28.­13-15
  • 28.­29
  • 28.­33
  • 28.­35-36
  • 28.­43-44
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­5
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­73
  • 29.­78
  • 29.­85-86
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­12
  • 30.­14
  • 30.­24
  • 30.­30
  • 30.­44
  • 31.­1-2
  • 31.­22-23
  • 31.­30
  • 31.­36
  • 31.­40
  • 31.­51
  • 31.­67
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­14
  • 32.­18
  • 32.­20
  • 32.­42
  • 32.­44
  • 32.­46-48
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­9-10
  • 33.­12
  • 33.­14
  • 33.­16-17
  • 33.­25
  • 33.­34
  • 33.­37-41
  • 33.­43
  • 33.­62-63
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­71
g.­1677

venerate

Wylie:
  • bla mar byed pa
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • guru­karoti

Located in 42 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­49
  • 9.­36
  • 10.­38
  • 11.­10-11
  • 15.­26-27
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­46
  • 17.­52
  • 17.­56-57
  • 17.­60
  • 17.­62
  • 19.­55
  • 20.­55
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­46
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­16-17
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­58
  • 33.­12
  • 33.­19
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­28-29
  • 33.­38-39
  • 33.­41-42
  • 33.­49-52
g.­1689

Vinaya

Wylie:
  • ’dul ba
Tibetan:
  • འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vinaya

The vows and texts pertaining to monastic discipline.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 31.­65
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­13
  • n.­5
  • g.­648
  • g.­649
g.­1690

violence

Wylie:
  • rnam par ’tshe ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་འཚེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • hiṃsa

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 27.­23
  • g.­1109
g.­1691

virtuous ascetic

Wylie:
  • dge sbyong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śramaṇa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A general term applied to spiritual practitioners who live as ascetic mendicants. In Buddhist texts, the term usually refers to Buddhist monastics, but it can also designate a practitioner from other ascetic/monastic spiritual traditions. In this context śramaṇa is often contrasted with the term brāhmaṇa (bram ze), which refers broadly to followers of the Vedic tradition. Any renunciate, not just a Buddhist, could be referred to as a śramaṇa if they were not within the Vedic fold. The epithet Great Śramaṇa is often applied to the Buddha.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­2-5
  • 2.­75
  • 9.­37
  • 9.­44
  • 13.­39
  • 17.­48
  • 25.­49
  • 29.­19-21
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­29
  • 33.­50
  • c.­1
g.­1692

virtuous attributes

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i chos
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • kuśala­dharma

Also translated here as “virtuous phenomena.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­21
  • 8.­25-26
  • 20.­32
  • 25.­15
  • 26.­37
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­17
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­35
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­9
  • 29.­38
  • 29.­85-86
  • 29.­93
  • 32.­34
  • 32.­45
  • 32.­47
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­69
  • g.­1693
g.­1693

virtuous phenomena

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i chos
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • kuśala­dharma

Also translated here as “virtuous attributes.” For a listing of the mundane virtuous phenomena, see 2.­75.

(See also n.­141).

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­75
  • 3.­4
  • 9.­29
  • 17.­11
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­43
  • 32.­25
  • g.­1692
g.­1699

void

Wylie:
  • dben pa
  • gsog
Tibetan:
  • དབེན་པ།
  • གསོག
Sanskrit:
  • vi­vakta
  • tucchaka

Also translated here as “voidness.”

Located in 74 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­38
  • i.­56
  • i.­58
  • i.­67
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­18-21
  • 5.­56-57
  • 5.­80-81
  • 5.­104-105
  • 5.­123
  • 5.­135
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­152
  • 5.­164
  • 5.­176
  • 5.­188
  • 5.­200
  • 6.­41-46
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-7
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­5-6
  • 10.­32-36
  • 10.­39
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­60
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­4
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­10-11
  • 17.­29
  • 18.­73
  • 19.­5
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­24
  • 19.­40
  • 20.­2
  • 22.­30
  • 26.­13
  • 26.­16-17
  • 26.­38-41
  • 28.­12
  • g.­1700
g.­1700

voidness

Wylie:
  • dben pa
  • gsog
Tibetan:
  • དབེན་པ།
  • གསོག
Sanskrit:
  • vi­vakta
  • tucchaka

Also translated here as “void.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 20.­31
  • 20.­34
  • 26.­38
  • 26.­53
  • 27.­16
  • n.­345
  • g.­1699
g.­1702

Vulture Peak

Wylie:
  • bya rgod kyi phung po’i ri
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་རྒོད་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོའི་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • gṛdhra­kūṭa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Gṛdhra­kūṭa, literally Vulture Peak, was a hill located in the kingdom of Magadha, in the vicinity of the ancient city of Rājagṛha (modern-day Rajgir, in the state of Bihar, India), where the Buddha bestowed many sūtras, especially the Great Vehicle teachings, such as the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras. It continues to be a sacred pilgrimage site for Buddhists to this day.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • 1.­2
g.­1704

wandering mendicant

Wylie:
  • kun tu rgyu
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­vrājika

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A non-Buddhist religious mendicant who literally “roams around.” Historically, they wandered in India from ancient times, including the time of the Buddha, and held a variety of beliefs, engaging with one another in debate on a range of topics. Some of their metaphysical views are presented in the early Buddhist discourses of the Pali Canon. They included women in their number.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­44
  • 11.­31-33
  • 31.­29
  • g.­1676
g.­1710

well-being

Wylie:
  • phan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • hita

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­8
  • 28.­50
  • g.­990
g.­1712

when beings are inclined toward pleasant states

Wylie:
  • sdug pa nyid du mos pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་པ་ཉིད་དུ་མོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śubhādhi­mukti

Third of the eight aspects of liberation.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 27.­33
  • g.­421
g.­1713

when corporeal beings observe physical forms

Wylie:
  • gzugs can gzugs rnams la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཅན་གཟུགས་རྣམས་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpī rūpāṇi paśyati

First of the eight aspects of liberation.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 27.­33
  • 29.­16
  • g.­421
g.­1714

when formless beings endowed with internal perception observe external physical forms

Wylie:
  • nang gzugs med par ’du shes pas phyi rol gyi gzugs rnams la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ནང་གཟུགས་མེད་པར་འདུ་ཤེས་པས་ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གཟུགས་རྣམས་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • adhyātmam­arūpa­saṃjñī bahirthā rūpāṇi paśyati

Second of the eight aspects of liberation.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 27.­33
  • 29.­16
  • g.­421
g.­1715

white lotus

Wylie:
  • pad ma dkar po
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇḍarika

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 19.­60
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­45
  • 32.­57
g.­1726

wisdom

Wylie:
  • shes rab
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā

In the context‌ of the transcendent perfections, wisdom is the sixth of the six transcendent perfections.

The translation of prajñā (shes rab) by “wisdom” here defers to the precedent established by Edward Conze in his writings. It has a certain poetic resonance which more accurate renderings‍—“discernment,” “discriminative awareness,” or “intelligence”‍—unfortunately lack. It should be remembered that in Abhidharma, prajñā is classed as one of the five object-determining mental states (pañca­viṣaya­niyata, yul nges lnga), alongside “will,” “resolve,” “mindfulness,” and “meditative stability.” Following A­saṅga’s Abhi­dharma­sam­uccaya, Jamgon Kongtrul (TOK, Book 6, Pt. 2, p. 498), defines prajñā as “the discriminative awareness that analyzes specific and general characteristics.” Therefore “wisdom” in this context is to be understood in the cognitive or analytical Germanic sense of witan or weis (Dayal 1932: 136) and not as an abstract “body of knowledge,” or in any aloof and mysterious theosophical sense. Nor indeed is there any association with the Greek sophia.

Also translated here as “discriminative awareness.”

Located in 49 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­26
  • i.­43
  • i.­98
  • 1.­2
  • 9.­1
  • 14.­59
  • 17.­37-39
  • 17.­43
  • 18.­67-69
  • 20.­39
  • 21.­32-35
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­36
  • 22.­58
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­53-55
  • 23.­57-58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­51-52
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­68
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­43
  • 32.­9
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­3
  • 33.­35
  • n.­2
  • n.­321
  • g.­390
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1591
g.­1728

wish

Wylie:
  • bsam pa
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­prāya

Located in 55 passages in the translation:

  • i.­76
  • i.­81-82
  • 1.­8
  • 2.­28
  • 4.­53
  • 6.­51-53
  • 8.­50
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43
  • 10.­46
  • 12.­33-42
  • 15.­2
  • 19.­29-30
  • 21.­24
  • 21.­26
  • 21.­31
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­3
  • 22.­6
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­55
  • 25.­6
  • 25.­9
  • 25.­20
  • 25.­33
  • 25.­41
  • 25.­43
  • 25.­47
  • 29.­34
  • 31.­10
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­42
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­26
  • 32.­34
  • 33.­31
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­49
  • 33.­51
  • 33.­62-63
g.­1732

without apprehending anything

Wylie:
  • mi dmigs pa’i tshul du
Tibetan:
  • མི་དམིགས་པའི་ཚུལ་དུ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­upa­lambha­yogena

The expression “without apprehending anything” suggests that great bodhisattva beings should teach without perceiving anything as inherently existing. Lamotte, The Treatise on the Great Virtue of Wisdom, vol. IV, p. 1763, note 564, renders this term as “by a method of non-perceiving.”

Located in 90 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36-38
  • i.­40
  • i.­42
  • i.­44
  • i.­49
  • i.­54
  • i.­56
  • i.­58-59
  • i.­76
  • i.­95
  • i.­98
  • 6.­33
  • 6.­42-43
  • 6.­45-46
  • 7.­1-9
  • 7.­26
  • 7.­29
  • 8.­13-21
  • 8.­26
  • 8.­31-33
  • 8.­35-36
  • 8.­39
  • 8.­41-43
  • 9.­3
  • 9.­25-27
  • 9.­29-30
  • 9.­39-41
  • 9.­44
  • 12.­19-20
  • 12.­30
  • 14.­47
  • 15.­3-7
  • 16.­14-15
  • 16.­17-18
  • 16.­20
  • 16.­22
  • 17.­18
  • 17.­38-39
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 24.­1-2
  • 24.­10
  • 24.­14-16
  • 27.­12
  • 31.­9-10
  • 33.­34
  • g.­777
g.­1752

world of “patient endurance”

Wylie:
  • mi mjed ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཇེད་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • sahā­loka­dhātu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The name for our world system, the universe of a thousand million worlds, or trichiliocosm, in which the four-continent world is located. Each trichiliocosm is ruled by a god Brahmā; thus, in this context, he bears the title of Sahāṃpati, Lord of Sahā. The world system of Sahā, or Sahālokadhātu, is also described as the buddhafield of the Buddha Śākyamuni where he teaches the Dharma to beings.

The name Sahā possibly derives from the Sanskrit √sah, “to bear, endure, or withstand.” It is often interpreted as alluding to the inhabitants of this world being able to endure the suffering they encounter. The Tibetan translation, mi mjed, follows along the same lines. It literally means “not painful,” in the sense that beings here are able to bear the suffering they experience.

In this text:

See also n.­196.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • n.­196
  • g.­620
g.­1753

world system

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • loka­dhātu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term lokadhātu refers to a single four continent world-system illumined by a sun and moon, with a Mount Meru at its center and an encircling ring of mountains at its periphery, and with the various god realms above, thus including the desire, form, and formless realms.

The term can also refer to groups of such world-systems in multiples of thousands. A universe of one thousand such world-systems is called a chiliocosm (sāhasra­loka­dhātu, stong gi ’jig rten gyi khams); one thousand such chiliocosms is called a dichiliocosm (dvisāhasralokadhātu, stong gnyis kyi ’jig rten gyi khams); and one thousand such dichiliocosms is called a trichiliocosm (trisāhasra­loka­dhātu, stong gsum gyi 'jig rten gyi khams). A trichiliocosm is the largest universe described in Buddhist cosmology.

Located in 119 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 2.­79
  • 7.­19
  • 7.­31
  • 7.­35-44
  • 8.­37
  • 8.­48
  • 9.­12
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­37
  • 10.­1-3
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­2-3
  • 11.­6-8
  • 11.­11
  • 12.­13
  • 12.­15
  • 12.­32-39
  • 12.­41-42
  • 14.­24
  • 15.­1-2
  • 15.­27
  • 15.­37
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­51-56
  • 17.­60
  • 17.­62
  • 18.­2
  • 19.­24
  • 19.­35-36
  • 20.­44
  • 21.­9
  • 23.­44
  • 24.­45-46
  • 25.­19
  • 25.­34
  • 25.­44-45
  • 26.­5
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­43-44
  • 26.­46
  • 26.­48-50
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­14
  • 27.­17
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­17
  • 28.­19-20
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­37
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­42
  • 31.­46
  • 31.­55
  • 32.­27
  • 32.­29
  • 32.­31
  • 32.­37
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­4-5
  • 33.­18-19
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­30
  • 33.­32
  • 33.­46-47
  • 33.­56-57
  • 33.­59-60
  • 33.­69
  • n.­196
  • n.­420
  • g.­274
g.­1754

world system of desire

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • kāma­dhātu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Buddhist cosmology, this is our own realm, the lowest and most coarse of the three realms of saṃsāra. It is called this because beings here are characterized by their strong longing for and attachment to the pleasures of the senses. The desire realm includes hell beings, hungry ghosts, animals, humans, asuras, and the lowest six heavens of the gods‍—from the Heaven of the Four Great Kings (cāturmahā­rājika) up to the Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations (para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin). Located above the desire realm is the form realm (rūpadhātu) and the formless realm (ārūpyadhātu).

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­64
  • 2.­81
  • 6.­51
  • 9.­27
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­18
  • 13.­51
  • 14.­15
  • 18.­38-39
  • 19.­57
  • 20.­44
  • 20.­49
  • 20.­52
  • 21.­9-12
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­31
  • 23.­45
  • 23.­59
  • 25.­2
  • 26.­36
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­31
  • 29.­79
  • 31.­55
  • 32.­25
  • n.­43
  • n.­196
  • n.­301
  • g.­258
  • g.­656
  • g.­677
  • g.­1265
g.­1755

world system of form

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpa­dhātu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the three realms of saṃsāra in Buddhist cosmology, it is characterized by subtle materiality. Here beings, though subtly embodied, are not driven primarily by the urge for sense gratification. It consists of seventeen heavens structured according to the four concentrations of the form realm (rūpāvacaradhyāna), the highest five of which are collectively called “pure abodes” (śuddhāvāsa). The form realm is located above the desire realm (kāmadhātu) and below the formless realm (ārūpya­dhātu).

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­64
  • 2.­81
  • 6.­23
  • 9.­27
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­18-19
  • 13.­51
  • 14.­15
  • 18.­40-41
  • 19.­57
  • 20.­44
  • 20.­49
  • 20.­52
  • 21.­9-12
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­31
  • 23.­45
  • 23.­59
  • 25.­2
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­31
  • 32.­25
  • n.­196
  • n.­301
  • g.­258
  • g.­677
  • g.­973
  • g.­1265
g.­1756

world system of formlessness

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­rūpya­dhatu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The highest and subtlest of the three realms of saṃsāra in Buddhist cosmology. Here beings are no longer bound by materiality and enjoy a purely mental state of absorption. It is divided in four levels according to each of the four formless concentrations (ārūpyāvacaradhyāna), namely, the Sphere of Infinite Space (ākāśānantyāyatana), the Sphere of Infinite Consciousness (vijñānānantyāyatana), the Sphere of Nothingness (a­kiñ­canyāyatana), and the Sphere of Neither Perception nor Non-perception (naiva­saṃjñā­nāsaṃjñāyatana). The formless realm is located above the other two realms of saṃsāra, the form realm (rūpadhātu) and the desire realm (kāmadhātu).

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­64
  • 2.­81
  • 9.­27
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­18-19
  • 13.­51
  • 14.­15
  • 18.­41
  • 19.­57
  • 25.­2
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­31
  • 30.­20
  • 32.­25
  • n.­196
  • g.­258
g.­1760

worldly gift

Wylie:
  • zang zing gi sbyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟང་ཟིང་གི་སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āmiṣa­dāna

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­58-59
  • 27.­22
  • 29.­37
g.­1766

wrong view

Wylie:
  • lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dṛṣṭi

Second of the four torrents.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­633
g.­1767

wrong views

Wylie:
  • log par lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ལོག་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mithyā­dṛṣṭi

Tenth of the ten non-virtuous actions.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­19
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­13
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­30
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­7
  • 32.­21
  • 32.­45
  • g.­425
  • g.­594
  • g.­1109
g.­1770

Yāma

Wylie:
  • ’thab bral
Tibetan:
  • འཐབ་བྲལ།
Sanskrit:
  • yāma

Third god realm of desire, meaning “strifeless.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­23
  • 11.­3
  • 15.­1
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 24.­18
  • 30.­26
  • g.­1265
g.­1771

Yawning Lion

Wylie:
  • seng ge rnam par bsgyings pa
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་བསྒྱིངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha­vijṛmbhita

Name of the twenty-seventh meditative stability.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­85
  • 12.­12
  • 27.­35-36
g.­1772

Yeshé Dé

Wylie:
  • ye shes sde
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Yeshé Dé (late eighth to early ninth century) was the most prolific translator of sūtras into Tibetan. Altogether he is credited with the translation of more than one hundred sixty sūtra translations and more than one hundred additional translations, mostly on tantric topics. In spite of Yeshé Dé’s great importance for the propagation of Buddhism in Tibet during the imperial era, only a few biographical details about this figure are known. Later sources describe him as a student of the Indian teacher Padmasambhava, and he is also credited with teaching both sūtra and tantra widely to students of his own. He was also known as Nanam Yeshé Dé, from the Nanam (sna nam) clan.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­15
  • c.­1
g.­1773

yojana

Wylie:
  • dpag tshad
Tibetan:
  • དཔག་ཚད།
Sanskrit:
  • yojana

The yoking distance of oxen, based on the interpretation of the Treasury of Abhidharma (Abhi­dharma­kośa), Ch. 3, vv. 87–88, one yojana may be calculated to be 7.315 metres or 4 miles 960 yds.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 27.­14
  • 27.­17
0
    You are downloading:

    The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines

    Click here to make a dāna donation

    This is a free publication from 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, a non-profit organization sharing the gift of Buddhist wisdom with the world.

    The cultivation of generosity, or dāna—giving voluntarily with a view that something wholesome will come of it—is considered to be a fundamental Buddhist practice by all schools. The nature and quantity of the gift itself is often considered less important.

    Table of Contents


    Search this text


    Other ways to read

    Download PDF
    Download EPUB
    Open in the 84000 App

    Spotted a mistake?

    Please use the contact form provided to suggest a correction.


    How to cite this text

    The following are examples of how to correctly cite this publication. Links to specific passages can be derived by right-clicking on the milestones markers in the left-hand margin (e.g. s.1). The copied link address can replace the url below.

    • Chicago
    • MLA
    • APA
    84000. The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines (Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, shes phyin khri pa, Toh 11). Translated by Padmakara Translation Group. Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025. https://84000.co/translation/toh11/UT22084-031-002-chapter-27.Copy
    84000. The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines (Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, shes phyin khri pa, Toh 11). Translated by Padmakara Translation Group, online publication, 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025, 84000.co/translation/toh11/UT22084-031-002-chapter-27.Copy
    84000. (2025) The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines (Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, shes phyin khri pa, Toh 11). (Padmakara Translation Group, Trans.). Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha. https://84000.co/translation/toh11/UT22084-031-002-chapter-27.Copy

    Related links

    • Other texts from Perfection of Wisdom
    • Published Translations
    • Browse the Collection
    • 84000 Homepage
    Sponsor Translation

    Bookmarks

    Copyright © 2011-2024 84000 - All Rights Reserved
    • Website: https://84000.co
    • Contact
    • Privacy Policy